NEC NP-PX800X2 REPLACED BY NP-PX803UL-BK 8000-lumen User Manual

Projector

PX750U2/PX700W2/PX800X2

User’s Manual

Model No.

NP-PX750U, NP-PX750UG, NP-PX700W, NP-PX700WG, NP-PX800X, NP-PX800XG

• EachmodelisreferredtoasPX750U2,PX700W2,andPX800X2respectivelyunlessotherwisespecied.

Ver.27/14

• DLPandBrilliantColoraretrademarksofTexasInstruments.

• Macintosh,MacOSXandPowerBookaretrademarksofAppleInc.registeredintheU.S.andothercountries.

• Microsoft,Windows,WindowsVista,InternetExplorer,.NETFrameworkandPowerPointareeitheraregistered

trademarkortrademarkofMicrosoftCorporationintheUnitedStatesand/orothercountries.

• MicroSaverisaregisteredtrademarkofKensingtonComputerProductsGroup,adivisionofACCOBrands.

• Adobe,AdobePDF,AdobeReader,andAcrobatareeitherregisteredtrademarksortrademarksofAdobeSystems

IncorporatedintheUnitedStatesand/orothercountries.

• VirtualRemoteToolusesWinI2C/DDClibrary,©NicomsoftLtd.

• HDMI,theHDMILogoandHigh-DenitionMultimediaInterfacearetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofHDMI

LicensingLLC.

• DisplayPortandDisplayPortComplianceLogoaretrademarksownedbytheVideoElectronicsStandardsAssocia-

tion.

• TrademarkPJLinkisatrademarkappliedfortrademarkrightsinJapan,theUnitedStatesofAmericaandother

countriesandareas.

• Wi-Fi

,Wi-FiAlliance

,andWi-FiProtectedAccess(WPA,WPA2)

areregisteredtrademarksoftheWi-FiAlliance.

• Blu-rayisatrademarkofBlu-rayDiscAssociation

• CRESTRONandROOMVIEWareregisteredtrademarksofCrestronElectronics,Inc.intheUnitedStatesandother

countries.

• EthernetiseitheraregisteredtrademarkortrademarkofFujiXeroxCo.,Ltd.

• Otherproductandcompanynamesmentionedinthisuser’smanualmaybethetrademarksorregisteredtrademarks

oftheirrespectiveholders.

NOTES

(1)Thecontentsofthisuser’smanualmaynotbereprintedinpartorwholewithoutpermission.

(2)Thecontentsofthisuser’smanualaresubjecttochangewithoutnotice.

(3)Greatcarehasbeentakeninthepreparationofthisuser’smanual;however,shouldyounoticeanyquestionable

points,errorsoromissions,pleasecontactus.

(4)Notwithstandingarticle(3),NECwillnotberesponsibleforanyclaimsonlossofprotorothermattersdeemed

toresultfromusingtheProjector.

Important Information

Safety Cautions

Precautions

PleasereadthismanualcarefullybeforeusingyourNECprojectorandkeepthemanualhandyforfuturereference.

CAUTION

Toturnoffmainpower,besuretoremovetheplugfrompoweroutlet.

Thepoweroutletsocketshouldbeinstalledasneartotheequipmentaspossible,andshouldbeeasily

accessible.

CAUTION

TOPREVENTSHOCK,DONOTOPENTHECABINET.

THEREAREHIGH-VOLTAGECOMPONENTSINSIDE.

REFERSERVICINGTOQUALIFIEDSERVICEPERSONNEL.

Thissymbolwarnstheuserthatuninsulatedvoltagewithintheunitmaybesufcienttocauseelectrical

shock.Therefore,itisdangeroustomakeanykindofcontactwithanypartinsideoftheunit.

Thissymbolalertstheuserthatimportantinformationconcerningtheoperationandmaintenanceofthis

unithasbeenprovided.

Theinformationshouldbereadcarefullytoavoidproblems.

WARNING:TOPREVENTFIREORSHOCK,DONOTEXPOSETHISUNITTORAINORMOISTURE.

DONOTUSETHISUNIT’SPLUGWITHANEXTENSIONCORDORINANOUTLETUNLESSALLTHEPRONGS

CANBEFULLYINSERTED.

DOC Compliance Notice (for Canada only)

ThisClassBdigitalapparatusmeetsallrequirementsoftheCanadianInterference-CausingEquipmentRegulations.

Machine Noise Information Regulation - 3. GPSGV,

Thehighestsoundpressurelevelislessthan70dB(A)inaccordancewithENISO7779.

Disposing of your used product

EU-widelegislationasimplementedineachMemberStaterequiresthatusedelectricalandelectronicprod-

uctscarryingthemark(left)mustbedisposedofseparatelyfromnormalhouseholdwaste.Thisincludes

projectorsandtheirelectricalaccessoriesorlamps.Whenyoudisposeofsuchproducts,pleasefollowthe

guidanceofyourlocalauthorityand/orasktheshopwhereyoupurchasedtheproduct.

Aftercollectingtheusedproducts,theyarereusedandrecycledinaproperway.Thiseffortwillhelpus

reducethewastesaswellasthenegativeimpactsuchasmercurycontainedinalamptothehumanhealth

andtheenvironmentattheminimumlevel.

ThemarkontheelectricalandelectronicproductsonlyappliestothecurrentEuropeanUnionMemberStates.

WARNING

• Whentheprojectorisdamaged,coolinguidsmaycomeoutofinternalpart.

 Shouldthishappen,immediatelyturnofftheACsupplytotheprojectorandcontactyourdealer.

 DONOTtouchanddrinkthecoolinguid.Whenthecoolinguidsareswallowedorcontactedwithyour

eyes,pleaseconsultmedicalattentionimmediately.Ifyoutouchthecoolinguidwithyourhand,rinse

yourhandswellunderrunningwater.

Important Information

WARNING TO CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS:

Handlingthecablessuppliedwiththisproductwillexposeyoutolead,achemicalknowntotheStateofCalifornia

tocausebirthdefectsorotherreproductiveharm.WASHHANDSAFTERHANDLING.

RF Interference (for USA only)

WARNING

TheFederalCommunicationsCommissiondoesnotallowanymodicationsorchangestotheunitEXCEPTthose

speciedbyNECDisplaySolutionsofAmerica,Inc.inthismanual.Failuretocomplywiththisgovernmentregu-

lationcouldvoidyourrighttooperatethisequipment.Thisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplywith

thelimitsforaClassBdigitaldevice,pursuanttoPart15oftheFCCRules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovide

reasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceinaresidentialinstallation.Thisequipmentgenerates,uses,and

canradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledandusedinaccordancewiththeinstructions,maycause

harmfulinterferencetoradiocommunications.However,thereisnoguaranteethatinterferencewillnotoccurina

particularinstallation.

Ifthisequipmentdoescauseharmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionreception,whichcanbedeterminedby

turningtheequipmentoffandon,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrecttheinterferencebyoneormoreofthe

followingmeasures:

• Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna.

• Increasetheseparationbetweentheequipmentandreceiver.

• Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfromthattowhichthereceiverisconnected.

• Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp.

ForUKonly:InUK,aBSapprovedpowercordwithmouldedplughasaBlack(veAmps)fuseinstalledforusewith

thisequipment.Ifapowercordisnotsuppliedwiththisequipmentpleasecontactyoursupplier.

Important Safeguards

Thesesafetyinstructionsaretoensurethelonglifeofyourprojectorandtopreventreandshock.Pleasereadthem

carefullyandheedallwarnings.

Installation

• Donotplacetheprojectorinthefollowingconditions:

- onanunstablecart,stand,ortable.

- nearwater,baths,ordamprooms.

- indirectsunlight,nearheaters,orheatradiatingappliances.

- inadusty,smokyorsteamyenvironment.

- onasheetofpaperorcloth,rugsorcarpets.

• Ifyouwishtohavetheprojectorinstalledontheceiling:

- Donotattempttoinstalltheprojectoryourself.

- Theprojectormustbeinstalledbyqualiedtechniciansinordertoensureproperoperationandreducetherisk

ofbodilyinjury.

- Inaddition,theceilingmustbestrongenoughtosupporttheprojectorandtheinstallationmustbeinaccordance

withanylocalbuildingcodes.

- Pleaseconsultyourdealerformoreinformation.

iii

Important Information

WARNING

• Donotcoverthelenswiththelenscaporequivalentwhiletheprojectorison.Doingsocanleadtomeltingof

thecapduetotheheatemittedfromthelightoutput.

• Donotplaceanyobjects,whichareeasilyaffectedbyheat,infrontoftheprojectorlens.Doingsocouldlead

totheobjectmeltingfromtheheatthatisemittedfromthelightoutput.

Orientation and Fan Mode

• Donottilttheprojectortotheleftorright.Doingsomayresultinmalfunction.Thereisnolimitonthetiltangle

upwardordownward.Selecttheappropriateoptionfor[FANMODE]accordingtotheinstallationangle.

• Whenchangingtheprojectororientationorinstallationangle,alsochangethe[SETTING]optionof[FANMODE]

accordingly.Failuretodosomaycauseproductmalfunction.(→page122, 123, 128)

Fire and Shock Precautions

• Ensurethatthereissufcientventilationandthatventsareunobstructedtopreventthebuild-upofheatinsideyour

projector.Allowminimumspacesbetweenyourprojectorandawall.(→pagevandvi)

• Donottrytotouchtheventilationoutletontherearsideofthecabinetasitcanbecomeheatedwhiletheprojectoris

turnedonandimmediatelyaftertheprojectoristurnedoff.Partsoftheprojectormaybecometemporarilyheatedif

theprojectoristurnedoffwiththePOWERbuttonoriftheACpowersupplyisdisconnectedduringnormalprojector

operation.

 Usecautionwhenpickinguptheprojector.

• Preventforeignobjectssuchaspaperclipsandbitsofpaperfromfallingintoyourprojector.Donotattempttoretrieve

anyobjectsthatmightfallintoyourprojector.Donotinsertanymetalobjectssuchasawireorscrewdriverintoyour

projector.Ifsomethingshouldfallintoyourprojector,disconnectitimmediatelyandhavetheobjectremovedbya

qualiedservicepersonnel.

• Donotplaceanyobjectsontopoftheprojector.

• Donottouchthepowerplugduringathunderstorm.Doingsocancauseelectricalshockorre.

• Theprojectorisdesignedtooperate on a powersupply of 100-240V AC50/60 Hz (PX750U2/PX700W2/

PX800X2)/200-240VAC50/60Hz(PX750UG2/PX700WG2/PX800XG2).Ensurethatyourpowersupplytsthis

requirementbeforeattemptingtouseyourprojector.

• Donotlookintothelenswhiletheprojectorison.Seriousdamagetoyoureyescouldresult.

• Keepanyitems(magnifyingglassetc.)outofthelightpathoftheprojector.Thelightpathbeingprojectedfromthe

lensisextensive,thereforeanykindofabnormalobjectsthatcanredirectlightcomingoutofthelens,cancause

anunpredictableoutcomesuchasareorinjurytotheeyes.

• Donotplaceanyobjects,whichareeasilyaffectedbyheat,infrontofaprojectorexhaustvent.

 Doingsocouldleadtotheobjectmeltingorgettingyourhandsburnedfromtheheatthatisemittedfromtheexhaust.

• Handlethepowercordcarefully.Adamagedorfrayedpowercordcancauseelectricshockorre.

Important Information

- Donotuseanypowercordotherthantheonesuppliedwiththeprojector.

- Donotbendortugthepowercordexcessively.

- Donotplacethepowercordundertheprojector,oranyheavyobject.

- Donotcoverthepowercordwithothersoftmaterialssuchasrugs.

- Donotheatthepowercord.

- Donothandlethepowerplugwithwethands.

• Turnofftheprojector,unplugthepowercordandhavetheprojectorservicedbyaqualiedservicepersonnelunder

thefollowingconditions:

- Whenthepowercordorplugisdamagedorfrayed.

- Ifliquidhasbeenspilledintotheprojector,orifithasbeenexposedtorainorwater.

- Iftheprojectordoesnotoperatenormallywhenyoufollowtheinstructionsdescribedinthisuser’smanual.

- Iftheprojectorhasbeendroppedorthecabinethasbeendamaged.

- Iftheprojectorexhibitsadistinctchangeinperformance,indicatinganeedforservice.

• Disconnectthepowercordandanyothercablesbeforecarryingtheprojector.

• Turnofftheprojectorandunplugthepowercordbeforecleaningthecabinetorreplacingthelamp.

• Turnofftheprojectorandunplugthepowercordiftheprojectorisnottobeusedforanextendedperiodoftime.

• WhenusingaLANcable:

 Forsafety,donotconnecttotheconnectorforperipheraldevicewiringthatmighthaveexcessivevoltage.

CAUTION

• Aminimumoftwopersonsarerequiredtocarrytheprojector.Otherwisetheprojectormaytumbleordrop,caus-

ingpersonalinjury.

• Keephandsawayfromthelensmountingportionwhilethelensshiftisinoperation.

 Failuretodosocouldresultinhandsbeingpinchedbythemovinglens.

• Donotusethetilt-footforpurposesotherthanoriginallyintended.Misusessuchasgrippingthetilt-footorhang-

ingonthewallcancausedamagetotheprojector.

• Donotsendtheprojectorinthesoftcasebyparceldeliveryserviceorcargoshipment.Theprojectorinsidethe

softcasecouldbedamaged.

• Set[LAMPSELECT]and[LAMPINTERVALMODE]ifyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforconsecutivedays.

(Fromthemenu,select[LAMPMODE]→[LAMPSELECT]and[LAMPINTERVALMODE].)

• BeforeusingDirectPowerOff,besuretoallowatleast20minutesimmediatelyafterturningontheprojectorand

startingtodisplayanimage.

• Donotunplugthepowercordfromthewalloutletorprojectorwhentheprojectorispoweredon.Doingsocan

causedamagetotheACINconnectoroftheprojectorand(or)theprongplugofthepowercord.

 ToturnofftheACpowersupplywhentheprojectorispoweredon,usetheprojector'smainpowerswitchora

powerstripequippedwithaswitchandabreaker.

• DonotturnofftheACpowerfor60secondsafterthelampisturnedonandwhilethePOWERindicatorisblink-

ingblue.Doingsocouldcauseprematurelampfailure.

• Useofawalloutletwitha20Aormorecircuitbreakerisrecommended.

Performing Lens Calibration After Installation of the Optional Lens

Besuretoperform[CALIBRATION]bypressingandholdingtheORIENTATION/CALIBRATIONbuttonforatleast2

secondsorbyholdingtheCTLbuttonandpressingtheINFO/L-CALIBbuttonontheremotecontrolafterinstallation

orreplacementofthelens.(→page125)Calibrationcorrectstheadjustablezoomandfocusrange.

Thefollowinglensesneedcalibration:

• NP16FL,NP17ZL,NP18ZL,NP19ZL,NP20ZL,NP21ZL,NP31ZL

Caution on Carrying the Projector/Handling the Optional Lens

Whenshippingtheprojectorwiththelens,removethelensbeforeshippingtheprojector.Alwaysattachthedustcap

tothelenswheneveritisnotmountedontheprojector.Thelensandthelensshiftmechanismmayencounterdamage

causedbyimproperhandlingduringtransportation.

Important Information

Remote Control Precautions

• Handletheremotecontrolcarefully.

• Iftheremotecontrolgetswet,wipeitdryimmediately.

• Avoidexcessiveheatandhumidity.

• Donotshort,heat,ortakeapartbatteries.

• Donotthrowbatteriesintore.

• Ifyouwillnotbeusingtheremotecontrolforalongtime,removethebatteries.

• Ensurethatyouhavethebatteries’polarity(+/−)alignedcorrectly.

• Donotusenewandoldbatteriestogether,orusedifferenttypesofbatteriestogether.

• Disposeofusedbatteriesaccordingtoyourlocalregulations.

Note for US Residents

Thelampsinthisproductcontainmercury.PleasedisposeaccordingtoLocal,StateorFederalLaws.

Lamp and Color Wheel Replacement

• Usethespeciedlampforsafetyandperformance.

• Toreplacethelampandthecolorwheel,followallinstructionsprovidedonpage182and217respectively.

• Besuretoreplacethelampwhenthemessage[THE LAMP HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USABLE LIFE.

PLEASE REPLACE THE LAMP 1 (OR 2). USE THE SPECIFIED LAMP FOR SAFETY AND PERFORMANCE.]

appears.Ifyoucontinuetousethelampafterthelamphasreachedtheendofitsusablelife,thelampbulbmay

shatter,andpiecesofglassmaybescatteredinthelampcase.Donottouchthemasthepiecesofglassmaycause

injury.

 Ifthishappens,contactyourdealerforlampreplacement.

A Lamp Characteristic

Theprojectorhasadischargelampforspecialpurposesasalightsource.

Alamphasacharacteristicthatitsbrightnessgraduallydecreaseswithage.Alsorepeatedlyturningthelampon

andoffwillincreasethepossibilityofitslowerbrightness.

Theactuallamplifemayvarydependingupontheindividuallamp,theenvironmentalconditionsandusage.

CAUTION:

• DONOTTOUCHTHELAMPorTHECOLORWHEELimmediatelyafterithasbeenused.Itwillbeextremely

hot.Turntheprojectoroffandthendisconnectthepowercord.Allowatleastonehourforthelamptocoolbefore

handling.

• Whenremovingthelampfromaceiling-mountedprojector,makesurethatnooneisundertheprojector.Glass

fragmentscouldfallifthelamphasbeenburnedout.

Clearance for Installing the Projector

Allowampleclearancebetweentheprojectoranditssurroundingsasshownbelow.

AvoidinstallingtheprojectorinaplacewhereairmovementfromtheHVACisdirectedattheprojector.

HeatedairfromtheHVACcanbetakeninbytheprojector'sintakevent.Ifthishappens,thetemperatureinsidethe

projectorwillrisetoohighcausingtheover-temperatureprotectortoautomaticallyturnofftheprojectorspower.

Important Information

Example 1 – If there are walls on both sides of the projector.

50 cm/19.7" or greater 30 cm/12" or greater

NOTE:

The drawing shows the proper clearance required for the front, back and top of the projector.

Example 2 – If there is a wall behind the projector.

(1) For ﬂoor installation:

70 cm/27.6" or greater

Lens

NOTE:

The drawing shows the proper clearance required for the back, sides and top of the projector.

(2) For ceiling mounting:

Ceiling mount unit

30 cm/12" or

greater

70 cm/27.6"

or greater

Lens

NOTE:

1. The drawing shows the proper clearance required for the front, sides, back and bottom of the projector.

2. If suspending the projector 30 cm/12 inches away from the ceiling, allow ample clearance for all four sides and the under the

projector.

(3) Upward or downward projection:

Whenusingtheprojectorinanupwardprojectionangle,allow1m/40inchesorgreaterbetweentheexhaustvent

andthewall.

Whenusingtheprojectorinadownwardprojectionangle,allow70cm/27.6inchesorgreaterbetweentheexhaust

ventandthewall.

vii

Important Information

About High Altitude mode

•

Set[FAN

MODE]to[HIGHALTITUDE]whenusingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600meters

orhigher.

 Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600metersorhigherwithoutsettingto[HIGHALTITUDE]

cancausetheprojectortooverheatandtheprotectorcouldshutdown.Ifthishappens,waitacoupleminutesand

turnontheprojector.

• Usingtheprojectorataltitudeslessthanapproximately5500feet/1600metersandsettingto[HIGHALTITUDE]

cancausethelamptoovercool,causingtheimagetoicker.Switch[FANMODE]to[AUTO].

• Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600metersorhighercanshortenthelifeofinternalparts

suchasthelamp.

About Copyright of original projected pictures:

Pleasenotethatusingthisprojectorforthepurposeofcommercialgainortheattractionofpublicattentioninavenue

suchasacoffeeshoporhotelandemployingcompressionorexpansionofthescreenimagewiththefollowingfunc-

tionsmayraiseconcernabouttheinfringementofcopyrightswhichareprotectedbycopyrightlaw.

[ASPECTRATIO],[3DREFORM],[D-ZOOM]featureandothersimilarfeatures.

Turkish RoHS information relevant for Turkish market

EEE Yönetmeliğine Uygundur.

Thisdeviceisnotintendedforuseinthedirecteldofviewatvisualdisplayworkplaces.Toavoidincommodingreec-

tionsatvisualdisplayworkplacesthisdevicemustnotbeplacedinthedirecteldofview.

viii

Table of Contents

Important Information ............................................................................................i

1. Introduction ...........................................................................................................1

❶What’sintheBox? ..........................................................................................................1

❷IntroductiontotheProjector ...........................................................................................2

CongratulationsonYourPurchaseoftheProjector ..................................................2

Featuresyou’llenjoy: ................................................................................................2

Aboutthisuser’smanual ........................................................................................... 3

❸PartNamesoftheProjector ...........................................................................................4

Front/Top ...................................................................................................................4

Rear ..........................................................................................................................5

ControlPanel/IndicatorSection ................................................................................6

TerminalPanelFeatures ...........................................................................................7

❹PartNamesoftheRemoteControl ................................................................................8

BatteryInstallation ....................................................................................................9

RemoteControlPrecautions ..................................................................................... 9

OperatingRangeforWirelessRemoteControl ......................................................... 9

UsingtheRemoteControlinWiredOperation ........................................................ 10

❺OperatingEnvironmentforSoftwareIncludedonCD-ROM .........................................11

OperatingEnvironment ...........................................................................................12

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation) ...............................................13

❶FlowofProjectinganImage .........................................................................................13

❷ConnectingYourComputer/ConnectingthesuppliedPowerCord ...............................14

UsingtheSuppliedPowerCordStopper ................................................................15

❸TurningontheProjector ...............................................................................................17

PerformingLensCalibration ...................................................................................18

NoteonStartupscreen(MenuLanguageSelectscreen) ....................................... 19

Iftheprojectedimageisinvertedorupsidedown ...................................................20

❹SelectingaSource .......................................................................................................21

Selectingthecomputerorvideosource..................................................................21

❺AdjustingthePictureSizeandPosition ........................................................................22

Adjustingtheverticalpositionofaprojectedimage(Lensshift) .............................23

Focus ......................................................................................................................25

Zoom ....................................................................................................................... 28

AdjustingtheTiltFeet .............................................................................................29

❻CorrectingKeystoneDistortion ..................................................................................... 30

❼

OptimizingComputerSignalAutomatically ..................................................................32

AdjustingtheImageUsingAutoAdjust ...................................................................32

❽TurningofftheProjector ...............................................................................................33

❾AfterUse.......................................................................................................................34

3. Convenient Features ......................................................................................35

❶Blockingthelamplight(LENSSHUTTER) ...................................................................35

❷TurningofftheImage ....................................................................................................35

❸TurningOfftheOn-ScreenMenu(On-ScreenMute) ....................................................35

❹FreezingaPicture ........................................................................................................35

Table of Contents

❺EnlargingaPicture .......................................................................................................36

❻ChangingEcoMode/CheckingEnergy-SavingEffectUsingEcoMode[ECOMODE] 37

CheckingEnergy-SavingEffect[CARBONMETER] ..............................................38

❼CorrectingHorizontalandVerticalKeystoneDistortion[CORNERSTONE] .................39

Cornerstone ............................................................................................................39

❽DisplayingTwoPicturesattheSameTime ................................................................... 42

SelectingthePIPorPICTUREBYPICTUREMode[MODE] .................................42

[POSITION] ............................................................................................................. 43

❾PreventingtheUnauthorizedUseoftheProjector[SECURITY] ..................................44

❿StoringChangesforLensShift,Zoom,andFocus[LENSMEMORY] .........................47

UsageExample.......................................................................................................47

Tostoreyouradjustedvaluesin[REF.LENSMEMORY]: .......................................47

Tocallupyouradjustedvaluesfrom[REF.LENSMEMORY]: ................................49

⓫DisplayingaPictureUsing[EDGEBLENDING] ...........................................................51

BeforeexplaininguseoftheEdgeBlendingfunction ..............................................51

BlackLevelAdjustment ...........................................................................................54

9-segmentedportionsforBlackLeveladjustment ..................................................55

⓬ControllingtheProjectorbyUsinganHTTPBrowser ..................................................56

⓭ProjectingYourComputer’sScreenImagefromtheProjectorviaaNetwork

[NETWORKPROJECTOR] ..................................................................................... 63

⓮UsingtheProjectortoOperateYourComputerviaaNetwork[REMOTEDESKTOP] .67

4. Using the Viewer ..............................................................................................73

❶WhatyoucandowiththeViewer .................................................................................. 73

❷Preparingpresentationmaterials .................................................................................76

❸ProjectingimagesstoredinaUSBmemorydevice .....................................................77

StartingtheViewer .................................................................................................. 77

ExitingtheViewer ...................................................................................................80

NamesandfunctionsofViewerscreen ................................................................... 81

Vieweroptionsettings .............................................................................................86

❹Projectingdatafromsharedfolder ...............................................................................89

Connectingtheprojectortothesharedfolder ........................................................89

Disconnectingthesharedfolderfromtheprojector ................................................92

❺Projectingdatafrommediaserver................................................................................93

Settingup“MediaSharing”inWindowsMediaPlayer11 .......................................93

Settingup“MediaSharing”inWindowsMediaPlayer12 .......................................95

Connectingtheprojectortothemediaserver .........................................................96

Disconnectingtheprojectorfromthemediaserver ................................................97

❻Restrictionsondisplayingles .....................................................................................98

SomerestrictionsonPowerPointles ..................................................................... 98

SomerestrictionsonPDFles ...............................................................................98

5. Using On-Screen Menu .................................................................................99

❶UsingtheMenus ...........................................................................................................99

❷MenuElements ...........................................................................................................100

❸ListofMenuItems ......................................................................................................101

❹MenuDescriptions&Functions[SOURCE] ...............................................................104

COMPUTER1,2,and3 .......................................................................................104

Table of Contents

HDMI ..................................................................................................................... 104

DisplayPort ............................................................................................................104

VIDEO ................................................................................................................... 104

S-VIDEO ...............................................................................................................104

VIEWER ................................................................................................................ 104

NETWORK ............................................................................................................ 104

SLOT(foroptionalboard) .....................................................................................104

ENTRYLIST .........................................................................................................104

TESTPATTERN .................................................................................................... 104

❺MenuDescriptions&Functions[ADJUST] ................................................................. 108

[PICTURE] ............................................................................................................108

[IMAGEOPTIONS] ...............................................................................................111

[VIDEO] ................................................................................................................. 115

UsingtheLensMemoryFunction[LENSMEMORY] ............................................116

❻MenuDescriptions&Functions[SETUP] ................................................................... 117

[BASIC] .................................................................................................................117

[MENU] .................................................................................................................121

[INSTALLATION(1)] ............................................................................................... 122

[INSTALLATION(2)] ............................................................................................... 126

[OPTIONS(1)] .......................................................................................................128

[OPTIONS(2)] .......................................................................................................130

[EDGEBLENDING] ..............................................................................................132

❼MenuDescriptions&Functions[INFO.] .....................................................................133

[USAGETIME] ......................................................................................................133

[SOURCE(1)] ........................................................................................................134

[SOURCE(2)] ........................................................................................................134

[WIREDLAN] ........................................................................................................134

[WIRELESSLAN(1)] .............................................................................................135

[WIRELESSLAN(2)] .............................................................................................135

[VERSION(1)] .......................................................................................................135

[VERSION(2)] .......................................................................................................136

[OTHERS] .............................................................................................................136

❽MenuDescriptions&Functions[RESET] ................................................................... 137

ReturningtoFactoryDefault[RESET] ..................................................................137

❾ApplicationMenu ........................................................................................................139

IMAGEEXPRESSUTILITY ..................................................................................139

NETWORKPROJECTOR ..................................................................................... 139

REMOTEDESKTOPCONNECTION ...................................................................140

NETWORKSETTINGS ......................................................................................... 141

TOOLS .................................................................................................................. 157

6. Connecting to Other Equipment ...........................................................162

❶Mountingalens(soldseparately) ...............................................................................162

Mountingthelens..................................................................................................162

Removingthelens ................................................................................................163

❷MakingConnections ...................................................................................................164

AnalogRGBsignalconnection .............................................................................164

DigitalRGBsignalconnection ..............................................................................165

ConnectinganExternalMonitor ...........................................................................167

ConnectingYourDVDPlayerorOtherAVEquipment ...........................................168

ConnectingComponentInput ...............................................................................169

Table of Contents

ConnectingHDMIInput.........................................................................................170

ConnectingtoaWiredLAN ..................................................................................171

ConnectingtoaWirelessLAN(soldseparately)...................................................172

MountingawirelessLANunit ...............................................................................172

ToremovethewirelessLANunit...........................................................................174

Stackingprojectors ...............................................................................................176

7. Maintenance .....................................................................................................179

❶CleaningtheFilters.....................................................................................................179

❷CleaningtheLens.......................................................................................................181

❸CleaningtheCabinet ..................................................................................................181

❹ReplacingtheLampandtheFilters ............................................................................ 182

❺ReplacingtheFilters ................................................................................................... 185

8. User Supportware ..........................................................................................187

❶InstallingSoftwareProgram .......................................................................................187

InstallationforWindowssoftware .......................................................................... 187

InstallationforMacintoshsoftware ........................................................................ 190

❷ProjectingImagesorVideosfromtheProjectoroveraLAN(ImageExpressUtility

2.0) ........................................................................................................................ 191

WhatyoucandowithImageExpressUtility2.0 ...................................................191

ConnectingtheprojectortoaLAN ........................................................................ 192

BasicOperationofImageExpressUtility2.0 ........................................................193

❸ControllingtheProjectoroveraLAN(PCControlUtilityPro4) ..................................202

❹ProjectingYourMac’sScreenImagefromtheProjectoroveraLAN(Image

ExpressUtility2forMac) ......................................................................................203

WhatyoucandowithImageExpressUtility2 ......................................................203

Operatingenvironment .........................................................................................203

ConnectingtheprojectortoaLAN ........................................................................ 203

UsingImageExpressUtility2 ...............................................................................204

❺OperatingtheProjectorViatheLAN(VirtualRemoteTool) ........................................207

❻ConvertingPowerPointlestoSlides(ViewerPPTConverter3.0) ............................210

9. Appendix ..............................................................................................................212

❶Throwdistanceandscreensize .................................................................................212

Tablesofscreensizesanddimensions ................................................................212

Lenstypesandthrowdistance .............................................................................213

Lensshiftingrange ................................................................................................216

❷ReplacingtheColorWheel(included) ........................................................................217

StoringUnusedColorWheel: ................................................................................219

❸MountingtheOptionalBoard(soldseparately) ..........................................................220

❹CompatibleInputSignalList .......................................................................................222

❺Specications .............................................................................................................224

Optical ................................................................................................................... 224

Electrical ...............................................................................................................224

Mechanical ............................................................................................................ 225

Optionlens ............................................................................................................ 226

❻CabinetDimensions ...................................................................................................227

xii

Table of Contents

❼PinAssignmentsofD-SubCOMPUTERInputConnector .........................................228

❽Troubleshooting ..........................................................................................................229

IndicatorMessages ............................................................................................... 229

CommonProblems&Solutions ............................................................................231

Ifthereisnopicture,orthepictureisnotdisplayedcorrectly. ............................... 233

❾PCControlCodesandCableConnection ..................................................................234

❿TroubleshootingCheckList ......................................................................................... 235

⓫REGISTERYOURPROJECTOR!(forresidentsintheUnitedStates,Canada,and

Mexico) .................................................................................................................237

1. Introduction

❶ What’s in the Box?

Makesureyourboxcontainseverythinglisted.Ifanypiecesaremissing,contactyourdealer.

Pleasesavetheoriginalboxandpackingmaterialsifyoueverneedtoshipyourprojector.

Projector

Dust cap for lens (79TM1061)

* The projector is shipped without

a lens. For the types of lens and

throw distances, see page 213,

214, 215.

Remote control

(7N901041)

AA alkaline batteries

(x2)

Power cord

(US: 79TM1001 for AC 120 V

and 79TM1011 for AC 200 V)

(EU: 79TM1021)

• ImportantInformation(ForNorth

America: 7N8N4841) (For Other

countries than North America:

7N8N4841 and 7N8N4851)

• QuickSetupGuide(ForNorth

America: 7N8N4861) (For Other

countries than North America:

7N8N4861 and 7N8N4871)

NEC Projector CD-ROM

User’s manual (PDF) and the

utility software

(7N952052)

For North America only:

Limited warranty

For customers in Europe:

You will ﬁnd our current

validGuaranteePolicyon

our Web Site:

www.nec-display-solutions.

com

Lens theft prevention

screw (79TM1071)

This screw makes it

difﬁcult to remove the

lens mounted on the

projector. (→ page

163)

6-segment color wheel

(79TM1081)

Stacking holders (x 3)

(79TM1101)

Power cord stopper

(79TM1111)

Anti-theft cap for LAN unit (for

optional wireless LAN unit)

(79TM1091)

Attaching/Removing the Dust Cap

Toremovethedustcapfromthe

projector,pulltheupperendofthe

dustcapwhileclutchingit.

Toattachthedustcaptotheprojector,locatethecatchonthelowerendof

thedustcapandplaceitintotheopeningoftheprojectorwiththepointofa

trianglemark(▽)facingdownward(①inthegurebelow),andthenpushthe

upperendofthedustcapagainsttheprojectortoplacethecatchesintothe

slotwhileclutchingthehandle(②inthegurebelow).

1. Introduction

❷ Introduction to the Projector

Thissectionintroducesyoutoyournewprojectoranddescribesthefeaturesandcontrols.

Congratulations on Your Purchase of the Projector

Thisprojectorisoneoftheverybestprojectorsavailabletoday.Theprojectorenablesyoutoprojectpreciseimages

upto500inches(200or300inchesdependingontheoptionallens)across(measureddiagonally)fromyourPCor

Macintoshcomputer(desktopornotebook),VCR,DVDplayer,ordocumentcamera.

Youcanusetheprojectoronatabletoporcart,youcanusetheprojectortoprojectimagesfrombehindthescreen,

andtheprojectorcanbepermanentlymountedonaceiling*

.Theremotecontrolcanbeusedwirelessly.

 Donotattempttomounttheprojectoronaceilingyourself.

 Theprojectormustbeinstalledbyqualiedtechniciansinordertoensureproperoperationandreducetherisk

ofbodilyinjury.

 Inaddition,theceilingmustbestrongenoughtosupporttheprojectorandtheinstallationmustbeinaccordance

withanylocalbuildingcodes.Pleaseconsultyourdealerformoreinformation.

Features you’ll enjoy:

• DLP

projector with high resolution and high brightness

 Highresolutiondisplay–PX750U2:WUXGA(1920×1200)nativeresolution(16:10),PX700W2:WXGA(1280×

800)nativeresolution(16:10),PX800X2:XGA(1024×768)nativeresolution(4:3)

• Widerangeofoptionallensesselectableaccordingtotheplaceofinstallation

 Thisprojectorsupports7types*ofoptionallenses,providingaselectionoflensesadaptedforavarietyofinstal-

lationrequirements.

 Inaddition,thelensescanbemountedandremovedinonetouch.

 Notethatnolensismounteduponshipmentfromthefactory.Pleasepurchaseoptionallensesseparately.

* 6typesforPX700W2andPX800X2

• DualLampsystem

 Twolampsystemoffersincreasedlamplifeandenergysavingsalongwithredundancy.

• Doublestackableforbuiltinredundancyandhighlightoutputrequirements

 Doublestackingprojectorsincreasethebrightnessandvisibility.

• EDGEBLENDINGfunction

 TheEDGEBLENDINGfunctionallowsamulti-screenimagewithhighresolutiontobedisplayedonalargescreen.

• PoweredLensShift,Zoom,andFocusofferinstallationexibility

 PoweredHorizontalandVerticallensshiftprovidestheabilitytoprojectfromoffcenterscreeninstallations.Powered

zoomandfocusprovidequickandeasyadjustment.

• 360°installationangle(tilt-free)

 Theprojectorcanbeinstalledatanyangle(360°).

 Note,however,thatthe“fanmode”settingmustbechangedaccordingtotheangleofinstallation.

 Also,theprojectorcannotbeinstalledtiltedtotheleftorright.

• Twotypesofcolorwheels(6-segmentwhite)and(6-segmentcolor)interchangeable

 Theprojectorisshippedwiththe6-segmentwhitecolorwheelinstalled.Youcanreplaceitwiththeincluded6-seg-

mentcolorwheeltocreateimageswithmorebrilliantcolorstomatchthesource.

• Widerangeofinput/outputconnectors(HDMI,DisplayPort,BNC,etc.)

 Theprojectorisequippedwithavarietyofinput/outputconnectors:computer(analog),5BNC,HDMI,DisplayPort,

Video,S-Video,etc.(Thecomputer(analog)andBNCconnectorsalsosupportcomponentinputs.)

 Theprojector’sHDMIandDisplayPortinputconnectorssupportHDCP.

1. Introduction

• Slotforoptionalboard

 Theprojectorhasaslotfortheoptionalboard(SB-01HCorotherNEC’sinterfaceboards).

• Highpicturequalityprocessingcircuit

 TheReon-VXvideoprocessorisusedtoprojecthighqualityimages.

• Energy-savingdesignwithastandbypowerconsumptionof0.4Wattsorless

 Whentheon-screenmenu’sstandbymodeissetto“PowerSaving”,thepowerconsumptioninthestandbymode

is0.2W(100-130VAC)/0.4W(200-240VAC).

• “Ecomode”forlowpowerconsumptionand“CarbonMeter”display

 Theprojector is equipped with an“eco mode”forreducing powerconsumption duringuse. Furthermore, the

power-savingeffectwhentheecomodeissetisconvertedintotheamountofreductionsofCO

emissionsand

thisisindicatedontheconrmationmessagedisplayedwhenthepoweristurnedoffandat“Information”onthe

on-screenmenu(CARBONMETER).

• Seamlessswitchfunctionforsmootherscreenchangeswhenswitchingthesignal(forPX750U2only)

 Whentheinputconnectorisswitched,theimagedisplayedbeforeswitchingisheldsothatthatprojectorcanwrite

thenewimagewithoutgoingtoblack.

• Simultaneousdisplayof2images(PIP/PICTUREBYPICTURE)

 Twoimagescanbeprojectedsimultaneouslywithasingleprojector.

 Therearetwotypesoflayoutsforthetwoimages:“picture-in-picture”inwhichasub-pictureisdisplayedonthe

mainpicture,and“picture-by-picture”inwhichthemainandsubpicturesaredisplayednexttoeachother.

• Securityfunctionforpreventingunauthorizeduse

 Thisprojectorisequippedwiththefollowingsecurityfunctions:

- Passwordsecurity:Whenapasswordissetintheon-screenmenu,ascreentoinputthepasswordappears

whentheprojector’spoweristurnedon.

- Theftpreventionlock:AsecuritycablecompatiblewithKensingtonlockscanbeconnectedtotheprojector.

• Wired/wirelessLANcompatibility(wirelessLANunitsoldseparately)

 TheprojectorisequippedwithaLANport(RJ-45)forconnectiontoawiredLANfortransferringimagesfroma

computertotheprojector,controllingtheprojectorfromacomputer,etc.

 Furthermore,theprojectorcanbeusedinawirelessLANbymountingtheseparatelysoldwirelessLANunit

(NP02LM).

• Convenientutilitysoftware(UserSupportware)providedasstandard

 Threeutilitysoftwareprograms(ImageExpressUtility2.0,PCControlUtilityPro4,ImageExpressUtility2forMac)

areprovidedontheincludedNECProjectorCD-ROM.Twomoreutilitysoftwareprogramscanbedownloaded

fromourwebsite:VirtualRemoteToolandViewerPPTConverter3.0.

• LAN-compatibleviewerfunction

 StillandmovingimagesinsharedfoldersonacomputerconnectedbywiredorwirelessLANcanbeprojected

withtheprojector’sviewer.

- TheviewersupportstheWindowsMediaPlayer11’s“mediasharing”function.

• CRESTRONROOMVIEWcompatibility

 TheprojectorsupportsCRESTRONROOMVIEW,allowingmultipledevicesconnectedinthenetworktobeman-

agedandcontrolledfromacomputerorcontroller.

About this user’s manual

Thefastestwaytogetstartedistotakeyourtimeanddoeverythingrightthersttime.Takeafewminutesnowto

reviewtheuser’smanual.Thismaysaveyoutimelateron.Atthebeginningofeachsectionofthemanualyou’llnd

anoverview.Ifthesectiondoesn’tapply,youcanskipit.

1. Introduction

❸ Part Names of the Projector

Front/Top

Thelensissoldseparately.ThedescriptionbelowisforwhentheNP18ZLlensismountedonthePX750U2.

Control Panel

(→ page 6)

Lens

Ventilation (inlet)

Filter Cover

Remote Sensor (located on the

front and the rear)

(→ page 9)

Remote Sensor

(→ page 9)

Terminal Panel

(→ page 7)

IndicatorSection

(→ page 6)

Lens Button

(→ page 163)

ACInput

Connect the supplied power cord's

three-pin plug here, and plug the

other end into an active wall outlet.

(→ page 14)

Main Power Switch

USB (LAN) Port (for optional Wire-

less LAN Unit) (→ page 172)

Lens Cap

(The lens cap is attached to the

lens.)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(→ page 29)

Adjustable Tilt Foot

(→ page 29)

Built-in Security Slot ( )*

Slot for Power Cord Stopper (→

page 15)

* ThissecurityslotsupportstheMicroSaver

SecuritySystem.

1. Introduction

Rear

CAUTION:

PartsoftheprojectormaybecometemporarilyheatediftheprojectoristurnedoffwiththePOWERbuttonorifthe

ACpowersupplyisdisconnectedduringnormalprojectoroperation.

Usecautionwhenpickinguptheprojector.

Remote Sensor (located on the

front and the rear)

(→ page 9)

Color Wheel Cover

(→ page 217)

Ventilation (inlet)

Filter Cover (→ page 179, 185)

Ventilation (outlet)

Heated air is exhausted from here.

Lamp Cover (1)

(→ page 183, 184)

Lamp Cover (2)

(→ page 183, 184)

Stacking Holder

(3 locations)

1. Introduction

Control Panel/Indicator Section

1. (POWER) Button (→page18, 33)

2. POWER Indicator (→page18, 33, 229)

3. STATUS Indicator (→page229)

4. LAMP1andLAMP2Indicators(→page182, 230)

5. TEMP.Indicator(→page230)

6. SHUTTERIndicator(→page230)

7. SOURCEButton(→page21)

8. AUTO ADJ. Button (→page32)

9. 3D REFORM Button (→page39)

10.ORIENTATION/CALIBRATIONButton(→page18, 20)

11. SHUTTER/HOME POSITION Button (→page23, 35)

NOTE: The “home position” for lens shift position is not the center position of the adjustable lens shift range. The home position

should be used for lens installation.

12. MENU Button (→page99)

13. ▲▼◀▶ Buttons (→page99)

14.ENTERButton(→page99)

15.EXITButton(→page99)

16.LENSSHIFT▲▼◀▶ Buttons (→page23)

17.FOCUS+/−Buttons(→page25)

18.ZOOM+/−Buttons(→page28)

12 13 1514 16 17 18

7 8 9 10 11 2 3 4 5 6

1. Introduction

Terminal Panel Features

1. COMPUTER1IN/ComponentInputConnector(MiniD-Sub15Pin)(→ page 14,164,169)

2. COMPUTER2IN/ComponentInputConnector(MiniD-Sub15Pin)(→ page 164,169)

3. COMPUTER3IN/Component(R/Cr,G/Y,B/Cb,H,V)Connectors(BNC×5)(→ page 164,169)

4. HDMIINConnector(TypeA)(→ page 165,166,170)

5. DisplayPortINConnector(DisplayPort20P)(→ page 165)

6. MONITOROUT(COMP1)Connector(MiniD-Sub15Pin)(→ page 167)

7. VIDEOINConnector(BNC)(→ page 168)

8. S-VIDEOINConnector(MiniDIN4Pin)(→ page 168)

9. LANPort(RJ-45)(→ page 171)

10.USBPort(TypeA)(→ page 77)

11.PCCONTROLPort(D-Sub9Pin)(→ page 234)

 UsethisporttoconnectaPCorcontrolsystem.Thisenablesyoutocontroltheprojectorusingserialcommunica-

tionprotocol.Ifyouarewritingyourownprogram,typicalPCcontrolcodesareonpage234.

12.REMOTEJack(StereoMini)

 Usethisjackforwiredremotecontroloftheprojectorusingacommerciallyavailableremotecablewith⌀3.5stereo

mini-plug(withoutresistance).

 Connecttheprojectorandthesuppliedremotecontrolusingacommerciallyavailablewiredremotecontrolcable.

(→page10)

13. USB (LAN) Port

(for optional Wireless LAN Unit) (→ page 172)

14.OptionalSlot(SLOT)(→ page 220)

9 4 5 3 810 2 1 7

1311 12 14 6

1. Introduction

1. Infrared Transmitter

(→page9)

2. RemoteJack

 Connectacommerciallyavailable

remotecablehereforwiredopera-

tion.(→page10)

3. POWER ON Button

(→page18)

4. POWEROFFButton

(→page33)

5. INFO/L-CALIB.Button

(→page18)(Thefunctionofthe

INFObuttonwillnotworkonthis

seriesofprojectors.)

6. VOL./FOCUS+/−Buttons

(→page25)

7. D-ZOOM/ZOOM+/−Buttons

(→page28)

8. TEST Button

(→page22)

9. ECO/L-SHIFTButton

(→page24)

10.MENUButton

(→page99)

11.EXITButton

(→page99)

12. ENTER Button

(→page99)

13. ▲▼◀▶ Button

(→

page99)

14.ON-SCREENButton

(→page35)

15.SHUTTERButton

(→page35)

16.AV-MUTEButton

(→page35)

17.PICTUREButton

(→page108, 110)

18. SOURCE Button

(→page21)

19. 3D REFORM Button

(→page39)

20.PIP/FREEZEButton

(→page35, 42)

❹ Part Names of the Remote Control

21. AUTO ADJ. Button

(→page32)

22,23,24.COMPUTER1/2/3But-

ton

(→

page21)

25.VIDEOButton

(→page21)

26.S-VIDEOButton

(→page21)

27.HDMIButton

(→page21)

28.DisplayPortButton

(→page21)

29.VIEWERButton

(→page21, 73)

30.NETWORKButton

(→page21)

31. SLOT Button

32. ID SET Button

(→page127)

33.Numeric(0to9/CLEAR)But-

tons

 (TheAUXbuttonwillnotworkon

thisseriesofprojectors.)

34.CTLButton

 Thisbuttonisusedinconjunction

withotherbuttons,similar to a

CTRLkeyonacomputer.

35.LIGHTButton

 Thisbuttonisusedtoturnonthe

backlightforthe remote control

buttons.

 Thebacklightwill turnoff if no

buttonoperationismade for10

seconds.

36.HELPButton

(→page133)

1. Introduction

Battery Installation

1. Press the catch and remove

the battery cover.

2. Install new ones (AA). En-

sure that you have the bat-

teries’ polarity (+/−) aligned

correctly.

3. Slip the cover back over the batteries until

it snaps into place.

NOTE: Do not mix different types of batteries or new

and old batteries.

Remote Control Precautions

• Handletheremotecontrolcarefully.

• Iftheremotecontrolgetswet,wipeitdryimmediately.

• Avoidexcessiveheatandhumidity.

• Donotshort,heat,ortakeapartbatteries.

• Donotthrowbatteriesintore.

• Ifyouwillnotbeusingtheremotecontrolforalongtime,removethebatteries.

• Ensurethatyouhavethebatteries’polarity(+/−)alignedcorrectly.

• Donotusenewandoldbatteriestogether,orusedifferenttypesofbatteriestogether.

• Disposeofusedbatteriesaccordingtoyourlocalregulations.

Operating Range for Wireless Remote Control

7 m/22 feet

15°

30°

15°

7 m/22 feet

Remote control

Remote sensor on projector cabinet

• Theinfraredsignaloperatesbyline-of-sightuptoadistanceofabout22feet/7mandwithina60-degreeangleof

theremotesensorontheprojectorcabinet.

• Theprojectorwillnotrespondifthereareobjectsbetweentheremotecontrolandthesensor,orifstronglightfalls

onthesensor.Weakbatterieswillalsopreventtheremotecontrolfromproperlyoperatingtheprojector.

1. Introduction

Using the Remote Control in Wired Operation

ConnectoneendoftheremotecabletotheREMOTEminijackandtheotherendtotheremotejackontheremote

control.

REMOTE

Remote Jack

NOTE:

• WhenaremotecableisinsertedintotheREMOTEjack,theremotecontroldoesnotworkforinfraredwirelesscommunication.

• WhenaremotecableisinsertedintotheREMOTEjack,the[POWER-SAVING]and[NORMAL2]functionsin[STANDBYMODE]

will not work.

• PowerwillnotbesuppliedtotheremotecontrolfromtheprojectorviatheREMOTEjack.Batteryisneededwhentheremote

control is used in wired operation.

1. Introduction

❺ Operating Environment for Software Included on CD-ROM

NamesandFeaturesofBundledSoftwarePrograms

Nameofsoftwareprogram Features

ImageExpressUtility2.0 • Thisisasoftwareprogramusedtosendthescreensofyourpersonalcomput-

erstotheprojectorviawired/wirelessLAN(Meetingmode).

 Projectedimagescanbetransferredandsavedtopersonalcomputers.

 When“MeetingMode”isused,projectedimagescanbesentandsavedto

thepersonalcomputers.Imagescanbesentfromapersonalcomputerto

notonlyoneprojectorbutalsototwoormoreprojectorsatthesametime.

(→page191)

PCControlUtilityPro4 Thisisasoftwareprogramusedtooperatetheprojectorfromthecomputerwhen

thecomputerandtheprojectorareconnectedwithLAN(wiredorwireless)or

aserialcable.(→page202)

ImageExpressUtilityforMac • ThisisasoftwareprogramusedtosendtheMac’sscreenimagetotheprojec-

toroveranetwork(wiredorwirelessLAN).ForMac’soperatingenvironment,

seepage203.

*AseparatelysoldwirelessLANunitisrequiredtouseawirelessLAN.

NOTE:

• ImageExpressUtilityforMacdoesnotsupport“MeetingMode”whichisprovidedinImageExpressUtility2.0.

Thefollowingsoftwareprogramscanbedownloadedfromourwebsite.

Nameofsoftwareprogram Features

VirtualRemoteTool Whenthecomputerandprojectorareconnectedusinganetwork(wired/wireless

LAN),suchoperationsasturningtheprojector’spoweronandoffandswitching

thesignalcanbeperformed.Itisalsopossibletosendanimagetotheprojector

andregisteritasthebackgroundlogo.Oncetheimageisregistered,itcanbe

lockedtopreventthelogofrombeingoverwritten.(→page207)

ViewerPPTConverter3.0 ThisisasoftwareprogramusedtoconvertlescreatedwithPowerPointinto

JPEGlesthatcanbedisplayedwiththeviewerfunctionoftheprojectorwhen

aUSBmemorydeviceisinsertedintotheprojector.(→page210)

Download service

Fordownloadingorupdatingthesesoftwareprograms,visitourwebsite:

URL:http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

1. Introduction

Operating Environment

ThefollowingistheoperatingenvironmentforImageExpressUtility2.0.Fortheoperatingenvironmentofothersoft-

wareprogram,refertothehelpfunctionofeachsoftwareprogram.

SupportedOS Windows7HomeBasic

Windows7HomePremium

Windows7Professional

Windows7Ultimate

Windows7Enterprise

WindowsVistaHomeBasic

WindowsVistaHomePremium

WindowsVistaBusiness

WindowsVistaUltimate

WindowsVistaEnterprise

WindowsXPHomeEditionServicePack2orlater

WindowsXPProfessionalServicePack2orlater

WindowsXPTabletPCEdition2005orlater(WindowsXPTabletPCEditionService

Pack2orlater)

• Only32-bitversion

* “EasyConnection”supportstheAdministrativeprivilegesofWindowsXPandWindows7/

WindowsVistaonly

• Windowspower-savingfunctionisnotsupported.

Processor • Windows7/WindowsVista

Pentium4/PentiumM800MHzequivalentorhigherrequired

Dualcore1GHzorhigherrecommended

• WindowsXP

PentiumIII800MHzorhigherrequired

Pentium41.6GHzorhigherrecommended

Memory • Windows7/WindowsVista

512MBormorerequired

1GBormorerecommended

• WindowsXP

128MBormorerequired

192MBormorerecommended

*Morememorymayberequiredtorunadditionalapplicationssimultaneously.

Graphicprocessor • Windows7/WindowsVista

The“Graphics”score3.0ormoreof“WindowsExperienceIndex”recommended.

Networkenvironment TCP/IP-compatiblewiredLANorwirelessLAN

(*UseawirelessLANunitcomplyingwiththeWi-Fistandard.)

Resolution • Windows7/WindowsVista

SVGA(800×600)orhigherrequired

XGA(1024×768)recommended

• WindowsXP

VGA(640×480)orhigherrequired

XGA(1024×768)recommended

ScreenColors HighColor(15bits,16bits)

TrueColor(24bits,32bits)(recommended)

• 256orfewercolorsarenotsupported.

Thissectiondescribeshowtoturnontheprojectorandtoprojectapictureontothescreen.

❶ Flow of Projecting an Image

Step 1

• Connectingyourcomputer/Connectingthesuppliedpowercord(→ page 14)

Step 2

• Turningontheprojector(→ page 17)

Step 3

• Selectingasource(→ page 21)

Step 4

• Adjustingthepicturesizeandposition(→ page 22)

• Correctingkeystonedistortion[KEYSTONE](→ page 30)

Step 5

• Adjustingapicture

- Optimizing a computer signal automatically (→ page 32)

Step 6

• Makingapresentation

Step 7

• Turningofftheprojector(→ page 33)

Step 8

• Afteruse(→ page 34)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❷ Connecting Your Computer/Connecting the supplied Power

Cord

NOTE:

• Installalensbeforeperformingthefollowingsteps.(→ page 162)

1. Connectyourcomputertotheprojector.

This section will show you a basic connection to a computer. For information about other connections, see “(2)

Making Connections” on page 164.

 Connectthecomputercable(VGA)betweentheprojector’sCOMPUTER1INconnectorandthecomputer’sport

(miniD-Sub15Pin).Turntwothumbscrewsofbothconnectorstoxthecomputercable(VGA).

2. Connectthesuppliedpowercordtotheprojector.

WARNING:TOPREVENTFIREORSHOCK,DONOTEXPOSETHISUNITTORAINORMOISTURE.

DONOTUSETHISUNIT’SPLUGWITHANEXTENSIONCORDORINANOUTLETUNLESSALLTHEPRONGS

CANBEFULLYINSERTED.

 ImportantInformation:

• Whenplugginginorunpluggingthesuppliedpowercord,makesurethatthemainpowerswitchispushedto

the off [O] position. Failure to do so may cause damage to the projector.

• Donotuseathree-phasepowersupply.Doingsomaycausemalfunction.

 Firstconnectthesuppliedpowercord’sthree-pinplugtotheACINoftheprojector,andthenconnecttheother

plug of the supplied power cord in the wall outlet.

COMPUTER 1 IN

Make sure that the prongs are fully inserted into

boththeACINandthewalloutlet.

Main power switch

To wall outlet

NOTE(forNorthAmericaonly)

• ThemodeldistributedinNorthAmericacomeswithtwodifferenttypesofpowercords:onefor120Vandtheotherfor200V.

 Usethepowercordsuitableforthevoltagebeingused.

CAUTION:

PartsoftheprojectormaybecometemporarilyheatediftheprojectoristurnedoffwiththePOWERbuttonorifthe

ACpowersupplyisdisconnectedduringnormalprojectoroperation.

Usecautionwhenpickinguptheprojector.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Using the Supplied Power Cord Stopper

TopreventthepowercordfromaccidentlyremovingfromtheACINoftheprojector,attachthesuppliedpowercord

stoppertoclampthepowercord.

NOTE:

• Donotclampthepowercordwithothercables.Doingsocangeneratenoise,whichcanaffectadverselythesignalcable.

CAUTION

• Topreventthepowercordfromcomingloose,makesurethatalltheprongsofthepowercordarefullyinserted

intotheACINterminaloftheprojectorbeforeusingthepowercordstoppertoxthepowercord.Aloose

contactofthepowercordmaycauseareorelectricshock.

• Donotbundlethepowercord.Doingthiscouldcauseheatorare.

• Donotclamptwopowercordsthatwouldbeusedwhenstackingtwoprojectors.Doingthiscouldcauseare.

NOTE:Becarefulnottoinsertthebandinversely.Oncethebandisattached,itcannotberemovedfromtheslot.

Attaching the power cord stopper

1. InserttheendofbandofthepowercordstopperintotheslotnexttotheACINontheterminalpanel.

2. Use the power cord stopper to clamp the power cord.

Push the clamper to lock it.

Clamper

3. Slidetheclampertothehiltofthepowercord.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Removingthepowercordfromthepowercordstopper

1. Pushtheclamperofthepowercordstoppertounclaspit.

2. Push the power cord clamper to open it wide enough to pull out the power cord.

Clamper

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❸ Turning on the Projector

NOTE:

• Theprojectorhastwopowerswitches:AmainpowerswitchandaPOWERbutton(POWERONandOFFontheremotecontrol)

•Turningontheprojector:

1. PressthemainpowerswitchtotheONposition(I).

The projector will go into standby mode.

2. PressthePOWERbutton.

The projector will become ready to use.

•Turningofftheprojector:

1. PressthePOWERbutton.

The conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

2. PressthePOWERbuttonagain.

The projector will go into standby mode.

3. PressthemainpowerswitchtotheOFFposition(O).

The projector will be turned off.

Remove the lens cap.

1. PressthemainpowerswitchtotheONposition(I).

The projector will go into standby mode. When in standby

mode, the POWER indicator will light orange and the STA-

TUS indicator will light green when [NORMAL] is selected

for[STANDBYMODE].SeethePowerIndicatorsection.

(→ page 229)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

2. Press the (POWER)buttonontheprojectorcabinet

orthePOWERONbuttonontheremotecontrol.

The POWER indicator will turn to blue and the projector

will become ready to use.

TIP:

• Whenthemessage“PROJECTORISLOCKED!ENTERYOUR

PASSWORD.” is displayed,it meansthat the[SECURITY]

featureisturnedon.(→ page 44)

• When the ECO message isdisplayed, it means that [ON] is

selectedfor[ECOMESSAGE].(→ page 121)

After you turn on your projector, ensure that the computer

or video source is turned on.

NOTE:Thelogoscreen([LOGO]background)isdisplayedwhenno

signalisbeinginput(byfactorydefaultmenusettings).

Performing Lens Calibration

Afterinstallationorreplacementofthelens,besuretoperform

[CALIBRATION]bypressingandholdingtheORIENTATION

buttonforatleasttwosecondsorbyholdingtheCTLbutton

andpressingtheINFO/L-CALIBbuttonontheremotecontrol.

Calibrationcorrectstheadjustablezoomandfocusrange.If

calibrationisnotperformed,youmaynotbeabletogetthe

bestfocusandzoomevenifyouadjustthefocusandzoom

forthelens.

• Thefollowinglensesneedcalibration:

 NP16FL,NP17ZL,NP18ZL,NP19ZL,NP20ZL,NP21ZL,

NP31ZL

Standby Blinking PowerOn

Steady orange

light

Blinking blue

light

Steady blue

light

(→page229)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Note on Startup screen (Menu Language Select screen)

Whenyourstturnontheprojector,youwillgettheStartupmenu.Thismenugivesyoutheopportunitytoselectone

ofthe27menulanguages.

Toselectamenulanguage,followthesesteps:

1. Use the ▲, ▼, ◀ or ▶buttontoselectoneofthe27lan-

guagesfromthemenu.

2. PresstheENTERbuttontoexecutetheselection.

Afterthishasbeendone,youcanproceedtothemenuoperation.

Ifyouwant,youcanselectthemenulanguagelater.

(→[LANGUAGE]onpage102and120)

NOTE:

• Turningthepowerbackondirectlyafteritisturnedoff(bydirectpoweroff)whileanimageisbeingprojectedcanresultinmal-

function.Besuretowaitatleast1secondbeforeturningthepowerbackon.

• Keepthelenscapoffthelenswhiletheprojector’spowerison.

If the lens cap is on, it could be warped due to high temperature.

• Ifoneofthefollowingthingshappens,theprojectorwillnotturnon.

- Iftheinternaltemperatureoftheprojectoristoohigh,theprojectordetectsabnormalhightemperature.Inthisconditionthe

projectorwillnotturnontoprotecttheinternalsystem.Ifthishappens,waitfortheprojector’sinternalcomponentstocool

down.

- Startingunderlowtemperatureconditions

 Iftheusageenvironmenttemperatureislowerthantheprojector’soperatingtemperature,theTEMP.indicatorwillash.Increase

theusageenvironmenttemperatureto0°Corhigherandturnontheprojectoragain.

 Ifyouturnontheprojectorataround0°C,itmaytake5minutestowarmuptheprojector.

 Duringwarm-up,theTEMP.indicatorwillash.Whenthewarm-upiscompleted,theTEMP.indicatorwilllightout.

- Whenthelampreachesitsendofusablelife,theprojectorwillnotturnon.Ifthishappens,replacethelamp.

- IftheSTATUSindicatorlightsorangewiththepowerbuttonpressed,itmeansthatthe[CONTROLPANELLOCK]isturnedon.

Cancelthelockbyturningitoff.(→ page 126)

- Ifthelampfailstolight,andiftheLAMP1orLAMP2indicatorashesonandoffinacycleofsixtimes,waitafullminuteand

then turn on the power.

• WhilethePOWERindicatorisblinkingblueinshortcycles,thepowercannotbeturnedoffbyusingthepowerbutton.

• Immediatelyafterturningontheprojector,screenickermayoccur.Thisisnormal.Wait3to5minutesuntilthelamplightingis

stabilized.

• Whentheprojectoristurnedon,itmaytakesometimebeforethelamplightbecomesbright.

• Ifyouturnontheprojectorimmediatelyafterthelampisturnedofforwhenthetemperatureishigh,thefansrunwithoutdisplay-

ing an image for some time and then the projector will display the image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

If the projected image is inverted or upside down

1 PresstheORIENTATIONbutton.

 The[ORIENTATION]screenwillbedisplayed.

2 Press again to select a correct orientation.

 EachtimetheORIENTATION/CALIBRATIONbuttonispressed,the

choice you highlight will be changed.

DESKTOP FRONT DESKTOP REAR

CEILINGFRONT CEILINGREAR

3 StoppressingtheORIENTATIONbutton.

The menu will be closed in about two seconds and the projected image

will be displayed in the orientation you select.

A conﬁrmation message will be also displayed.

4 PresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation message will be closed.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❹ Selecting a Source

Selecting the computer or video source

NOTE:Turnonthecomputerorvideosourceequipmentconnectedtotheprojector.

DetectingtheSignalAutomatically

PresstheSOURCEbuttononce.Theprojectorwillsearchfortheavail-

ableinputsourceanddisplayit.Theinputsourcewillchangeasfollows:

COMPUTER1→COMPUTER2→COMPUTER3→HDMI→Display-

Port→VIDEO→S-VIDEO→VIEWER→SLOT→COMPUTER1→ ...

• WiththeSOURCEscreendisplayed,youcanpresstheSOURCE

buttonafewtimestoselecttheinputsource.

TIP:Ifnoinputsignalispresent,theinputwillbeskipped.

Using the Remote Control

PressanyoneoftheCOMPUTER1,COMPUTER2,COMPUTER3,HDMI,

DisplayPort,VIDEO,S-VIDEO,VIEWER,NETWORK,orSLOTbuttons.

Selecting Default Source

Youcansetasourceasthedefaultsourcesothatitwillbedisplayed

eachtimetheprojectoristurnedon.

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the ▶buttontwicetoselect[SETUP]andpressthe▼ but-

tonortheENTERbuttontoselect[BASIC].

Press the

▶

buttonvetimestoselect[OPTIONS(2)].

4. Press the ▼buttonvetimestoselect[DEFAULTSOURCESE-

LECT]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT] screen will be displayed.

(→ page 131)

5. Selectasourceasthedefaultsource,andpresstheENTERbut-

ton.

6. PresstheEXITbuttonafewtimestoclosethemenu.

7. Restart the projector.

The source you selected in step 5 will be projected.

NOTE:Evenwhen[AUTO]isturnedon,the[NETWORK]willnotbeautomatically

selected.Tosetyournetworkasthedefaultsource,select[NETWORK].

TIP:

• Whentheprojector isinStandbymode,applyingacomputersignalfroma

computerconnectedtotheCOMPUTER1/3INinputwillpowerontheprojector

andsimultaneouslyprojectthecomputer’simage.

 ([AUTOPOWERON(COMP1/3)]→ page 131)

• OntheWindows7keyboard,acombinationoftheWindowsandPkeysallows

you to set up external display easily and quickly.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❺ Adjusting the Picture Size and Position

Usethelensshiftdial,theadjustabletiltfootlever,thezoombuttonsandthefocusbuttonstoadjustthepicturesize

andposition.

Inthischapterdrawingsandcablesareomittedforclarity.

Adjustingtheprojectedimage’sverticalandhorizontal

position

[Lensshift]

Adjustingthefocus

[Focus]

(→ page 23) (→ page 25)

Finelyadjustingthesizeofanimage

[Zoom]

Adjustingtheprojectedimage’sheightandhorizontaltilt

[Tiltfoot]*¹

(→ page 28) (→ page 29)

Adjustingthekeystonecorrection

[Keystone]

(→ page 30)

NOTE*

:Adjusttheprojectedimage’sheightusingthetiltfeetwhenyouwanttoprojecttheimageatapositionhigherthanthelens

shift adjustment range.

TIP:

• Built-intestpatternscanbeconvenientlyusedforadjustingthepicturesizeandposition.(→ page 104)

 ApressoftheTESTbuttonwilldisplaythetestpattern.The◀ or ▶ button can select one test pattern. To close the test pattern,

change the source to another.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the vertical position of a projected image (Lens shift)

CAUTION

• Performtheadjustmentfrombehindorfromthesideoftheprojector.Adjustingfrom

thefrontcouldexposeyoureyestostronglightwhichcouldinjurethem.

• Keephandsawayfromthelensmountingportionwhilethelensshiftisinoperation.

Failuretodosocouldresultinhandsbeingpinchedbythemovinglens.

NOTE:

• ThelensshiftfunctionisnotavailableontheprojectorwithNP16FL(PX750U2)andNP06FL(PX700W2/PX800X2)lensinstalled.

 Returnthelensshiftpositiontothehomepositionbeforeinstallingthelenstotheprojector.

• Shiftingthelenstothemaximumintwodirectionscombinedwillcausetheedgesoftheimagetobecomedarkorwillcause

some shadows.

Adjusting with buttons on the cabinet

1. PressoneoftheLENSSHIFT▼▲◀▶ buttons.

2. UsetheLENSSHIFT▼▲◀▶ buttons to move the projected image.

Returningthelensshiftpositiontothehomeposition

PressandholdtheSHUTTER/HOMEPOSITIONbuttonfor2secondstoreturnthelensshiftpositiontothehome

position(nearlycenterposition)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting with the remote control

1. HoldtheCTLbuttonandpresstheECO/L-SHIFTbutton.

The Lens Shift screen will be displayed.

2. Press the ▼▲◀ or ▶ button.

Use the ▼▲◀▶ buttons to move the projected image.

TIP:

• Thediagrambelowshowsthelensshiftadjustmentrangeforthedesktopfront.Toraisetheprojectionpositionhigherthanthis,

usethetiltfeet.(→ page 29)

• Fortheceilingmount/frontprojectionlensshiftadjustmentrange,seepage216.

0.1H 0.1H

0.5V*

Height of projected image

Width of projected image

0.1H 0.1H

0.5V*

Height of projected image

Width of projected image

* ForPX800X2,thevalueshouldbe0.43VontheNP31ZLlens.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Focus

Applicablelens:

• PX750U2:NP16FL/NP17ZL/NP18ZL/NP19ZL/NP20ZL/NP21ZL

• PX700W2/PX800X2:NP06FL/NP07ZL/NP08ZL/NP09ZL/NP10ZL

UsetheFOCUS(+)or(−)buttonontheprojectorcabinettoobtainthebestfocus.

TIP:Toobtainthebestfocus,performthefollowing(forxedinstallation)

Preparation:Warmuptheprojectorforonehour.

1.UsetheFOCUS+/−buttonstomakesureyouobtainthebestfocus.Ifyoudonot,movetheprojectorbackandforth.

2.Selectthe[TESTPATTERN]fromthemenuanddisplaythetestpattern.(→ page 104)

• YoucanalsousetheTESTbuttonontheremotecontroltodisplaythetestpattern.

3.KeeppressingtheFOCUS−buttonuntilthegridofthetextpatternismadeinvisible.

4.KeeppressingtheFOCUS+buttonuntilyouobtainthebestfocus.

If you adjust beyond the best focal point, go back to step 3 and repeat the procedures.

Adjusting with the remote control

• HoldtheCTLbuttonandpresstheVOL/FOCUS+/−button.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Applicablelens:

• PX750U2/PX700W2/PX800X2:NP31ZL

1. Focusontheprojectedimagearoundtheopticalaxis.(Poweredfocus)

 Thedrawingbelowshowsanexamplewhentheprojectedimageisshiftedupward.Inthiscasetheopticalaxisis

at the bottom edge of the projected image.

Adjusting with buttons on the cabinet

Use the FOCUS (+) or (−) button on the projector cabinet.

Adjusting with the remote control

Hold the CTL button and press the VOL/FOCUS +/−

button.

Optical axis

* Withthelensshiftinthecenterpositiontheopticalaxisisatthecenteroftheimage.Inthiscase,adjustthe

focus at the center of the projected image.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

2. Adjustthefocusattheedgesoftheprojectedimage.(Manualfocus)

Turn the edge focus ring clockwise or counterclockwise.

Optical axis

Thiscompletesadjustingtheprojectedimage’soverallfocus.

NOTE:

TheNP31ZLsupportstheLensMemoryfunction,whichallowsyoutostorechangesforLensShift,Zoom,andFocus.

IfyouaccidentallymovetheEdgefocusring(drawingshownbelow)afterhavingstoredadjustedvalues,theadjustedvaluesstored

intheLensMemorywillnotbecorrectlyapplied.

Edge focus ring

Afterhavingremovedthelensfromtheprojectorandmounteditback,calluptheadjustedvaluesstoredintheLensMemoryand

thenfollowStep2intheprocedureabovetoadjustthefocusattheedgesoftheprojectedimageagain.

TIP:Toobtainthebestfocus,performthefollowing(forxedinstallation)

Preparation:Warmuptheprojectorforonehour.

1.UsetheFOCUS+/−buttonstomakesureyouobtainthebestfocus.Ifyoudonot,movetheprojectorbackandforth.

2.Selectthe[TESTPATTERN]fromthemenuanddisplaythetestpattern.(→ page 104)

• YoucanalsousetheTESTbuttonontheremotecontroltodisplaythetestpattern.

3.KeeppressingtheFOCUS−buttonuntilthegridofthetextpatternismadeinvisible.

4.KeeppressingtheFOCUS+buttonuntilyouobtainthebestfocus.

If you adjust beyond the best focal point, go back to step 3 and repeat the procedures.

5.Turntheedgefocusringclockwiseorcounterclockwisetoadjustthefocusattheedgesoftheprojectedimage.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Zoom

UsetheZOOM(+)or(−)buttonontheprojectorcabinettozoominorout.

• ThezoomisnotavailableontheseparatelysoldNP16FL(PX750U2)andNP06FL(PX700W2/PX800X2)lens.

Adjusting with the remote control

• HoldtheCTLbuttonandpresstheD-ZOOM/ZOOM+/−button.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

Adjusting the Tilt Feet

• Turntheleftandrighttiltfeetontheright,left,andreartoadjust.

 Thetiltfeetlengthenandshortenwhenturned.

 Theheightoftheprojectedimageisadjustedbyturningtheleft

andrighttiltfeet.

 Iftheprojectedimageistilted,turnoneofthetiltfeettoadjust

the image so that it is level.

- Iftheprojectedimageisdistorted,see“2-6CorrectingKeystone

Distortion” (→ page 30).

- The tilt feet can be used to tilt +/− 50 mm/1.97" (6.75°), −9 mm/0.35"

(1.2°).

CAUTION

Therearventsoftheprojectormaybecomeheatedduringnormal

projectoroperation.

Usecautionwhenadjustingthetiltfootontherearside.

NOTE:

• Donotlengthenthetiltfeetontherightandleftanymorethan50mm/1.97"

andthetiltfootontherearanymorethan9mm/0.35"ontherear.Theforce

of doing so may cause the rear foot to come off, resulting in damage to the

projector.

• Donotusethetilt feet for anypurposeotherthanadjustingtheprojector’s

projection angle.

Handling the tilt feet improperly, such as carrying the projector by grasping the

tilt feet or hooking it onto a wall using the tilt feet, could damage the projector.

Tilt foot

Down

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❻ Correcting Keystone Distortion

Whentheprojectorisnotexactlyperpendiculartothescreen,keystonedistortionoccurs.Toovercomeit,youcanusethe

“Keystone”function,adigitaltechnologythatcanadjustforkeystone-typedistortion,resultinginacrisp,squareimage.

Thefollowingprocedureexplainshowtousethe[KEYSTONE]screenfromthemenutocorrecttrapezoidaldistortions.

Whentheprojectorisplaceddiagonallytothescreen,

Whentheprojectorissetupatanangleinrelationtothescreen,adjusttheHorizontaloptionoftheKeystonemenu

sothatthetopandbottomofsidesoftheprojectedimageareparallel.

1. Pressthe3DREFORMbuttonontheremotecontrolortheprojector

cabinet.

The Keystone screen will be displayed on the screen.

2. Press the ▼buttontoselect[VERTICAL]andthenusethe◀ or ▶ so

thattheleftandrightsidesoftheprojectedimageareparallel.

* Adjust the vertical keystone distortion.

3. Aligntheleft(orright)sideofthescreenwiththeleft(orright)side

oftheprojectedimage.

• Usetheshortersideoftheprojectedimageasthebase.

• Intherightexample,usetheleftsideasthebase.

4. Press the ▲buttontoselect[HORIZONTAL]andthenusethe◀ or ▶

sothatthetopandbottomsidesoftheprojectedimageareparallel.

• Adjustthehorizontalkeystonedistortion.

Screen frame

Projected area

Align left side

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

NOTE:

• Iftheprojectionangleisthesameasinthelastuse,thepreviouscorrectionsettingvaluesareretainedinthememory.

• WhendoingStep2,adjustthepositionofimagesothatthescreenissmallerthantheareaoftheprojectedarea.

• Toresetthe3DReformcorrectionsettingvalues,pressandholdthe3DREFORMbuttonforaminimumof2seconds.

• Eachtimethe3DREFORMbuttonispressed,theitemwillchangeasfollows:KEYSTONE→CORNERSTONE→ None →KEY-

STONE→ ...

 Forinformationon[CORNERSTONE],see“CorrectingHorizontalandVerticalKeystoneDistortion(Cornerstone)”onpage39.

• TheCornerstoneadjustmentwillnotbeavailableduringtheKeystoneadjustment.ToperformtheCornerstoneadjustment,press

andholdthe3DREFORMbuttonforaminimumof2secondstoresettheKeystonecorrectionsettingvalues.TheKeystone

adjustmentwillnotbeavailableduringtheCornerstoneadjustment.ToperformtheKeystoneadjustment,pressandholdthe3D

REFORMbuttonforaminimumof2secondstoresettheCornerstonecorrectionsettingvalues.

• The3DReformfeaturecancauseanimagetobeslightlyblurredbecausethecorrectionismadeelectronically.

5. Repeat steps 2 and 4 to correct keystone distortion.

6. AftercompletingKeystonecorrection,presstheEXITbutton.

The Keystone screen will disappear.

• ToperformKeystonecorrectionagain,pressthe3DREFORMbutton

to display the Keystone screen and repeat above steps 1 to 6.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❼ Optimizing Computer Signal Automatically

Adjusting the Image Using Auto Adjust

Optimizingacomputerimageautomatically.(COMPUTER1/COMPUTER2/COMPUTER3)

PresstheAUTOADJ.buttontooptimizeacomputerimageautomatically.

Thisadjustmentmaybenecessarywhenyouconnectyourcomputerforthersttime.

[Poor picture]

[Normal picture]

NOTE:

Somesignalsmaytaketimetodisplayormaynotbedisplayedcorrectly.

• IftheAutoAdjustoperationcannotoptimizethecomputersignal,trytoadjust[HORIZONTAL],[VERTICAL],[CLOCK],and[PHASE]

manually.(→ page 111, 112)

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❽ Turning off the Projector

To turn off the projector:

1. First, press the  (POWER) buttonon the projector

cabinetorthePOWEROFFbuttonontheremotecon-

trol.

The [POWER OFF / ARE YOU SURE ? / CARBON SAV-

INGS-SESSION0.000[g-CO2]]messagewillappear.

2. Secondly,press the ENTER button or press the

(POWER)orthePOWEROFFbuttonagain.

The lamp will turn off and the projector will go into standby

mode. When in standby mode, the POWER indicator will

light orange and the STATUS indicator will light green when

[NORMAL] is selected for [STANDBY MODE].

3. PressthemainpowerswitchtotheOFFposition(O).

The POWER indicator will go off and the main power will

turn off.

PowerOn

Steady blue light

Standby

Steady

orange light

Press twice

CAUTION:

PartsoftheprojectormaybecometemporarilyheatediftheprojectoristurnedoffwiththePOWERbuttonorifthe

ACpowersupplyisdisconnectedduringnormalprojectoroperation.

Usecautionwhenpickinguptheprojector.

NOTE:

• WhilethePOWERindicatorisblinkingblueinshortcycles,thepowercannotbeturnedoff.

• Youcannotturnoffthepowerfor60secondsimmediatelyafterturningitonanddisplayinganimage.

• Waitatleast20minutesafterthepoweristurnedon(afterstartingtoproject)beforeturningtheACpoweroffwhileanimageis

being projected or while the cooling fan is running.

• Donotunplugthepowercordfromtheprojectororfromthepoweroutletwhileanimageisbeingprojected.Doingsocould

deterioratetheprojector’sACinputconnectororthepowerplug’scontact.ToturnofftheACpowerwhileanimageisbeing

projected,usetheprojector'smainpowerswitch,thepowerstrip’sswitch,thebreaker,etc.

• DonotdisconnecttheACpowersupplytotheprojectorwithin10secondsofmakingadjustmentorsettingchangesandclosing

the menu. Doing so can cause loss of adjustments and settings.

2. Projecting an Image (Basic Operation)

❾ After Use

Preparation:Makesurethattheprojectoristurnedoff.

1. Unplug the power cord.

2. Disconnectanyothercables.

• RemovetheUSBmemoryifitisinsertedintotheprojector.

3. Mount the lens cap on the lens.

4. Beforemovingtheprojector,screwinthetiltfeetiftheyhavebeenlengthened.

3. Convenient Features

❶ Blocking the lamp light (LENS

SHUTTER)

PresstheSHUTTER/HOMEPOSITIONbuttontoblockthelampslight

fromhittingthescreen.Pressagaintoallowthescreentobecomeil-

luminatedagain.

• AnotherwaytoshutthelamplightoffistopresstheSHUTTERbutton

ontheremotecontrol.

NOTE:

• DonotpressandholdtheSHUTTER/HOMEPOSITIONbuttonfor2secondsor

longer.

Doing so will cause the lens shift position to return to the home position.

❷ Turning off the Image

PresstheAV-MUTEbuttontoturnofftheimageforashortperiodoftime.

Pressagaintorestoretheimage.

Theprojector’spower-savingfunctionwillworkinsomesecondsafterthe

imageisturnedoff.Asaresult,thelamppowerwillbereduced.

NOTE:

• Torestoretheimage,evenifyoupresstheAV-MUTEbuttonimmediatelyafter

thestartofthepower-savingfunction,thelampbrightnessmaynotberestored

toitsoriginallevel.

❸ Turning Off the On-Screen Menu

(On-Screen Mute)

ApressoftheON-SCREENbuttonontheremotecontrolwillhidethe

on-screenmenu,thesourcedisplayandothermessages.Pressagain

torestorethem.

TIP:

• Toconrmthattheon-screenmuteisturnedon,presstheMENUbutton.Ifthe

on-screenmenuisnotdisplayedeventhoughyoupresstheMENUbutton,it

meanstheon-screenmuteisturnedon.

• Theon-screenmuteismaintainedevenwhentheprojectoristurnedoff,

• HoldingdowntheMENUbuttonforatleast10secondswillturnofftheon-screen

mute.

❹ Freezing a Picture

HoldtheCTLbuttonandpressthePIP/FREEZEbuttontofreezeapicture.

Pressagaintoresumemotion.

NOTE:Theimageisfrozenbuttheoriginalvideoisstillplayingback.

3. Convenient Features

❺ Enlarging a Picture

Youcanenlargethepictureuptofourtimes.

NOTE:Themaximummagnicationmaybelessthanfourtimesdependingon

the signal.

Todoso:

1. PresstheD-ZOOM/ZOOM(+)buttontomagnifythepicture.

2. Press the ▲▼◀▶ button.

The area of the magniﬁed image will be moved

3. PresstheD-ZOOM/ZOOM(−)button.

Each time the D-ZOOM/ZOOM (−) button is pressed, the image is

reduced.

NOTE:

• Theimagewillbeenlargedorreducedatthecenterofthescreen.

• Displayingthemenuwillcancelthecurrentmagnication.

3. Convenient Features

❻ Changing Eco Mode/Checking Energy-Saving Effect Using

Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

Thisfeatureenablesyoutoselecttwobrightnessmodesofthelamp:

OFFandONmodes.Thelamplifecanbeextendedbyturningonthe[ECOMODE].

[ECOMODE] Description

[OFF]

Thisisthedefaultsetting(100%Brightness).

[ON] Lowlamppowerconsumption(approx.80%Brightness).

Toturnonthe[ECOMODE],dothefollowing:

1. PresstheECO/L-SHIFTbuttonontheremotecontroltodisplay[ECOMODE]screen.

2. Use the ▲ or ▼buttontoselect[ON].

3. PresstheENTERbutton.

 Tochangefrom[ON]to[OFF],GobacktoStep2andselect[OFF].RepeatStep3.

NOTE:

• The[ECOMODE]canbechangedbyusingthemenu.

 Select[SETUP]→[BASIC]→[LAMPMODE]→[ECOMODE].

• Thelampliferemainingandlamphoursusedcanbecheckedin[USAGETIME].Select[INFO.]→[USAGETIME].

• [ECOMODE]isalwayssetto[OFF]immediatelyafterthelampisturnedon.Thelampconditionwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen

[ECOMODE]ischanged.

• Afteralapseof1minutefromwhentheprojectordisplaysablue,blackorlogoscreen,[ECOMODE]willautomaticallyswitchto

[ON].

3. Convenient Features

Checking Energy-Saving Effect [CARBON METER]

Thisfeaturewillshowenergy-savingeffectintermsofCO

emissionreduction(kg)whentheprojector’s[ECOMODE]

issetto[OFF],or[ON].Thisfeatureiscalledas[CARBONMETER].

Therearetwomessages:[TOTALCARBONSAVINGS]and[CARBONSAVINGS-SESSION].The[TOTALCARBON

SAVINGS]messageshowsthetotalamountofCO

emissionreductionfromthetimeofshipmentuptonow.Youcan

checktheinformationon[USAGETIME]from[INFO.]ofthemenu.(→page133)

The[CARBONSAVINGS-SESSION]messageshowstheamountofCO

emissionreductionbetweenthetimeof

changingtoECOMODEimmediatelyafterthetimeofpower-onandthetimeofpower-off.The[CARBONSAVINGS-

SESSION]messagewillbedisplayedinthe[POWEROFF/AREYOUSURE?]messageatthetimeofpower-off.

TIP:

• TheformulaasshownbelowisusedtocalculatetheamountofCO

emission reduction.

 AmountofCO

emissionreduction=(PowerconsumptioninOFFforECOMODE−PowerconsumptioninONforECOMODE)×

conversionfactor.*Whentheimageisturnedoff,theamountofCO

emission reduction will also increase.

 *CalculationforamountofCO

emissionreductionisbasedonanOECDpublication“CO

EmissionsfromFuelCombustion,2008

Edition”.

• The[TOTALCARBONSAVINGS]iscalculatedbasedonsavingsrecordedin15minutesintervals.

• Thisformulawillnotapplytothepowerconsumptionwhichisnotaffectedbywhether[ECOMODE]isturnedonoroff.

3. Convenient Features

❼ Correcting Horizontal and Vertical Keystone Distortion

[CORNERSTONE]

Usethe3DReformfeaturetocorrectkeystone(trapezoidal)distortiontomakethetoporbottomandtheleftorright

sideofthescreenlongerorshortersothattheprojectedimageisrectangular.

Cornerstone

1. Pressandholdthe3DREFORMbuttonforaminimumof2secondstoresetcurrentadjustments.

Current adjustments for [KEYSTONE] or [CORNERSTONE] will be cleared.

2. Projectanimagesothatthescreenissmallerthantheareaoftheraster.

3. Pickupanyoneofthecornersandalignthecorneroftheimagewithacornerofthescreen.

Projected image

The drawing shows the up-

per right corner.

4. Pressthe3DREFORMbuttontwice.

The Cornerstone adjustment screen is displayed.

5. Use the ▲▼◀▶ button to select one icon (▲) which points in the direction you wish to move the projected

imageframe.

6. PresstheENTERbutton.

TIP: If youare adjusting [KEYSTONE], [CORNERSTONE] will not be

available.Ifthishappens,pressandholdthe3DREFORMbuttonfora

minimumof2secondstoresetthe[KEYSTONE]adjustments.

The drawing shows the upper left

icon ( ) is selected.

3. Convenient Features

7. Use the ▲▼◀▶buttontomovetheprojectedimageframeasshownontheexample.

8. PresstheENTERbutton.

9. Use the ▲▼◀▶ button to select another icon which points in the direction.

 OntheCornerstoneadjustmentscreen,select[EXIT]orpresstheEXITbuttonontheremotecontrol.

The conﬁrmation screen is displayed.

. Press the ◀ or ▶buttontohighlightthe[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

ThiscompletestheCornerstonecorrection.

Selecting[CANCEL]willreturntotheadjustmentscreenwithoutsavingchanges(Step3).

Selecting[RESET]willreturntothefactorydefault.

Selecting[UNDO]willexitwithoutsavingchanges.

NOTE:Toresetthe3DReformcorrectionsettingvalues,pressandholdthe3DREFORMbuttonforaminimumof2seconds.

3. Convenient Features

Theadjustablerangesfor3DReformareasfollows:

HORIZONTAL VERTICAL

CORNERSTONE

PX750U2:Max.+/−35°approx.

PX700W2/PX800X2:Max.+/−40°approx.

Max.+/−30°approx.

KEYSTONE

* Thefollowingareconditionsunderwhichthemaximumangleisachieved:

• WhentheNP18ZL(PX750U2)andNP08ZL(PX700W2/PX800X2)lensisused

• Whenthelensshiftissettothecenter

 Whenthelensshiftisusedandyettheimageisnotdisplayedinthecenterofthescreen,theadjustablerange

willbeincreasedordecreased.

• Imageisprojectedinmaximumwidewiththezoom

NOTE:

• Evenwhentheprojectoristurnedon,thelastusedcorrectionvaluesareapplied.

• IftheCornerstonescreenisunavailable(grayed),pressandholdthe3DREFORMbuttonforaminimumof2secondstoreset

thecurrentcorrectiondata.TheCornerstonefunctionbecomesavailable.

• Turningontheprojectorwillresetthepreviouscorrectionsettingvaluesandcorrectdistortionanewiftheprojectionangleis

changed from the last use.

 Iftheprojectionangleisthesameasinthelastuse,thepreviouscorrectionsettingvaluesareretainedinthememory.

• Therangeofkeystonecorrectionisnotthemaximumtiltangleofprojector.

NOTE:Using3DReformcorrectioncancausetheimagetobeslightlyblurredbecausethecorrectionismadeelectronically.

3. Convenient Features

❽ Displaying Two Pictures at the Same Time

Theprojectorhasafeaturethatallowsyoutoviewtwodifferentsignalssimultaneously.Youhavetwomodes:PIP

modeandPICTUREBYPICTUREmode.

• Fromthemenuyoucanselect[SETUP]→[BASIC]→[PIP/PICTUREBYPICTURE].

The[PIP/PICTUREBYPICTURE]menuitemhasthefollowingthreeoptions:MODE,POSITION,andSOURCE.

Usethe▲or▼buttontoselect[MODE],[POSITION]or[SOURCE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

Selecting the PIP or PICTURE BY PICTURE Mode [MODE]

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselecttwomodes:PIPandPICTUREBYPICTURE.

Usethe▲or▼buttontoselect[PIP]or[PICTUREBYPICTURE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

PIP:Thisoptionallowsyoutoviewasubpictureinthemainpicture.

Main picture

Sub picture

PICTUREBYPICTURE:Thisallowsyoutoviewtwopicturessidebyside.

Main picture Sub picture

NOTE:

• Themainpicturewillbedisplayedontheleftsideandthesubpictureontherightside.

• ThemainpicturesignalsupportstheCOMPUTER1,COMPUTER2,andCOMPUTER3connectors.

 ThesubpicturesignalsupportstheVIDEOINandS-VIDEOINconnectors.

• ThemainpicturesupportsanRGBsignalwitharesolutionof1280×1024pixelsorless.

3. Convenient Features

ViewingTwoPictures

1. PressthePIP/FREEZEbuttonontheremotecontrol.

 ThePIP/PBPSOURCEscreenwillbedisplayed.

2. Use the ▲ or ▼buttontoselectthesourceandpresstheENTERbutton.

 ThePIPscreenorPICTURE BY PICTUREscreenwillbe displayed,dependingonwhich wasselectedin the

[MODE] setting screen.

3. PressthePIP/FREEZEbuttonagaintoreturntothenormalscreen(singlepicture).

TIP:

• Selectinganothersourcewillreturntothenormalscreen.

• Selectingasourcenotsupportedforthemainpictureorthesubpicturewillreturntothenormalscreen.

[POSITION]

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselectthepositionofasubpictureinthemainpicture.

NOTE:

• Thedefaultsettingis[BOTTOM-RIGHT].

Usethe▲or▼buttontoselectthesubpicture’spositionandpresstheENTERbutton.

Theoptionsare:TOP-LEFT,TOP-RIGHT,BOTTOM-LEFT,andBOTTOM-RIGHT.

Thefollowingadjustmentsandsettingsareavailableforthemainpictureonly.

-Adjustingpicture

-MagnifyingapicturewiththeD-ZOOM/ZOOM+/−button.

Thefollowingoperationsareavailableforboththemainandsubpictures.

-Picturemute

-Freezingamovingpicture

3. Convenient Features

❾

Preventing the Unauthorized Use of the Projector [SECURITY]

AkeywordcanbesetforyourprojectorusingtheMenutoavoidoperationbyanunauthorizeduser.Whenakeyword

isset,turningontheprojectorwilldisplaytheKeywordinputscreen.Unlessthecorrectkeywordisentered,thepro-

jectorcannotprojectanimage.

•The[SECURITY]settingcannotbecancelledbyusingthe[RESET]ofthemenu.

ToenabletheSecurityfunction:

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the ▶buttontwicetoselect[SETUP]andpressthe▼buttonortheENTERbuttontoselect[BASIC].

3. Press the ▶buttontoselect[INSTALLATION(2)].

4. Press the ▼buttonthreetimestoselect[SECURITY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

5. Press the ▼buttontoselect[ON]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[SECURITYKEYWORD]screenwillbedisplayed.

6. Typeinacombinationofthefour▲▼◀▶buttonsandpresstheENTERbutton.

NOTE:Akeywordmustbe4to10digitsinlength.

 The[CONFIRMKEYWORD]screenwillbedisplayed.

NOTE:Makeanoteofyourpasswordandstoreitinasafeplace.

3. Convenient Features

7. Typeinthesamecombinationof▲▼◀▶buttonsandpresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

8. Select[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 TheSECURITYfunctionhasbeenenabled.

To turn on the projector when [SECURITY] is enabled:

1. PressthePOWERbutton.

The projector will be turned on and display a message to the effect that the projector is locked.

2. Press the MENU button.

3. TypeinthecorrectkeywordandpresstheENTERbutton.Theprojectorwilldisplayanimage.

NOTE: The security disable mode is maintained until the main power is turned off or unplugging the power cord.

3. Convenient Features

To disable the SECURITY function:

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2.Select[SETUP]→[INSTALLATION(2)]→[SECURITY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The OFF/ON menu will be displayed.

3. Select[OFF]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 TheSECURITYKEYWORDscreenwillbedisplayed.

4. TypeinyourkeywordandpresstheENTERbutton.

 Whenthecorrectkeywordisentered,theSECURITYfunctionwillbedisabled.

NOTE:Ifyouforgetyourkeyword,contactyourdealer.Yourdealerwillprovideyouwithyourkeywordinexchangeforyourrequest

code.YourrequestcodeisdisplayedintheKeywordConrmationscreen.Inthisexample[NB52-YGK8-2VD6-K585-JNE6-EYA8]

is a request code.

3. Convenient Features

❿ Storing Changes for Lens Shift, Zoom, and Focus [LENS

MEMORY]

TheadjustedvaluescanbestoredinprojectormemorywhenusingtheLENSSHIFT,ZOOMandFOCUSbuttons

oftheprojector.Adjustedvaluescanbeappliedtothesignalyouselected.Thiswilleliminatetheneedtoadjustlens

shift,focus,andzoomatthetimeofsourceselection.Therearetwowaystosaveadjustedvaluesforlensshift,zoom,

andfocus.

Functionname Description page

REF.LENSMEMORY Adjustedvaluescommontoalltheinputsignals.

Ifnoadjustedvaluesarestoredin[LENSMEMORY],thevaluesstored

in[REF.LENSMEMORY]willbeappliedforlensadjustment.

→page125

LENSMEMORY Adjustedvaluesforeachinputsignal.

Usetheadjustedvaluesforthesignalwithadifferentaspectratioor

resolution.Theadjustedvaluescanbeappliedatthetimeofsource

selection.

→page116

NOTE:

• Thelensshift,zoom,andfocusadjustmentscanbeperformedwiththeremotecontrol.(→ page 24, 25, 28)

• PX700W2/PX800X2:TheNP06FL,NP07ZL,NP08ZL,NP09ZLandNP10ZLlensesdonotsupportZoompositionandFocusposi-

tion.DonotusetheLENSMEMORYfunctiontostorethelensshiftpositiondatawhenusingtheNP06FLlens.Doingsomay

cause a shadow on the screen.

• PX750U2:DonotusetheLENSMEMORYfunctiontostorethelensshiftpositiondatawhenusingtheNP16FLlens.Doingso

may cause a shadow on the screen.

 ZoompositiondatacannotbestoredbecausetheNP16FLlensdoesnothaveazoomfunction.

• Besuretoperform[CALIBRATION]afterreplacementofthelens.

Usage Example

Whenyouwishtodisplayonascreenhavinga4:3aspectratioanNTSCorother4:3aspectratiosignalandan

SXGAorother5:4aspectratiosignal:

Performshift,focus,andzoomadjustmentstosettheverticalscreensizeoftheverticallytall5:4aspectratiosignal

tostandard.

Both4:3aspectratiosignalsand5:4aspectratiosignalscannowbedisplayed.

Notethatwiththeseshift,focus,andzoomadjustments,the4:3aspectratiosignalwillbecomesmalleronthescreen.

Toeliminatethissizereduction,adjusttheshift,focusandzoomtotheoptimumconditionforeachofthe4:3aspect

ratiosignalandthe5:4aspectratiosignal.

Memory(storage)ofeachofthesevalueswillpermitprojectionatanoptimumconditionuponsignalswitching.

To store your adjusted values in [REF. LENS MEMORY]:

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the ▶buttontoselect[SETUP]andpresstheENTERbutton.

3. Convenient Features

3. Press the ▶buttontoselect[INSTALLATION(1)].

4. Press the ▼buttontoselect[REF.LENSMEMORY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The [REF. LENS MEMORY] screen will be displayed.

5. Select[STORE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

6. Press the ◀buttontoselectand[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The adjusted values for lens shift, zoom, and focus have been stored in [REF. LENS MEMORY].

7. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be closed.

TIP:

• Tostoreadjustedvaluesforeachinputsource,usetheLensMemoryfunction.

3. Convenient Features

To call up your adjusted values from [REF. LENS MEMORY]:

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the ▶buttontoselect[SETUP]andpresstheENTERbutton.

3. Press the ▶buttontoselect[INSTALLATION(1)].

4. Press the ▼buttontoselect[REF.LENSMEMORY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The [REF. LENS MEMORY] screen will be displayed.

5. Select[MOVE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

6. Press the ◀buttontoselectand[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The adjusted values will be applied to the current signal. .

7. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be closed.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

Tocalluptheadjustedvaluesfrom[LENSMEMORY]:

1. Fromthemenu,select[ADJUST]→[LENSMEMORY]→[MOVE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

2. Press the ◀buttontoselectand[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The adjusted values stored in [LENS MEMORY] will be applied to the current signal.

Toautomaticallyapplytheadjustedvaluesatthetimeofsourceselection:

1. Fromthemenu,select[SETUP]→[REF.LENSMEMORY]→[LOADBYSIGNAL]andpresstheENTERbut-

ton.

2. Pressthevbuttontoselectand[ON]andpresstheENTERbutton.

This will move the lens automatically to the position at the time of source selection according to the adjusted values.

NOTE:TheLensMemoryfunctionmaynotproduceacompletelyalignedimage(duetotolerancesinthelenses)usingtheadjusted

valuesstoredintheprojector.AftercallingupandapplyingtheadjustedvaluesfromtheLensMemoryfunction,nelyadjustthe

lens shift, zoom and focus to produce the best possible image.

3. Convenient Features

⓫ Displaying a Picture Using [EDGE BLENDING]

TheEDGEBLENDINGfunctionallowsamulti-screenimagewithhighresolutiontobedisplayedonalargescreen.

Thisfunctionadjustsoverlappingedgesofimagesprojectedfromeachprojectortouniformmulti-screenimages.

NOTE:

• Forprojectorthrowdistances,referto“Throwdistanceandscreensize”onpage212, 213, 214, 215.

• BeforeperformingtheEdgeBlendingfunction,placetheprojectorinthecorrectpositionsothattheimagebecomessquarein

theappropriatesize,andthenmakeopticaladjustments(lensshift,focus,andzoom).

Before explaining use of the Edge Blending function

Thissectionexplainsthecasefor“Example:Placingtwoprojectorssidebyside”.Asshown,theprojectedimageon

theleftisreferredtoas“ProjectorA”andtheprojectedimageontherightisreferredto“ProjectorB”.Unlessotherwise

speciedhereinafter,the“projector”isusedtomeanbothAandB.

Example:Placingtwoprojectorssidebyside

Edge Blending area

Projected area

Projector A Projector B

Preparation:

• Turnontheprojectoranddisplayasignal.

• Tousetwoormoreprojectors,youhavetoturnon[CONTROLID]fromthemenu.Formoreinformation,referto

“SettingIDtotheProjector[CONTROLID]”onpage126.

① Enable [EDGE BLENDING].

1 Select[SETUP]→[EDGEBLENDING]andpresstheENTERbutton.

3. Convenient Features

2 Select[MODE]→[ON]andpresstheENTERbutton.

This enables the Edge Blending function. The following menu items are available:

 [TOP],[BOTTOM],[LEFT],[RIGHT],and[BLACKLEVEL]

3 Select[RIGHT]forProjectorAand[LEFT]forProjectorB.

Press the ENTER button.

The following items are available:

 [CONTROL],[MARKER],[RANGE],and[POSITION]

4 Select[CONTROL]→[ON]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 Each[TOP],[BOTTOM],[LEFT],[RIGHT],and[BLACKLEVEL]hasitsown[CONTROL],[MARKER],[RANGE],

and[POSITION].Turningon[CONTROL]willmake[MARKER],[RANGE],and[POSITION]available.

3. Convenient Features

② Adjust [RANGE] and [POSITION] to determine an area of overlapped edges of images

projected from each projector.

[RANGE]

(Determine an area of overlapped edges of

images.)

[POSITION]

(Determine the position of overlapped edges of images.)

Greenmarker

Turnon[RIGHT]

Magenta marker

Turn on [LEFT]

Magenta marker

Turningon[MARKER]willdisplaymarkersinmagentaandgreen.

Themagentamarkerisusedfor[RANGE]andgreenonefor[POSITION].

1 Adjust[RANGE].

Use the ◀ or ▶ button to adjust the overlapped area.

TIP:

• Adjusttooverlaponeprojector’markerwiththeotherprojector’smarker.

2 Adjust[POSITION].

Use the ◀ or ▶ button to align one edge with the other edge of overlapped images.

3. Convenient Features

TIP:

• Whendisplayingasignalwithadifferentresolution,performtheEdgeBlendingfunctionfromthestart.

• Settingof[MARKER]willnotbesavedandreturnto[OFF]whentheprojectoristurnedoff.

• Todisplayorhidethemarkerwhiletheprojectorisrunning,turnonoroff[MARKER]fromthemenu.

• Ifyouwanttomakedifferencesinwhitebalanceandbrightnessbetweenprojectorslessvisible,adjust[REF.WHITEBALANCE]

and[MULTI-SCREENCOMP.]toobtainthepossiblebestresults.(→ page 124)

Black Level Adjustment

Ifyounoticeanydifferencesinthebrightnessofanimage,use[BLACKLEVEL]toadjustthedarkestpartorthelevel

ofbrightness.

NOTE:

Thisfunctionisenabledonlywhen[MODE]isturnedon.

Adjustableareavariesdependingonwhatcombinationof[TOP],[BOTTOM],[LEFT]and[RIGHT]areturnedon.

Example:AdjustingtheBlackLevelwhenplacingtwoprojectorssidebyside

Width of overlap

Adjust [CENTER] Adjust [CENTER]

Projector A’s

image

Projector B’s

image

Adjust[CENTER-RIGHT] Adjust [CENTER-LEFT]

1. Turnon[MODE]

2. Select[BLACKLEVEL]andpresstheENTERbutton.

3. Use the ▼ or ▲ button to select an item and use the ◀ or ▶ to adjust the black level.

Do this for the other projector if necessary.

3. Convenient Features

9-segmented portions for Black Level adjustment

Thecenterprojector

Thisfunctionadjuststhebrightnesslevelof9-segmentedportionsforthecenterprojectorand4-segmentedportions

fortheleftbottomprojectorasshownbelow.

TOP-LEFT

BOTTOM-LEFT

CENTER-

LEFT

TOP-RIGHT

CENTER-RIGHT

BOTTOM-RIGHT

TOP-CENTER

CENTER

BOTTOM-CENTER

TOP-RIGHT

CENTER-RIGHT

TOP-CENTER

3. Convenient Features

⓬ Controlling the Projector by Using an HTTP Browser

Overview

TheHTTPServerfunctionprovidessettingsandoperationsfor:

1. Settingforwired/wirelessnetwork(NETWORKSETTINGS)

To use wireless LAN connection, the optional USB Wireless LAN Unit is required. (→ page 172)

To use wired/wireless LAN connection, connect the projector to the computer with a commercially available LAN

cable. (→ page 171)

2. SettingAlertMail(ALERTMAIL)

When the projector is connected to a wired/wireless network, lamp replace time or error messages will be sent via

e-mail.

3. Operatingtheprojector

Power on/off, selecting input, and picture adjustments are possible.

4. SettingPJLinkPASSWORDandAMXBEACON

TwowaysofaccesstotheHTTPserverfunctionareavailable:

• StarttheWebbrowseronthecomputerviathenetworkconnectedtotheprojectorandenterthefollowing

URL:

 http://<theprojector’sIPaddress>/index.html

• UseImageExpressUtility2.0containedonthesuppliedNECProjectorCD-ROM.

TIP:ThefactorysettingIPaddressis[DHCPON].

NOTE:

• Tousetheprojectorinanetwork,consultwithyournetworkadministratoraboutnetworksettings.

• Thedisplay’sorbutton’sresponsecanbesloweddownoroperationmaynotbeaccepteddependingthesettingsofyournetwork.

 Shouldthishappen,consultyournetworkadministrator.Theprojectormaynotrespondifitsbuttonsarerepeatedlypressedin

rapidintervals.Shouldthishappen,waitamomentandrepeat.Ifyoustillcan’tgetanyresponse,turnoffandbackontheprojec-

tor.

• IfthePROJECTORNETWORKSETTINGSscreendoesnotappearinthewebbrowser,presstheCtrl+F5keystorefreshyourweb

browser(orclearthecache).

• Thisdeviceuses“JavaScript”and“Cookies”andthebrowsershouldbesettoacceptthesefunctions.Thesettingmethodwill

varydependingontheversionofbrowser.Pleaserefertothehelplesandtheotherinformationprovidedinyoursoftware.

Preparation before Use

ConnecttheprojectortoacommerciallyavailableLANcablebeforeengaginginbrowseroperations.(→page171)

Operationwithabrowserthatusesaproxyservermaynotbepossibledependingonthetypeofproxyserverandthe

settingmethod.Althoughthetypeofproxyserverwillbeafactor,itispossiblethatitemsthathaveactuallybeenset

willnotbedisplayeddependingontheeffectivenessofthecache,andthecontentssetfromthebrowsermaynotbe

reectedinoperation.Itisrecommendedthataproxyservernotbeusedunlessitisunavoidable.

3. Convenient Features

Handling of the Address for Operation via a Browser

RegardingtheactualaddressthatisenteredfortheaddressorenteredtotheURLcolumnwhenoperationofthepro-

jectorisviaabrowser,thehostnamecanbeusedasitiswhenthehostnamecorrespondingtotheIPaddressofthe

projectorhasbeenregisteredtothedomainnameserverbyanetworkadministrator,orthehostnamecorresponding

totheIPaddressoftheprojectorhasbeensetinthe“HOSTS”leofthecomputerbeingused.

Example1:Whenthehostnameoftheprojectorhasbeensetto“pj.nec.co.jp”,accessisgainedtothenetwork

settingbyspecifying

 http://pj.nec.co.jp/index.html

fortheaddressortheentrycolumnoftheURL.

Example2:WhentheIPaddressoftheprojectoris“192.168.73.1”,accessisgainedtothenetworksettingby

specifying

 http://192.168.73.1/index.html

fortheaddressortheentrycolumnoftheURL.

PROJECTOR ADJUSTMENT

POWER:Thiscontrolsthepoweroftheprojector.

ON �� Power is switched on�

OFF �� Power is switched off�

VOLUME:Thiscontrolisnotavailableonthismodel.

AV-MUTE:Thiscontrolsthemutefunctionoftheprojector.

PICTURE �� Mutes the video�

PICTURE �� Cancels the video muting�

SOUND* �� Mutes the audio�

SOUND* �� Cancels the audio muting�

ALL ON �� Mutes each of the video, and audio* functions�

ALL OFF �� Cancels the muting of each of the video, and audio* functions�

NOTE:

* Thesoundmutefunctionisnotavailablebecausetheprojectordoesnothaveanaudiofunction.

3. Convenient Features

PICTURE:Controlsthevideoadjustmentoftheprojector.

BRIGHTNESS ▲ �� Increases the brightness adjustment value�

BRIGHTNESS ▼ �� Decreases the brightness adjustment value�

CONTRAST ▲ �� Increases the contrast adjustment value�

CONTRAST ▼ �� Decreases the contrast adjustment value�

COLOR ▲ �� Increases the color adjustment value�

COLOR ▼ �� Decreases the color adjustment value�

HUE ▲ �� Increases the hue adjustment value�

HUE ▼ �� Decreases the hue adjustment value�

SHARPNESS ▲ �� Increases the sharpness adjustment value�

SHARPNESS ▼ �� Decreases the sharpness adjustment value�

• Thefunctionsthatcanbecontrolledwillvarydependingonthesignalbeinginputtotheprojector.(→page110)

SOURCESELECT:Thisswitchestheinputconnectoroftheprojector.

COMPUTER 1 �� Switches to the COMPUTER 1 IN connector�

COMPUTER 2 �� Switches to the COMPUTER 2 IN connector�

COMPUTER 3 �� Switches to the COMPUTER 3 IN connector�

HDMI �� Switches to the HDMI IN connector�

DisplayPort �� Switches to the DisplayPort�

VIDEO �� Switches to the VIDEO IN connector�

S-VIDEO �� Switches to the S-VIDEO IN connector�

VIEWER �� Switches to the data on the USB memory device�

NETWORK �� Switches to a LAN signal�

SLOT �� Switches to the optional board�

PROJECTORSTATUS:Thisdisplaystheconditionoftheprojector.

LAMP 1 LIFE REMAINING ��Displays the remaining life of the lamp 1 as a percentage�

LAMP 2 LIFE REMAINING ��Displays the remaining life of the lamp 2 as a percentage�

LAMP 1 HOURS USED ��Displays how many hours the lamp 1 has been used�

LAMP 2 HOURS USED ��Displays how many hours the lamp 2 has been used�

FILTER HOURS USED ��Displays how many hours the ﬁlter has been used�

ERROR STATUS ��Displays the status of errors occurring within the projector�

LOGOFF:Loggingoffyourprojectorandreturningtotheauthenticationscreen(LOGONscreen).

3. Convenient Features

NETWORK SETTINGS

•SETTINGS

WIRED or WIRELESS

SETTING SetforwiredLANorforwirelessLAN.

APPLY ApplyyoursettingstowiredLANorwirelessLAN.

DHCPON AutomaticallyassignIPaddress,subnetmask,andgatewaytotheprojectorfromyour

DHCPserver.

DHCPOFF SetIPaddress,subnetmask,andgatewaytotheprojectorassignedbyyournetwork

administrator.

IPADDRESS SetyourIPaddressofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector.

SUBNETMASK Setyoursubnetmasknumberofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector.

GATEWAY Setthedefaultgatewayofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector.

WINS SettheIPaddressofyourWINSserverofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojectorwhen

[DHCP]isturnedon,thisoptionisnotavailable.

AUTODNSON DHCPserverwillautomaticallyassignIPaddressofDNSserverconnectedtothe

projector.

AUTODNSOFF SetyourIPaddressofDNSserverconnectedtotheprojector.

Setting for WIRED LAN

PROFILE1/PROFILE2 TwosettingscanbesetforwiredLANconnection.SelectPROFILE1orPROFILE2.

DISABLE TurnoffwiredLANconnection

SettingforWIRELESSLAN(theoptionalWirelessLANUnitrequiredforEurope,Australia,andAsiancountries)

EASYCONNECTION ExecuteawirelessLANusingEASYCONNECTION.

SIMPLEACCESPOINT Settheprojectorforsimpleaccesspoint.

WPS UseWPS(Wi-FiProtectedSetup™)tosetupthewirelessLANfortheprojector.

NOTE:Usetheprojector’smenustomakeWPSconnectionsandchangetheWPS

prolesettings.

CHANNEL Selectachannel.Availablechannelsvarydependingonthecountryandregion.When

youselect[INFRASTRUCTURE],makesurethattheprojectorandyouraccesspoint

areonthesamechannel;whenyouselect[ADHOC],makesurethattheprojectorand

yourcomputerareonthesamechannel.

PROFILE1/PROFILE2 TwosettingscanbesetforwirelessLANconnection.SelectPROFILE1orPROFILE2.

SSID Enteranidentier (SSID)forwirelessLAN.Communicationcanbedoneonlywith

equipmentwhoseSSIDmatchesSSIDforyourwirelessLAN.

3. Convenient Features

SITESURVEY DisplaysalistofavailableSSIDsforwirelessLANonsite.SelectanSSIDwhichyou

canaccess.

NETWORKTYPE SelectcommunicationmethodwhenusingwirelessLAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE:Selectthisoptionwhencommunicatingwithoneormoreequip-

mentconnectedtothewirelessLANnetworkviaawirelessaccesspoint.

ADHOC:SelectthisoptionwhenusingthewirelessLANtodirectlycommunicatewith

acomputerinpeer-to-peermode.

SECURITYTYPE Turnonorofftheencryptionmodeforsecuretransmission.Whenturnontheencryp-

tionmode,setWEPkeyorencryptedkey.

DISABLE Willnotturnontheencryptionfeature.Yourcommunicationsmay

bemonitoredbysomeone.

WEP64bit Uses64-bitdatalengthforsecuretransmission.

WEP128bit Uses128-bitdatalengthforsecuretransmission.Thisoptionwill

increaseprivacyand security when compared to useof64-bit

datalengthencryption.

WPA-PSKTKIP/WPA-PSKAES/

WPA2-PSKTKIP/WPA2-PSKAES/

WPA-EAPTKIPEAP-TLS/

WPA-EAPAESEAP-TLS/

WPA-EAPTKIPPEAP-MSCHAPv2/

WPA-EAPAESPEAP-MSCHAPv2/

WPA2-EAPTKIPEAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAPAESEAP-TLS/

WPA2-EAPTKIPPEAP-MSCHAPv2/

WPA2-EAPAESPEAP-MSCHAPv2

Theseoptionsparovidestrongersecurity

thanWEP.

NOTE:

• TheWEPsettingsmustbethesameascommunicationdevicessuchasPCoraccesspointin

your wireless network.

• WhenyouuseWEP,yourimagetransmissionspeedwillslowdown.

• OtherencryptionkeysthanWEP64bitandWEP128bitarenotavailablewhen[ADHOC]is

selectedfrom[NETWORKTYPE].

• Toinstalladigitalcerticate,usetheprojector’smenu.(→ page 149)

INDEX

Selectencryptionkeywhenselecting[WEP64bit]or[WEP128bit]in[SECURITY

TYPE].

KEY

Whenselecting[WEP64bit]or[WEP128bit]in[SECURITYTYPE]:

EnterWEPkey.

Select Characters(ASCII) Hexadecimaldigit(HEX)

WEP64bit Upto5characters Upto10characters

WEP128bit Upto13characters Upto26characters

Whenselecting [WPAPSK-TKIP],[WPA PSK-AES],[WPA2 PSK-TKIP]or[WPA2

PSK-AES]:

Enterencryptionkey.Keylengthmustbe8orgreaterand63orless.

USERNAME SetausernameforWPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP.

PASSWORD SetapasswordforWPA-EAPTKIPPEAP-MSCHAPv2/WPA-EAPAESPEAP-MSCHAP

v2/WPA2-EAPTKIPPEAP-MSCHAPv2/WPA2-EAPAESPEAP-MSCHAPv2.

USEDIGITALCERTIFI-

CATE

SelectthisifyouuseadigitalcerticateforWPA-EAPTKIPPEAP-MSCHAPv2/WPA-

EAPAESPEAP-MSCHAPv2/WPA2-EAPTKIPPEAP-MSCHAPv2/WPA2-EAPAES

PEAP-MSCHAPv2.

3. Convenient Features

•NAME

PROJECTORNAME Enteranameforyourprojectorsothatyourcomputercanidentifytheprojector.A

projectornamemustbe16charactersorless.

TIP:Projectornamewillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

HOSTNAME Enterthehostnameofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector.Ahostnamemustbe

15orless.

DOMAINNAME Enterthedomainnameofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector.Adomainname

mustbe60charactersorless.

•ALERTMAIL

ALERTMAIL Thisoptionwillnotifyyourcomputeroflampreplacetimeorerrormessagesviae-mail

whenusingwirelessorwiredLAN.

PlacingacheckmarkwillturnontheAlertMailfeature.

ClearingacheckmarkwillturnofftheAlertMailfeature.

Sampleofamessagetobesentfromtheprojector:

Thelampandltersareattheendofitsusablelife.Pleasereplacethelampand

lters.

ProjectorName:XXXXX

Lamp1HoursUsed:XXX[H]

Lamp2HoursUsed:XXX[H]

SENDER’SADDRESS Entersender’saddress.

SMTPSERVERNAME EntertheSMTPservernametobeconnectedtotheprojector.

RECIPIENT’SADDRESS

1,2,3

Enteryourrecipient’saddress.Uptothreeaddressescanbeentered.

TESTMAIL Sendatestmailtocheckwhetheryoursettingsarecorrectornot

NOTE:

• Ifyouexecuteatest,youmaynotreceiveanAlertmail.Shouldthishappen,checkifnetwork

settings are correct.

• Ifyouenteredanincorrectaddressinatest,youmaynotreceiveanAlertmail.Shouldthis

happen,checkiftheRecipient’sAddressiscorrect.

SAVE Clickthisbuttontosaveyoursettingstotheprojector’smemory.

3. Convenient Features

•NETWORKSERVICE

PJLinkPASSWORD SetapasswordforPJLink*.Apasswordmustbe32charactersorless.Donotforget

yourpassword.However,ifyouforgetyourpassword,consultwithyourdealer.

HTTPPASSWORD SetapasswordforHTTPserver.Apasswordmustbe10charactersorless.

AMXBEACON TurnonorofffordetectionfromAMXDeviceDiscoverywhenconnectingtothenetwork

supportedbyAMX’sNetLinxcontrolsystem.

TIP:

WhenusingadevicethatsupportsAMXDeviceDiscovery,allAMXNetLinxcontrolsystemwill

recognizethedeviceanddownloadtheappropriateDeviceDiscoveryModulefromanAMXserver.

PlacingacheckmarkwillenabledetectingtheprojectorfromAMXDeviceDiscovery.

ClearingacheckmarkwilldisabledetectingtheprojectorfromAMXDeviceDiscovery.

NOTE: If you forget your password, contact your dealer.

*WhatisPJLink?

PJLinkisastandardizationofprotocolusedforcontrollingprojectorsofdifferentmanufacturers.Thisstandard

protocolisestablishedbyJapanBusinessMachineandInformationSystemIndustriesAssociation(JBMIA)in2005.

TheprojectorsupportsallthecommandsofPJLinkClass1.

SettingofPJLinkwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

CRESTRONROOMVIEWcompatibility

TheprojectorsupportsCRESTRONROOMVIEW,allowingmultipledevicesconnectedinthenetworktobemanaged

andcontrolledfromacomputeroracontroller.

Formoreinformation,visithttp://www.crestron.com

AccesstotheHTTPserverfunction,andmakenecessarysettingsfor[CRESTRON]in[NETWORKSETTINGS].

•ROOMVIEWformanagingfromthecomputer.

DISABLE DisablesROOMVIEW.

ENABLE EnablesROOMVIEW.

•CRESTRONCONTROLformanagingfromthecontroller.

DISABLE DisablesCRESTRONCONTROL.

ENABLE EnablesCRESTRONCONTROL.

IPADDRESS SetyourIPaddressofCRESTRONSERVER.

IPID SetyourIPIDofCRESTRONSERVER.

•INFORMATION

WIREDLAN DisplayalistofsettingsofwiredLANconnection.

WIRELESSLAN DisplayalistofsettingsofwirelessLANconnection.

UPDATE Reectsettingswhentheyarechanged.

TIP:TheCRESTRONsettingsarerequiredonlyforusewithCRESTRONROOMVIEW.

Formoreinformation,visithttp://www.crestron.com

3. Convenient Features

⓭ Projecting Your Computer’s Screen Image from the

Projector via a Network [NETWORK PROJECTOR]

ByselectingtheprojectorconnectedtothesamenetworkasthatofyourPC,thePCscreenimagecanbeprojected

tothescreenvianetwork.Thereisnoneedofconnectionusingthecomputercable(VGA).

Operation Environment

ApplicableOS Windows7Professional

Windows7Ultimate

Windows7Enterprise

WindowsVistaHomePremium

WindowsVistaBusiness

WindowsVistaUltimate

WindowsVistaEnterprise

Hardwarespecications ThespecicationsrecommendedbyMicrosoftastheoperationenvironmentfor

Windows7/WindowsVistashouldbesatised.

NetworkEnvironment WiredLANorwirelessLANenvironmentthatsupportsTCP/IPisrequired.

Screencolor HighColor(16bits)

TrueColor(24bitsand32bits)

*Settingwith256colorsorlessisnotavailable.

SettingtheProjectortoNetworkProjectorInputMode

1. Withtheprojectorturnedon,presstheSOURCEbutton.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

APPLICATIONMENUscreenwillbedisplayed.Gotostep3.

3. Convenient Features

2. Press the ▼ or ▲buttontoselect[NETWORK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 Inthescreen,the[APPLICATIONMENU]menuisdisplayed.

3. Fromthe[APPLICATIONMENU]menu,select[NETWORKPROJECTOR].

 The[PROJECTORNAME/DISPLAYRESOLUTION/PASSWORD/URL]willbedisplayed.

3. Convenient Features

ProjectingtheImagewithNetworkProjector

1. Click[Start]fromthedesktopofWindows7.

2. Click[AllPrograms].

3. Click[Accessories].

4. Click[ConnecttoaNetworkProjector].

When the [Permission Connect to a Network Projector] window appears, click [Yes.].

The “Connect to a Network Projector” window appears.

5. Click[→Searchforaprojector(recommended)].

 Inthe“Availableprojectors”box,“PX750USeries”isdisplayed.

6. Click[PX750USeries].

The message “Enter the password for the projector that you selected.” is displayed at the bottom of the window.

3. Convenient Features

7. Inputthepasswordtothepasswordinputboxdisplayedbytheoperationatstep3onpage64.

8. Click[Connect].

The network projector function works and the screen of Windows 7 is projected from the projector.

• Iftheresolutionofyourcomputer’sscreenisdifferentfromtheprojector’sscreenresolution,theNETWORK

PROJECTORfunctionmaynotwork.Ifthishappens,changetheresolutionofthecomputer’sscreentolower

resolution than the one displayed at Step 3 on page 64.

NOTE:Whenthenetworkprojectorfunctionworks,thebackgroundcolorofthedesktopchangestosolidcolor.Whenthenetwork

projector function is stopped, the original background color is restored.

Reference:IftheprojectorcannotbefoundatStep5,click[→Entertheprojectoraddress].Then,inputthe“Networkaddress”

(Inputexample:http://10.32.97.61/lan)and“Projectorpassword”(Inputexample:82291627)displayedinthescreenprojected

from the projector.

ExitingtheNetworkProjectorOperation

1. Click[Projecting:PX750USeries]intheWindowsVistataskbar.

2. Click[Disconnect].

The Network Projector function is stopped.

3. PresstheSOURCEbuttonoftheprojectortoselectaninputterminalotherthan[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

3. Convenient Features

⓮ Using the Projector to Operate Your Computer via a Network

[REMOTE DESKTOP]

• ByselectingthePCconnectedtothesamenetworkasthatoftheprojector,thePCscreenimagecanbeprojected

tothescreenvianetwork.

 Then,byoperatingthekeyboard,youcanoperateWindows7,WindowsVistaorWindowsXPonthePCconnected

withthenetwork.

• WiththeRemoteDesktopfunction,youcanremotelyoperatethePCplacedatadistancefromtheprojector.

Meeting room

Ofﬁce

NOTE:

• The[REMOTEDESKTOP]functionwillworkonthefollowingWindowseditions.

 Windows7Professional

 Windows7Ultimate

 Windows7Enterprise

 WindowsVistaBusiness

 WindowsVistaUltimate

 WindowsVistaEnterprise

 WindowsXPProfessionalwithServicePack3

 (Note)

• Inthisuser’smanualthisfeatureisdescribedusingWindows7asanexample,butWindowsVistaandWindowsXPProfessional

ServicePack2orlaterwillalsoworkwiththisfeature.

• AkeyboardisrequiredtousetheRemoteDesktopfunction.

• TheRemoteDesktopfunctioncanbeoperatedwithakeyboard.Usingawirelessmousewithawirelesskeyboardismoreuseful

for operating.

Useacommerciallyavailablewirelesskeyboard,awirelessmouse,andaUSBwirelessreceiver.

UseacommerciallyavailableUSBkeyboardandUSBmouse.

• AUSBkeyboardwithabuilt-inUSBhubcannotbeusedwiththeprojector.

• AwirelesskeyboardormousethatsupportsBluetoothcannotbeusedwiththeprojector.

• WedonotwarrantthattheUSBportoftheprojectorwillsupportallUSBdevicesinthemarket.

3. Convenient Features

Prepareacommerciallyavailablewirelesskeyboard(USlayoutversion).

ConnecttheUSBwirelessreceivertotheUSBport(TypeA)oftheprojector.Makeallnecessarysettingsforyour

wirelesskeyboardandmouse.

3. Convenient Features

SettingthepasswordtotheuseraccountofWindows7

TIP:Ifapasswordhasbeensetforanaccount,thesteps1to9canbeskipped.

1. Click[Start]fromthedesktopofWindows7.

2. Click[ControlPanel].

3. Click[Addorremoveuseraccounts]displayedunder[UserAccounts].

4. Whenthe[UserAccountControl]conrmationwindowappears,click[Continue].

5. Click[Administrator].

6. Click[Createapassword].

7. Inputthepasswordtothe[Newpassword]box.

8. InputthesamepasswordasthatatStep7tothe[Conrmnewpassword]box.

9. Click[Createapassword].

The Administrator is changed to [Password Protection].

Setting the Remote Access

1. Click[Start]fromthedesktopofWindows7.

2. Click[ControlPanel].

3. Click[SystemandSecurity].

4. Click[Allowremoteaccess]displayedunder[System].

5. Whenthe[UserAccountControl]conrmationwindowappears,click[Continue].

The [System Properties] window appears.

6. Click[AllowconnectionsfromcomputersrunninganyversionofRemoteDesktop(lesssecure)]inthe

RemoteDesktopboxandclick[OK].

CheckingtheIPaddressonWindows7

1. Click[Start]fromthedesktopofWindows7.

2. Click[ControlPanel].

3. Click[Viewnetworkstatusandtasks]displayedunder[NetworkandInternet].

3. Convenient Features

4. Click[Viewstatus]displayedinblueontherightof[LocalAreaConnection]inthewindow.

The [Local Area Connection Status] window appears.

5. Click[Details...].

 Writedownthevaluefor“IPv4IPAddress”(xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx)displayed.

6. Click[Close].

7. Click[X]attheupperrightofthewindow.

The system goes back to the desktop.

StartingtheRemoteDesktop

1. Withtheprojectorturnedon,presstheSOURCEbutton.

The input selection window appears.

Another way to display the input selection window is to press the NETWORK button on the remote control. The

APPLICATIONMENUscreenwillbedisplayed.Gotostep3.

3. Convenient Features

2. Press the ▼ or ▲buttontoselect[NETWORK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[APPLICATIONMENU]menuwillbedisplayed.

3. Fromthe[APPLICATIONMENU]menu,usethewirelesskeyboardtoselect[REMOTEDESKTOPCONNEC-

TION].

 The[REMOTEDESKTOPCONNECTION]windowappears.

4. OperatethewirelesskeyboardtoinputtheIPaddressofWindows7andclick“Connect”.

The log-on screen of Windows 7 is displayed in the screen projected by the projector.

5. Operatethewirelesskeyboardtoinputtheuser’spasswordandpress“Enter”.

The remote desktop function is started.

Windows 7 desktop is displayed in the screen projected by the projector.

Log out the computer.

Use the wireless keyboard connected to the projector to operate Windows 7.

NOTE:Whentheprojectionismadewiththeremotedesktopfunction,thebackgroundcolorofthedesktopischangedtosolidcolor.

3. Convenient Features

ExitingtheRemoteDesktop

1. Operatethewirelesskeyboardtoclick[Start]fromthedesktopscreenprojectedbytheprojector.

2. Click[X]ontherightofthestartmenu.

The remote desktop function is stopped.

3. PresstheSOURCEbuttonoftheprojectortoselectaninputterminalotherthan[NETWORK].

When using the remote control, press a button other than the NETWORK button.

TIP:

Setting[OPTIONS]inREMOTEDESKTOP

Clicking[OPTIONS]displaysthe[PERFORMANCE]screen.

Makingsettingsto[OPTIONS]willallowyoutodisplaythedesktopbackground,ortoenablethewindowanimationfunctionduring

theRemoteDesktopoperation.However,doingthiswillcausethedisplay’sormouse’sresponsetoslowdown.

Ifthedisplay’sormouse’sresponseissloweddown,tryoneormoreofthefollowing:

DESKTOPBACKGROUND:Clearthecheckmarktodisplaythedesktopbackgroundinsolidcolor.

MENUANDWINDOWANIMATION:Clearthecheckmarktodisablemenuandwindowanimation.

THEMES:ClearthecheckmarknottouseThemes.

SHOWCONTENTSOFWINDOWWHILEDRAGGING:Clearthecheckmarktoshowonlythewindowpanewhile

dragging.

4. Using the Viewer

❶ What you can do with the Viewer

TheViewerfeatureallowsyoutoviewslidesormovielesstoredonaUSBmemoryontheprojector,orashared

folderinacomputerconnectedtothenetwork.

TheViewerhasthefollowingfeatures.

• WhenacommerciallyavailableUSBmemorythatstoresimagelesisinsertedintotheUSBport(TypeA)ofthe

projector,theViewerallowsyoutoviewtheimagelesontheUSBmemory.

 Evenifnocomputerisavailable,presentationscanbeconductedsimplywiththeprojector.

• Movielecanbeplayedback.

• AMicrosoftPowerPointleorAdobePDFlecanbesimplyprojectedonthescreenwithoutconnectingacomputer.

• Imageandmovielesstoredinasharedfolderinacomputerconnectedtoanetworkcanbeprojected.

 Thecomputerwith“MediaSharing”ofWindowsMediaPlayer11turnedoncanbeusedasamediaserver.

Supported graphic formats

Format Filenameextension

JPEG .jpg,.jpe,.jpeg(CMYKisnotsupported.)

BMP .bmp(biteldnotsupported)

PNG .png(InterlacedPNGandαchannelPNGarenotsupported.)

GIF .gif(InterlacedGIF,transparationGIF,andanimationGIFarenotsupported.)

*Ifanunsupportedimageisselected,theicon willbedisplayed.

NOTE:

Maximumnumberofpixelsofimagewhichcanbedisplayedare:

• BaselineJPEG:10000×10000

• ProgressiveJPEG:1280×1280

• GIF:1280×1280

• Others:4000×4000

• Somelessupportedbytheaboverequirementsmaynotbedisplayed.

Supported movie ﬁles

Filenameextension Videocompression/expansionmethod Audiocompression/expansionmethod

.mpg,.mpeg. MPEG2 MPEGAudioLayer2

MPEGAudioLayer3

.wmv VC-1/WMV9 WMA9Standard

.mp4 H.264/AVC AAC-LC

Playbackrequirements:

Resolution:320×240to1280×720

Videoframerate:upto30fps

Bitrate:upto15Mbps

Max.lesize:upto2GB

NOTE:

• Somelessupportedbytheaboverequirementsmaynotbeplayedback.

 Whenasupportedmovieleisplayedback,itsaudiowillnotbeoutputfromtheprojector.

4. Using the Viewer

NOTE:

• Movielesconvertedbyusingthevideo/audioformatwhichisnotsupportedbythisprojectorcannotbeplayedback.

In this case, there will be no icon to show that playback is not possible.

• FileswithDigitalRightsManagement(DRM)protectioncannotbeplayedback.

• Someofthemovielesthatmeettheaboverequirementsmaynotbeplayedback.

• WMVformatvideolewillbedisplayedinanaspectratioof1to1independentlyofitsoriginalaspectratio.

• Filesthatcanbeplayedbackonthemediaserveraregraphicsandmovieles.InWindowsMediaPlayer11(WindowsXP/

WindowsVista)mp4lescannotbeplayedback.

Supported PDF ﬁles

Filenameextension Supportedleformat

.pdf AdobeAcrobatPDF

NOTE:

• FontsnotembeddedinPDFlemaynotbedisplayed

• FunctionsaddedtoPDFleaftercreatedwillnotworkordisplay.Functionsaddedarebookmarks,boxesinformtool,andnotes

will not be displayed.

 AutoiporAutotransitionwillnotwork.

• SomePDFlesmaynotbedisplayed.

Supported PowerPoint ﬁles

Filenameextension Supportedleformat

.ppt,.pptx MicrosoftPowerPoint97–2007

NOTE:

• Playablefonts,colors,fontornament,placement,objectinsertionoranimationarerestricted.

• SomeMicrosoftPowerPoint97–2007lesmaynotbedisplayed.

SupportedUSBmemorydevices

- BesuretouseaUSBmemorydeviceformattedwiththeFAT,exFAT,FAT32orFAT16lesystem.

 TheprojectordoesnotsupportNTFSformattedUSBmemory.

 IftheprojectordoesnotrecognizeyourUSBmemory,checkiftheformatissupported.

 ToformatyourUSBmemoryinyourcomputer,refertothedocumentorhelplethatcomeswithyourWindows.

- WedonotwarrantthattheUSBportoftheprojectorwillsupportallUSBmemoriesinthemarket.

- Waitatleast5secondsafterdisconnectingaUSBmemorydevicebeforereconnectingitandviceversa.

 TheprojectormaynotidentifytheUSBmemorydeviceifitisrepeatedlyconnectedanddisconnectedinrapid

intervals.

4. Using the Viewer

Notices on shared folder and media server

• Filesfromasharedfolderormediaservermaynotbeprojectedifsecurityorantivirussoftwareisinstalledonyour

computer.

• Openthefollowingrewallports:

- Mediaserver

Portnumber Protocol

1900 UDP

2869 TCP

10243 TCP

10280-10284 UDP

- Sharedfolder

Portnumber Protocol

137 UDP/TCP

138 UDP/TCP

139 UDP/TCP

445 UDP/TCP

• Setyourcomputerforsharingandsecuritytograntaccesstolesinthesharedfolderandsetyoursecurityor

antivirussoftwaretograntaccesstolesinthesharedfolder.Consultyournetworkadministratorformoreinforma-

tion.

• Movielesinthesharedfolderorthemediaservermaynotbeplayedbackcorrectlydependingonyournetwork

environmentorthebitrateofyourle.

NOTE:

DonotdisconnectbetweentheprojectorandyourcomputerbyremovingtheLANcableorturningofftheprojectorwhenaPow-

erPointleorPDFleisdisplayedfromasharedfolder.

DoingsowillmakeViewerinoperable.

NOTE:

• ThefollowingoperationsbyusingthebuttonsontheprojectorarenotpossiblewhentheVIEWERscreensuchastheslidescreen

and the thumbnail screen is displayed.

- AutoAdjustmentbyusingtheAUTOADJ.button

• FreezingpicturebyusingtheCTL+PIP/FREEZEorAUTOADJ.buttonontheremotecontrolisnotpossiblewhentheVIEWER

screen such as the slide screen and the thumbnail screen is displayed.

• Executing[RESET]→[ALLDATA]fromthemenuwillreturnthesettingsfortheViewertoolbartothefactorydefault.

4. Using the Viewer

❷ Preparing presentation materials

1. Createyourpresentationmaterialsandsavetheminasupportedleformattoyourcomputer.

• Seepage98 for supported ﬁle formats.

• MakesurethatPowerPointleisdisplayedontheViewerbeforegivingyourrealpresentation.

With Viewer PPT Converter 3.0, you can convert your PowerPoint ﬁles to index ﬁles that can be displayed on

the Viewer. Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 can be downloaded from our website.

• WhencreatingaPDFle,embedyourfontsinyourPDFle.EmbeddingfontsrequiresAdobeAcrobat.This

cannot be done in Adobe Reader.

TIP:

•UsingPrintCommand

ExampleforfontembeddingusingPrintCommand.SeethehelpofAdobeAcrobatformoreinformation.

1. Select“Print”fromthe“File”menu.

2. Select“AdobePDF”from“Printername”andclickthe“Properties”but-

ton.

3. Clickthe“Edit”buttoninthe“AdobePDFSettings”tab.

4. ClickthefonttabintheEditwindowtoselectthefontembedwindow.

5. Placeacheckmarkfor“Embedallfonts”.

Click “OK” to return to the Print window, and click “OK” to start creating a

PDF ﬁle.

2. Save a ﬁle to your drive.

To save a ﬁle to your USB memory:

Use the Windows Explore to copy the ﬁle to your USB memory.

To place a ﬁle in a shared folder you create in your computer, see page 89.

To use “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11, see page 93.

4. Using the Viewer

❸ Projecting images stored in a USB memory device

ThissectionexplainsthebasicoperationoftheViewer.

TheexplanationprovidestheoperationalprocedurewhentheViewertoolbarissettothefactorydefault.

Preparation:BeforestartingtheViewer,storeimagestotheUSBmemoryusingyourcomputer.

Starting the Viewer

1. Turnontheprojector.(→ page 17)

2. InserttheUSBmemoryintotheUSBportoftheprojec-

tor.

NOTE:

• DonotremovetheUSBmemoryfromtheprojectorwhileit’sLED

ashes.Doingsomaycorruptthedata.

TIP:

YoucanaUSBmemoryinserttheprojectorwhenthedrivelistscreen

is displayed.

3. PresstheSOURCEbuttontoselect[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display the

drive list screen.

 Anotherwaytoselect[VIEWER]istopresstheVIEWER

button on the remote control.

TIP:

• Formoreinformationaboutthedrivelistscreen,seepage81.

• Todisplaygraphicsinasharedfolder,seepage89; to display still

imagesormovielesinamediaserver,seepage93.

4. Using the Viewer

4. Press the ▶ button to select“USB1” and press the

ENTERbutton.

The “USB1” thumbnail screen will be displayed.

TIP:

• Formoreinformationaboutthumbnailscreen,seepage83.

5. Use the ▲▼◀ or ▶ button to select an icon.

• The→ (arrow) symbol on the right indicates there are

more pages.

6. PresstheENTERbutton.

Operation varies depending on the selected ﬁle.

 •Stillimage

The selected slide will be displayed.

The ◀ or ▶ button can be used to select the next (right)

slide or the previous (left) slide in the thumbnail screen.

• PressingtheENTERbuttonwilldisplaythecontrolbar

with which is used to select or rotate an slide.(→ page

84)

4. Using the Viewer

 •Moviele

The movie ﬁle will start playing.

After ﬁnishing the playback, the screen will turn to black.

PresstheEXITbuttontoreturntothethumbnailscreen.

• Pressing the ENTER button will display the movie’s

control bar with which you can pause or fastforward and

some other operations.

 •MicrosoftPowerPointle

The slide on the ﬁrst page will be displayed.

Press ▶ to select the next slide; press ◀ to select the previ-

ous slide.

• Youcanalsousethe▼ or ▲ button to select a page. To

returntothethumbnailscreen,presstheEXITbutton.

NOTE:

• Fileswith slideshow or animation effectsmay not be correctly

displayedontheViewer.

 See“SupportedPowerPointles”onpage74, 98.

 •AdobePDFle

The ﬁrst page will be displayed.

• ThePDFlewillllthewidthofthescreen.

Pressing the ▼ or ▲ button will scroll the screen down or

up.

 Toreturntothethumbnailscreen,presstheEXITbutton.

• Whenapassowordinputwindowisdisplayed,itmeans

that the PDF ﬁle is password-protected.

Pressing the ENTER button will show the software key-

board. Use the software keyboard to enter your password.

Select [OK] and press the ENTER button. The PDF ﬁle

will be displayed.

• Formoreinformationonthesoftwarekeyboard,seepage

152.

NOTE:

BookmarksandnotesthatwereaddedafterPDFconversionwillnot

be displayed.

IffontswerenotembeddedatthetimeofPDFconversion,thosefonts

will not be displayed.

TIP:

It takes sometime (about 30 seconds to two minutes)to display

alargesizeleortoturnpagesofaPDFlethathasmanypages.

4. Using the Viewer

 •Indexle(extension:.idx)

• Index les, which is converted by usingViewerPPT

Converter 3.0, will appear in the Thumbnail screen.

 OnlyfoldersandJPEGlesconvertedbyusingViewer

PPT Converter 3.0 will appear in the Thumbnail screen.

• Toselectslideshowofindexles,openthe[PRESENTA-

TION]folderintheDRIVELISTscreen.

However, index ﬁles will not appear. Only folders and

JPEGleswillappear.

• UptofourindexfoldersinyourUSBandsharedfolder

are displayed. The four folders will be displayed in reverse

chronological order

• WhenyouinserttheUSBmemorydevicestoringindex

with the Viewer in operation, the content of the index ﬁles

will be displayed.

NOTE:

• Theplaymode(MANUAL/AUTO)forslidesofindexleworksin

the following way:

 Incaseof[MANUAL]for[PLAYMODE]

 Whenyouselect[OPTIONS]→[SLIDESETTING]→[PLAYMODE]

→[MANUAL],indexleswillbesetformanualplaybackinregard-

lessofwhether[INTERVAL]isset.

 Incaseof[AUTO]selectedfor[PLAYMODE]

 Whenyouselect[OPTIONS]→[SLIDESETTING]→[PLAYMODE]

→ [AUTO], index les will be set for auto playback at intervals

speciedbyusing[INTERVAL].

 When,however,[-1]isselectedfor[INTERVAL],theplaymodewill

besetforautoplaybackaccordingtothesettingfor[OPTIONS]→

[SLIDESETTING]→[INTERVAL].

7. RemovetheUSBmemoryfromtheprojector.

Return to the drive list screen. Make sure that the LED on

the USB memory is not ﬂashing before removing the USB

memory.

NOTE:IfyouremovetheUSBmemoryfromtheprojectorwithaslide

displayed, the projector may not operate correctly. If this happens,

turn off the projector, turn off the main power switch, and unplug the

powercord.Wait3minutes,thenconnectthepowercord,turnon

the main power switch, and turn on the projector.

Exiting the Viewer

1. PresstheSOURCEbuttontoselectasourceotherthan

[VIEWER].

A press of the SOURCE button will display the source select

screen.

A few more presses of the SOURCE button will display

another source.

• To exittheViewer using the remote control, select a

sourceotherthan[VIEWER].

XXXX Motors

4. Using the Viewer

Names and functions of Viewer screen

TheViewerhasthreescreens:Drivelistscreen,Thumbnailscreen,andSlidescreen.

•Drivelistscreen

Displaysalistofdrivesconnectedtotheprojector.

Menu operation

• Usethe▼ or ▲buttontomovethecursorupordown.SelectthemenuitemandpresstheENTERbutton

to display the submenu.

Operation for Drive list screen

1. Press the ▶ button to move the cursor to the drive list.

(Use the ◀ or ▶ button to switch between the menu and the drive list.)

Press the ▼ or ▲ button to select a type of drive; press the ◀ or ▶ button to select the drive connected to the

projector.

2. SelectthedriveandpresstheENTERbuttontoswitchtothethumbnailscreenoftheselecteddrive.

Cursor (yellow)

Menu Menu Scroll bar

[Drive list screen] [Thumbnail screen]

Folder icon

Path information

Drive information/File information

Menu guide

Operation button guide

Control bar

* The operation for still image differs from that for movie.

[Slide screen]

4. Using the Viewer

Functions

Name Description

REFRESH Displaysadditionalmediaserversinthedrivelistscreen.

OPTIONS OpenstheOPTIONSmenu.

SLIDESETTING Setsupslides.(→page86)

MOVIESETTING Setsupmovieles.(→page87)

AUTOPLAYSETTING Setsupautoplay.(→page87)

SHAREDFOLDER Setsupasharedfolder.(→page89)

MEDIASERVER Setsupamediaserver.(→page93)

RETURN ClosestheOPTIONSmenu.

SYSTEMSETTING Switchestothesystemsettingmenu.SeewiredLAN,wirelessLAN,WPS,

network information,mouse,and keyboardin“9. Application Menu”. (→

page139)

USB Displays theiconforaUSB memoryinsertedinto the USB portofthe

projector.

SHAREDFOLDER DisplaysuptofourdrivesofacomputerconnectedtoaLAN(setforcon-

nectingasharedfolder).

*Seepage89forsettingupforconnectingasharedfoleroftheprojector.

MEDIASERVER DisplaysuptofourdrivesofacomputerconnectedtoaLAN(setforcon-

nectingamediaserver).

*Seepage93forsettingupforconnectingamediaserveroftheprojector

PRESENTATION DisplaystheiconwhenaUSBmemoryorsharedfolerstoresindexles.

Pathinformation Displaysthelocationofafolderorle.

Driveinformation [Example]

USB1 314MBFREE/492MB

Displaysthedrive. Displaysfreespaceandcapcityof

adrive.(USBonly)

Menuguide Displaysthedescriptionofaselectedmenu.

Operationbuttonguide Displaysinformationaboutoperationbuttons.

*Itisdisplayedinthree-digitnumber(roundingup)

NOTE:

WhentheOPTIONSmenuisdisplayed,thedrivelistscreenorthumbnailscreenisnotdisplayed.Todisplayit,selectthe[RETURN]

iconandpresstheENTERbutton.

4. Using the Viewer

•Thumbnailscreen

Displaysalistoffolders,thumbnails,andiconsinthedriveselectedonthedrivelistscreen.

Menu operation

• Usethe▼ or ▲buttontomovethecursorupordown.SelectthemenuitemandpresstheENTERbutton

to display the menu or setting screen.

Operation for Thumbnail screen

1. Press the ▶buttontomovethecursortothethumbnailscreenwhentheOPTIONSmenuisnotdisplayed.

2. Press the ▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶buttontoselectaleorfolder.

3. PresstheENTERbuttontostartslideshoworplaybackoftheselectedle.Selectingafolderwilldisplay

its thumbnail screen.

Functions

Name Description

UP Goestooneupperlevelmenu.

THUMBNAIL Switchestwodisplaysbetweenthumbnailandicon.

SORTSETTING Rearrangesfoldersorles.

DRIVELIST Returnstothedrivelistscreen.

OPTIONS ChangestotheOPTIONSmenu.

SYSTEMSET-

TING

Opensthesystemsettingmenu.

Scrollbar Thumbnailscreenwilldisplay12leswith4by3.Ifthethumbnailscreenhastwelve

ormorelesorfolders,thescrollbarwillbedisplayedattherightside.

Pathinformation Displaysthelocationofafolderorle.

Thumbnailinformation [Example]

005.jpg 5/200 11/03/201013:25:12 502KB

Selectedfolder

nameorle

name

Numbersandorderof

lesinafolder(only

whenfolderselected)

Create/Changedate:

M/D/Y/H/M/B

Displaysle

capacity

Menuguide Displaysthedescriptionofaselectedmenu.

Operationbuttonguide Displaysinformationaboutoperationbuttons.

TIP:

• Ifanunsupportedimageisselected,theicon[?]willbedisplayed,

• Themaximumdisplayablenumberofimagesis300inthethumbnailscreenincludingthenumberoffolders.

• Ifalenameorpathofafolderislongerthanspecied,itwillbedisplayedwithcentercharactersorpathskipped.

 Example:“123456789.jpg”willbedisplayedin“123..789.jpg”.

4. Using the Viewer

•Slidescreen(stillimage/movie)

Playsaleselectedfromalistofthumbnailsoricons.

• ForoperatingaMicrosoftPowerPointleandAdobePDFle,seepage79.

Control bar operation

• Thecontrolbarwillbedisplayedonlywhenastillimage(orindexle)andamovieleisselected.

• Thecontrolbarforstillimagesdiffersfromthatformovieles.

1. PressingtheENTERbuttoninSlidescreenwilldisplaythecontrolbaratthebottomofthescreen.

2. Use the ◀ or ▶buttontoselectaleandpresstheENTERbutton.

• Theselectedfunctionwillbeexecuted.

Functions of still image control bar

Name Description

PREV Goesbacktothepreviousimage.

The▲buttonwilldothesamefunction.

PLAY Playstheimage.Thisbuttonalsoisusedtostoporstartplayinganimage.

NEXT Goestothenextimage.

The▼buttonwilldothesamefunction.

RIGHT Rotatestheimage90°clockwise.

• Tocancel,selectanotherfolder.

LEFT Rotatestheimage90°counterclockwise.

• Tocancel,selectanotherfolder.

SIZE BESTFIT Displaystheimagewithits aspectratiointheprojector’sdisplayable

maximumresolution.

ACTUAL

SIZE

Displaystheimageinitsactualsize.

CLOSE Closesthecontrolbar.

• YoucanalsopresstheEXITbuttontoclosethecontrolbar.

END Stopsplayingslidesorslideshow,andclosesthecontrolbartoreturntothethumbnailscreen.

4. Using the Viewer

Functions of movie control bar

Name Description

PREV Goesbacktothebeginningofamoviele.

• Goesbacktothebeginningofthepreviousmovieleifexecutedimmediatelyafterbeing

startedplaying.

FR Fast-rewindsamovieleforabout7seconds.

PLAY/PAUSE PLAY Playsamoviele.

PAUSE Stopsplayingamoviele.

FF Fast-forwardsamovieleforabout7seconds.

NEXT Goestothebeginningofanextmoviele.

TIME Displaysanelapsedtimeforplaybackorpause.

SIZE BESTFIT Displaystheimagewithitsaspectratiointheprojector’sdisplayable

maximumresolution.

ACTUAL

SIZE

Displaystheimageinitsactualsize.

CLOSE Closesthecontrolbar.

• YoucanalsopresstheEXITbuttontoclosethecontrolbar.

END Stopsplayingamovie,andclosesthecontrolbartoreturntothethumbnailscreen.

4. Using the Viewer

Viewer option settings

•SLIDESETTING

Setsstillimagesorslides.

Name Options Description

SCREENSIZE BESTFIT Displaystheimagewithitsaspectratiointheprojector’sdisplay-

ablemaximumresolution.

ACTUALSIZE Displaystheimageinitsactualsize.

PLAYMODE MANUAL Selectsmanualplay.

AUTO Selectsautoplay.

INTERVAL 5-300seconds Speciesintervaltimewhen[AUTO]isselectedforPLAYMODE.

REPEAT Checkmark Turnsonorofftherepeatfunction.

TIP

• Toplayoneormoreslides,placethoselesintoafolder.

4. Using the Viewer

•MOVIESETTING

Setsthefunctionsforamoviele.

Name Options Description

SCREENSIZE BESTFIT Displaystheimagewithitsaspectratiointheprojector’sdisplay-

ablemaximumresolution.

ACTUALSIZE Displaystheimageinitsactualsize.

REPEAT OFF Turnsonorofftherepeatfunction.

ONEREPEAT Repeatsoneleonly.

ALLREPEAT Repeatsalllesinthecurrentfolder.

TIP

• Turningon[REPEAT]willdisplayblackscreenduringintermissionbetweenmovies.

•AUTOPLAYSETTING

SetsautoplayforslideshowwhenaUSBmemorydeviceisinsertedintotheUSBportoftheprojector,orwhen

[VIEWER]isselectedfor[SOURCE].

Name Options Description

AUTOPLAY OFF —

PICTURE

Playstherststillimagefoundinadrive.

MOVIE Playstherstmoviefoundinadrive.

PowerPoint PlaystherstPowerPointlefoundinadrive.

TIP

• AutoplaybehaviorisdifferentbetweenwhenaUSBmemorydeviceisinsertedintotheUSBportoftheprojectorandwhen

[VIEWER]isselectedfor[SOURCE].

• AutoplaystartsfortherstfoundlesupportingtheletypesetupforAutoPlay.Thelewillbesearchedinthedriverootor

lowerlevel.

• When[VIEWER]isselectedfor[SOURCE],thelastselectedlewillbeautomaticallyplayedifitisfound,orthelastselectedfolder

willbesearchedandtherstfoundlewillbeautomaticallyplayed.

 ToautomaticallyplayamovieleinaUSBmemory,storeonemovieleorchangeitslenamesothatitcanbesearchedrst.

4. Using the Viewer

•SORTSETTING

Setstheorderofdisplayingthumbnailsorslides.

Name Options Description

SORT

NAME(ABC..) Displaysthelesalphabeticallybynameinascendingorder.

NAME(ZYX..) Displaysthelesalphabeticallybynameindescendingorder.

EXT.(ABC..) Displaysthelesalphabeticallybyextensioninascendingorder.

EXT.(ZYX..) Displaysthelesalphabeticallybyextensionindescendingorder.

DATE(NEW) Displaysthelesinreversechronologicalorder.

DATE(OLD) Displaysthelesinchronologicalorder.

SIZE(BIG) Displaysthelesindescendingorderofitslesize.

SIZE(SMALL) Displaysthelesinascendingorderofitslesize.

4. Using the Viewer

❹ Projecting data from shared folder

LAN

Shared folder

Wireless LAN

Projector

Shared folder

Preparation

Forprojector:Connecttheprojectortothenetwork.

Forcomputer:Placelestobeprojectedinasharedfolderandnotethefolder’spath.Memorizeorwritedownthe

pathforlateruse.

• Forsharingafolder,refertoyouruserguideorhelpleaccompaniedwithyourWindowscomputer.

• Useakeyboardtogiveanametothesharedfolderinalphanumericcharacters.

• Toconnectthesharedfolderbeyondthesubnet,set[WINSCONFIGURATION]in[NETWORKSETTINGS]from

themenu.

• Digitalsignature(SMBsignature)isnotsupported.

Connecting the projector to the shared folder

1. PresstheVIEWERbuttonontheremotecontrol.

The drive list window will be displayed.

• AnotherwaytostarttheVIEWERistopresstheSOURCEbuttonafewtimesontheprojectorcabinet.(→ page

21)

4. Using the Viewer

2. Displaysthe[OPTIONS]menu.

Press the ▼ button to select the (OPTIONS)iconandpresstheENTERbutton.

• WhentheOPTIONSmenuisdisplayed,thedrivelistwillnotbedisplayed.

3. Displaythe[SHAREDFOLDERSETTING]screen.

Press the ▼ button to select the (SHAREDFOLDERSETTING)iconandpresstheENTERbutton.

4. Selectafoldernumberandplacetoenableit.

Press the ◀ or ▶ button to a shared folder number and press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] , and then press

the ENTER button.

5. Enterthepath,username,andpasswordforthesharedfolder.

Press the ▼ button to select the [SHARED FOLDER] ﬁeld. The software keyboard will be displayed.

For using the software keyboard, see page 152.

• Ifyourcomputerisnotpasswordprotected,enteringapasswordisnotrequired.

• Uptofoursharedfolderscanbeadded.

• Themaximumlengthofapathofthesharedfoldermustbe15alphanumericcharactersforcomputernameand

23 alphanumeric characters for folder name.

4. Using the Viewer

6. Exitthesetting.

Press the ▼ button to select [OK] and press the ENTER button.

This will close the [SHARED FOLDER] screen.

• Ifanerrormessageappear,yoursettingsarenotcorrect.Tryagain.

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the shared folder from the projector

• Disablethenumberofasharedfolderyouwishtodisconnect

Press the ▼ button to select [ENABLE] and press the ENTER button to clear it.

NOTE:

• WhenaPowerPointleorPDFleisdisplayed,donotdisconnectyourLANcable.Ifdoingso,theViewerwillnotwork.

TIP:

• ConnectingsettingsforSharedfolder

 Settingsofuptofourfolderscanbesaved.

 Restartingtheprojectorwilldisplaysetting-savedsharedfoldersingreyfoldericononthedrivelistscreen.

 Selectingthegreyiconfolderwillskipentryforafolderpath.

• Failingtoconnectwithasharedfolderwilldisplaythefoldericonwith“x”mark.Ifthishappen,checkyourfoldersetting.

4. Using the Viewer

❺ Projecting data from media server

LAN

Media server

Wireless LAN

Media server

Projector

Preparation

Forprojector:Connecttheprojectortothenetwork.

Forcomputer:Prepareimagelesormovielestobeprojected,andsetup“MediaSharing”inWindowsMediaPlayer

11orWindowsMediaPlayer12.

NOTE:

• Boththeprojectorandthemediaservermustbeonthesamesubnet.Connectingtothemediaserverbeyondthesubnetisnot

possible.

• TypesofimagesandmovieswhichcanbesharedmayvarydependingonWindowsversion.

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 11

1. StartWindowsMediaPlayer11.

2. Select“MediaSharing”from“Library”.

The “Media Sharing” dialog box will be displayed.

4. Using the Viewer

3. Select“Sharemymedia”checkbox,andthenselectOK.

A list of accessible devices will be displayed.

4. Select“PX750USeries”andthen“Allow”.

A check mark will be added to the “PX750U Series” icon.

• The“PX750USeries”isaprojectornamespeciedin[NETWORKSETTINGS].

5. Select“OK”.

This will make pictures and video in “Library” available from the projector.

4. Using the Viewer

Setting up “Media Sharing” in Windows Media Player 12

1. StartWindowsMediaPlayer12.

2. Select“Stream”,andthenselect“Automaticallyallowdevicestoplaymymedia”.

The “Allow All Media Devices” windows will be displayed.

3. Select“Automaticallyallowallcomputersandmediadevices”.

 Graphicsandmovielesin“Library”canbeusedfromtheprojector.

4. Using the Viewer

Connecting the projector to the media server

PresstheVIEWERbuttonontheremotecontrol.

TheVIEWERwillstart.

• AnotherwaytostarttheVIEWERistopresstheSOURCEbuttonafewtimesontheprojectorcabinet.(→page

21)

• Thiswillstartsearchingforacomputerwith“mediasharing”enabledinthenetworkandaddittothe“Mediaserver”

ofthethumbnailscreen.

 Anotherwaytodothisistopointthecursorto“Mediaserver”andselect[REFRESH]fromthethumbnailmenu

andpresstheENTERbutton.

NOTE:

• Uptofouraccessiblemediaserverscanbeautomaticallysearchedanddisplayed.Thefthdeviceorlatercannotbedisplayed.

(→page77)

4. Using the Viewer

Disconnecting the projector from the media server

1. DisplaytheOPTIONSmenu.

Press the ▼buttontoselectthe[OPTIONS]iconandselecttheENTERbutton.

2. DisplaytheMEDIASERVERsettingscreen.

Press the ▼buttontoselecttheMEDIASERVERiconandpresstheENTERbutton.

3. Disabletheconnection.

Press the ENTER button to clear the checkmark to disable the connection.

Press the ▼buttontoselect[OK]andpresstheENTERbuttontoclosetheMEDIASERVERsettingscreen.

4. Using the Viewer

❻ Restrictions on displaying files

TheViewerallowsyoutogiveasimplieddisplayofaPowerPointleorPDFle.

Duetosimplieddisplay,however,actualdisplaymaybedifferentfromtheoneonyourcomputerapplicationprogram.

Some restrictions on PowerPoint files

• Fontswillbeautomaticallyconvertedtothefontsinstalledintheprojector.Fontscanvaryinsizeorwidth,causing

layoutcorruption

 Somecharactersorfontsmaynotbedisplayed.

• Somefunctionsincludedinfontarenotsupported.

 Example:Therearesomerestrictionsonanimation,selection,orhyperlink.

• Itmaytakelongertimetofeedpagescomparedwithacomputer

• InsomecasesMicrosoftPowerPoint97-2007formatlesmaynotbedisplayed.

Some restrictions on PDF files

• FontsnotembeddedatthetimeofPDFcreationmaynotbedisplayed.

• Somefunctionsincludedinfontarenotsupported.

 Example:Therearesomerestrictionsonannotations,selection,form,orcolorspace.

• Itmaytakelongertimetofeedpagescomparedwithacomputer

• InsomecasesAdobeAcrobatformatlesmaynotbedisplayed.

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❶ Using the Menus

NOTE:Theon-screenmenumaynotbedisplayedcorrectlywhileinterlacedmotionvideoimageisprojected.

1. Press the MENU button on the remote control or the projector cabinet to display the menu.

NOTE: The commands such as ENTER,EXIT,▲▼, ◀▶inthebottomshowavailablebuttonsforyouroperation.

2. Press the ◀▶ buttons on the remote control or the projector cabinet to display the submenu.

3. PresstheENTERbuttonontheremotecontrolortheprojectorcabinettohighlightthetopitemortherst

tab.

4. Use the ▲▼ buttons on the remote control or the projector cabinet to select the item you want to adjust or

set.

 Youcanusethe◀▶ buttons on the remote control or the projector cabinet to select the tab you want.

5. PresstheENTERbuttonontheremotecontrolortheprojectorcabinettodisplaythesubmenuwindow.

6. Adjustthelevelorturntheselecteditemonoroffbyusingthe▲▼◀▶ buttons on the remote control or

the projector cabinet.

Changesarestoreduntiladjustedagain.

7. Repeatsteps2-6toadjustanadditionalitem,orpresstheEXITbuttonontheremotecontrolortheprojec-

tor cabinet to quit the menu display.

NOTE:Whenamenuormessageisdisplayed,severallinesofinformationmaybelost,dependingonthesignalorsettings.

8. Press the MENU button to close the menu.

 Toreturntothepreviousmenu,presstheEXITbutton.

100

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❷ Menu Elements

Slide bar

Solid triangle

Menu mode

Ta b

Radio button

High Altitude symbol

ECO mode symbol

Wireless symbol

Menuwindowsordialogboxestypicallyhavethefollowingelements:

Highlight �� Indicates the selected menu or item�

Solid triangle ��Indicates further choices are available� A highlighted triangle indicates the item is active�

Tab ��Indicates a group of features in a dialog box� Selecting on any tab brings its page to the front�

Radio button �� Use this round button to select an option in a dialog box�

Source ��Indicates the currently selected source�

Menu mode ��Indicates the current menu mode: BASIC or ADVANCED�

Off Timer remaining time �� Indicates the remaining countdown time when the [OFF TIMER] is preset�

Slide bar ��Indicates settings or the direction of adjustment�

ECO mode symbol ��Indicates [ECO MODE] is set�

Key Lock symbol ��Indicates the [CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is enabled�

High Altitude symbol ��Indicates the [FAN MODE] is set to [HIGH ALTITUDE] mode�

Wireless symbol ��Indicate the wireless LAN connection is enabled�

Source

Available buttons

Key Lock symbol

Off Timer remaining

time

Highlight

101

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❸ List of Menu Items

Somemenuitemsarenotavailabledependingontheinputsource.

MenuItem Default Options

SOURCE

COMPUTER1 *

COMPUTER2 *

COMPUTER3 *

HDMI *

DisplayPort *

VIDEO *

S-VIDEO *

VIEWER *

NETWORK *

SLOT

ENTRYLIST

TESTPATTERN

ADJUST

PICTURE

MODE STANDARD

STANDARD,PROFESSIONAL

PRESET *

HIGH-BRIGHT,PRESENTATION,VIDEO,MOVIE,GRAPHIC,

sRGB

DETAILSETTINGS

GENERAL

REFERENCE *

HIGH-BRIGHT,PRESENTATION,VIDEO,MOVIE,GRAPHIC,

sRGB

GAMMA

CORRECTION

DYNAMIC,NATURAL,BLACKDETAIL

COLOR

TEMPERATURE*

* 5000,6500,7800,8500,9300,10500

DYNAMIC

CONTRAST

OFF,ON

BrilliantColor OFF OFF,MEDIUM,HIGH

WHITEBALANCE

CONTRASTR 0

CONTRASTG 0

CONTRASTB 0

BRIGHTNESSR 0

BRIGHTNESSG 0

BRIGHTNESSB 0

SATURATION

RED 0

GREEN 0

BLUE 0

YELLOW 0

MAGENTA 0

CYAN 0

CONTRAST 50

BRIGHTNESS 50

SHARPNESS 10

COLOR 50

HUE 0

RESET

IMAGEOPTIONS

CLOCK *

PHASE *

HORIZONTAL *

VERTICAL *

BLANKING *

TOP,BOTTOM,LEFT,RIGHT

OVERSCAN * AUTO,0[%],5[%],10[%]

ASPECTRATIO

(COMPUTER1/2/3)AUTO,4:3,5:4,16:9,15:9,16:10,

NATIVE

(COMPONENT/VIDEO/S-VIDEO)AUTO,4:3,LETTERBOX,

WIDESCREEN,ZOOM

(COMPONENT/VIDEO/S-VIDEO)AUTO,4:3WINDOW,

LETTERBOX,WIDESCREEN,4:3FILL

RESOLUTION * –

VIDEO

NOISE

REDUCTION

RANDOMNR * OFF,LOW,MEDIUM,HIGH

MOSQUITONR OFF OFF,LOW,MEDIUM,HIGH

BLOCKNR OFF OFF,ON

DEINTERLACE AUTO AUTO,VIDEO,FILM

3DY/CSEPARATION ON OFF,ON

DETAILENHANCEMENT *

SIGNALTYPE RGB RGB,COMPONENT

VIDEOLEVEL AUTO AUTO,NORMAL,ENHANCED

LENSMEMORY

STORE

MOVE

RESET

* Theasterisk(*)indicatesthatthedefaultsettingvariesdependingonthesignal.

*1 When[PRESENTATION]or[HIGH-BRIGHT]isselectedin[REFERENCE],the[COLORTEMPERATURE]isnotavailable.

•Basicmenuitemsareindicatedbyshadedarea.

102

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SETUP

BASIC

KEYSTONE

HORIZONTAL 0

VERTICAL 0

CORNERSTONE

PIP/PICTUREBY

PICTURE

PIP/PBPMODE PIP PIP,PICTUREBYPICTURE

PIPPOSITION BOTTOM-RIGHT TOP-LEFT,TOP-RIGHT,BOTTOM-LEFT,BOTTOM-RIGHT

PIP/PBPSOURCE OFF OFF,VIDEO,S-VIDEO

WALLCOLOR OFF

OFF,BLACKBOARD,BLACKBOARD(GRAY),LIGHT

YELLOW,LIGHTBLUE,LIGHTROSE

LAMPMODE

ECOMODE OFF OFF,ON

LAMPSELECT DUAL DUAL,SINGLE,LAMP1ONLY,LAMP2ONLY

LAMPINTERVAL

MODE

OFF

OFF,12HOURS,24HOURS,1WEEK

LAMPSWITCHING

TIME

00:00

00:00-24:00

LAMPSWITCHING

DAY

SUN

SUN,MON,TUE,WED,THU,FRI,SAT

CLOSEDCAPTION OFF

OFF,CAPTION1,CAPTION2,CAPTION3,CAPTION4,

TEXT1,TEXT2,TEXT3,TEXT4

OFFTIMER OFF OFF,0:30,1:00,2:00,4:00,8:00,12:00,16:00

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATORMODE,PROGRAMTIMER,TIME,

MOUSE

LANGUAGE ENGLISH

ENGLISH,DEUTSCH,FRANÇAIS,ITALIANO,ESPAÑOL,

SVENSKA,日本語

DANSK,PORTUGUÊS,ČEŠTINA,MAGYAR,POLSKI,

NEDERLANDS,SUOMI

NORSK,TÜRKÇE,РУССКИЙ, , Ελληνικά, 中文, 한국어

ROMÂNĂ, HRVATSKA, БЪЛГАРСКИ, INDONESIA, ,

ไทย

COLORSELECT COLOR COLOR,MONOCHROME

SOURCEDISPLAY ON OFF,ON

MESSAGEDISPLAY ON OFF,ON

IDDISPLAY ON OFF,ON

ECOMESSAGE OFF OFF,ON

DISPLAYTIME AUTO45SEC MANUAL,AUTO5SEC,AUTO15SEC,AUTO45SEC

BACKGROUND LOGO BLUE,BLACK,LOGO

FILTERMESSAGE OFF OFF,100[H],500[H],1000[H],2000[H],5000[H]

INSTALLATION

(1)

ORIENTATION

DESKTOP

FRONT

DESKTOPFRONT,CEILINGREAR,DESKTOPREAR,

CEILINGFRONT

SCREEN

SCREENTYPE 4:3SCREEN 4:3SCREEN,16:9SCREEN,16:10SCREEN

POSITION*

(PX800X2only)

0 [16:9]:-96to96,[16:10]:-64to64

GEOMETRICCORRECTION OFF OFF,1,2,3

MULTI-SCREEN

COMP.

MODE OFF

OFF,ON

CONTRAST 0

BRIGHTNESS 0

REF.WHITE

BALANCE

CONTRASTR 0

CONTRASTG 0

CONTRASTB 0

BRIGHTNESSR 0

BRIGHTNESSG 0

BRIGHTNESSB 0

UNIFORMITYR 0

UNIFORMITYB 0

REF.LENS

MEMORY

STORE

MOVE

RESET

LOADBYSIGNAL

FORCEDMUTE

CALIBRATION

INSTALLATION

(2)

NETWORKSETTINGS

WIREDLAN,WIRELESSLAN,WPS,NETWORK

INFORMATION,PROJECTORNAME,DOMAIN,ALERT

MAIL,NETWORKSERVICE

CONTROLPANELLOCK OFF OFF,ON

SECURITY OFF OFF,ON

COMMUNICATIONSPEED 38400bps 4800bps,9600bps,19200bps,38400bps,115200bps

REMOTESENSOR FRONT/BACK FRONT/BACK,FRONT,BACK

CONTROLID

CONTROLID

NUMBER

1 1–254

CONTROLID OFF OFF,ON

* Theasterisk(*)indicatesthatthedefaultsettingvariesdependingonthesignal.

*1 Thisitemisavailablewhen[16:9SCREEN]or[16:10SCREEN]isselectedfor[SCREENTYPE].

103

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SETUP

OPTIONS(1)

AUTOADJUST NORMAL OFF,NORMAL,FINE

FANMODE

AUTO MODE:AUTO,HIGH,HIGHALTITUDE

FLOOR

SETTING:FLOOR,CEILING,VERTICALTILTUP,VERTICAL

TILTDOWN

SIGNALSELECT(COMP3)

RGB/

COMPONENT

RGB/COMPONENT,VIDEO

SEAMLESSSWITCHING(forPX750U2

only)

OFF

OFF,ON

COLORSYSTEM

VIDEO AUTO

AUTO,NTSC3.58,NTSC4.43,PAL,PAL-M,PAL-N,PAL60,

SECAM

S-VIDEO AUTO

AUTO,NTSC3.58,NTSC4.43,PAL,PAL-M,PAL-N,PAL60,

SECAM

COMPUTER3

(VIDEO)

AUTO

AUTO,NTSC3.58,NTSC4.43,PAL,PAL-M,PAL-N,PAL60,

SECAM

SLOTPOWER

PROJECTORON ON OFF,ON

PROJECTOR

STANDBY

ENABLE

DISABLE,ENABLE

OPTIONS(2)

STANDBYMODE POWER-SAVING NORMAL,POWER-SAVING,NORMAL2

DIRECTPOWERON OFF OFF,ON

AUTOPOWERON(COMP1/3) OFF OFF,COMPUTER1,COMPUTER3

AUTOPOWEROFF 0:30 OFF,0:05,0:10,0:20,0:30

DEFAULTSOURCESELECT LAST

LAST,AUTO,COMPUTER1,COMPUTER2,COMPUTER3,

HDMI,DisplayPort,VIDEO,S-VIDEO,VIEWER,NETWORK

EDGEBLENDING MODE OFF

OFF,ON

(ON:TOP,BOTTOM,LEFT,RIGHT,BLACKLEVEL)

INFO.

USAGETIME

LAMP1LIFEREMAINING

LAMP2LIFEREMAINING

LAMP1HOURSUSED

LAMP2HOURSUSED

FILTERHOURSUSED

TOTALCARBONSAVINGS

SOURCE(1)

INPUTTERMINAL

RESOLUTION

HORIZONTALFREQUENCY

VERTICALFREQUENCY

SYNCTYPE

SYNCPOLARITY

SCANTYPE

SOURCENAME

ENTRYNO.

SOURCE(2)

SIGNALTYPE

VIDEOTYPE

BITDEPTH

VIDEOLEVEL

LINKRATE

LINKLANE

WIREDLAN

IPADDRESS

SUBNETMASK

GATEWAY

MACADDRESS

WIRELESS

LAN(1)

IPADDRESS

SUBNETMASK

GATEWAY

MACADDRESS

WIRELESS

LAN(2)

SSID

NETWORKTYPE

WEP/WPA

CHANNEL

SIGNALLEVEL

VERSION(1)

FIRMWARE

DATA

FIRMWARE2

VERSION(2) FIRMWARE3

OTHERS

PROJECTORNAME

MODELNO.

SERIALNUMBER

LANUNITTYPE

CONTROLID(when[CONTROLID]

isset)

RESET

CURRENTSIGNAL

ALLDATA

ALLDATA(INCLUDINGENTRYLIST)

CLEARLAMP1HOURS

CLEARLAMP2HOURS

CLEARFILTERHOURS

104

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❹ Menu Descriptions & Functions [SOURCE]

COMPUTER 1, 2, and 3

SelectsthecomputerconnectedtoyourCOMPUTER1,2,orCOMPUTER3inputconnectorsignal.

NOTE:WhenthecomponentinputsignalisconnectedtotheCOMPUTER1IN,COMPUTER2IN,orCOMPUTER3INconnector,select

[COMPUTER1],[COMPUTER2]or[COMPUTER3]respectively.TheprojectorautomaticallydetermineswhethertheCOMPUTER1,

2,or3inputsignalisanRGBorcomponentsignal.

HDMI

SelectstheHDMIcompatibleequipmentconnectedtoyourHDMIINconnector.

DisplayPort

ProjectstheimageofthedeviceconnectedtotheDisplayPortinputconnector.

VIDEO

SelectswhatisconnectedtoyourVIDEOinput-VCR,DVDplayerordocumentcamera.

S-VIDEO

SelectswhatisconnectedtoyourS-VIDEOinput-VCRorDVDplayer.

NOTE:Aframemayfreezeforabriefperiodoftimewhenavideoisplayedbackinfast-forwardorfast-rewindwithaVideoorS-

Videosource.

VIEWER

ThisfeatureenablesyoutomakepresentationsusingaUSBmemorythatcontainsslides.

(→page73“4.UsingtheViewer”)

NETWORK

SelectsasignalfromtheLANport(RJ-45)ortheinstalledUSBwirelessLANunit(optionalformodelsforEurope,

Australia,AsiaandothercountriesthanNorthAmerica).

SLOT (for optional board)

Selectsasignalfromtheoptionalboard(SB-01HCorotherNEC’sinterfaceboards)whenitisinstalled.

ENTRY LIST

Displaysalistofsignals.Seethefollowingpages.

TEST PATTERN

Displaysthetestpattern.

NOTE:

• Thetestpatterncanbedisplayedevenwhenthemenuisdisplayed.Unavailablemenuitemsaredisplayedingrey.

105

5. Using On-Screen Menu

UsingtheEntryList

Whenanysourceorlensmemoryadjustmentsaremade,theadjustmentsareautomaticallyregisteredintheEntry

List.The(adjustmentvaluesof)registeredsignalscanbeloadedfromtheEntryListwhenevernecessary.

However,onlyupto100patternscanberegisteredintheEntryList.When100patternshavebeenregisteredinthe

EntryList,anerrormessageisthendisplayedandnoadditionalpatternscanberegistered.Youshouldthusdelete

(adjustmentvaluesof)signalsthatarenolongerneeded.

DisplayingtheEntrylist

1. Press the MENU button.

The menu will be displayed.

2. Press the ◀ or ▶buttontoselect[SOURCE].

The SOURCE list will be displayed.

3. Use the ◀, ▶, ▲, or ▼toselect[ENTRYLIST]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 TheENTRYLISTwindowswillbedisplayed.

 IftheENTRYLISTwindowisnotdisplayed,switchthemenuto[ADVANCED].

 Toswitchthemenubetween[ADVANCED]and[BASIC],select[APPLICATIONMENU]→ [TOOLS] →[ADMINIS-

TRATOR MODE]. (→ page 157)

106

5. Using On-Screen Menu

EnteringthecurrentlyprojectedsignalintotheEntryList[STORE]

1. Press the ▲ or ▼ button to select any number.

2. Press the ◀ or ▶buttontoselect[STORE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

CallingupasignalfromtheEntryList[LOAD]

Pressthe▲or▼buttontoselectasignalandpresstheENTERbutton.

EditingasignalfromtheEntryList[EDIT]

1. Press the ▲ or ▼ button to select a signal you wish to edit.

2. Press the ◀, ▶, ▲, or ▼buttontoselect[EDIT]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The Edit window will be displayed.

SOURCENAME Enterasignalname.Upto18alphanumericcharacterscanbeused.

INPUTTERMINAL Selecttheinputsource.

LOCK Setsothattheselectedsignalcannotbedeletedwhen[ALLDELETE] isexecuted.The

changesmadeafterLOCKexecutioncannotbesaved.

SKIP Setsothattheselectedsignalwillbeskippedduringautosearch.

3. Settheaboveitemsandselect[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

NOTE: The input terminal cannot be changed to the currently projected signal.

107

5. Using On-Screen Menu

CuttingasignalfromtheEntryList[CUT]

1. Press the ▲ or ▼ button to select a signal you wish to delete.

2. Press the ◀, ▶, ▲, or ▼buttontoselect[CUT]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The signal will be deleted from the Entry List and the deleted signal will be displayed on the clipboard at the bottom

of the Entry List.

NOTE:

• Thecurrentlyprojectedsignalcannotbedeleted.

• Whenthelockedsignalisselected,itwillbedisplayedingraywhichindicatesitisnotavailable.

TIP:

• DataontheclipboardcanbepassedontotheEntryList.

• DataontheclipboardwillnotbelostaftertheEntryListisclosed.

CopyingandpastingasignalfromtheEntryList[COPY]/[PASTE]

1. Press the ▲ or ▼ button to select a signal you wish to copy.

2. Press the ◀, ▶, ▲, or ▼buttontoselect[COPY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The copied signal will be displayed on the clipboard at the bottom of the Entry List.

3. Press the ◀ or ▶ button to move to the list.

4. Press the ▲ or ▼ button to select a signal.

5. Press the ◀, ▶, ▲, or ▼buttontoselect[PASTE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

Data on the clipboard will be pasted to the signal.

DeletingallthesignalsfromtheEntryList[ALLDELETE]

1. Press the ◀, ▶, ▲, or ▼buttontoselect[ALLDELETE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

2. Press the ◀ or ▶buttontoselect[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

NOTE: The locked signal cannot be deleted.

108

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❺ Menu Descriptions & Functions [ADJUST]

[PICTURE]

[MODE]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutodeterminehowtosavesettingsfor[DETAILSETTINGS]of[PRESET]foreachinput.

STANDARD �� Saves settings for each item of [PRESET] (Preset 1 through 6)

PROFESSIONAL

�� Saves all the settings of [PICTURE] for each input�

[PRESET]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutoselectoptimizedsettingsforyourprojectedimage.

Youcanadjustneutraltintforyellow,cyanormagenta.

Therearesixfactorypresetsoptimizedforvarioustypesofimages.Youcanalsouse[DETAILSETTINGS]tosetuser

adjustablesettingstocustomizeeachgammaorcolor.

Yoursettingscanbestoredin[PRESET1]to[PRESET6].

HIGH-BRIGHT �� Recommended for use in a brightly lit room�

PRESENTATION �� Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle�

VIDEO �� Recommended for typical TV program viewing�

MOVIE �� Recommended for movies�

GRAPHIC �� Recommended for graphics�

sRGB �� Standard color values

[DETAIL SETTINGS]

109

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[GENERAL]

StoringYourCustomizedSettings[REFERENCE]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutostoreyourcustomizedsettingsin[PRESET1]to[PRESET6].

First,selectabasepresetmodefrom[REFERENCE],thenset[GAMMACORRECTION]and[COLORTEMPERATURE].

HIGH-BRIGHT �� Recommended for use in a brightly lit room�

PRESENTATION �� Recommended for making a presentation using a PowerPoint ﬁle�

VIDEO �� Recommended for typical TV program viewing�

MOVIE �� Recommended for movies�

GRAPHIC �� Recommended for graphics�

sRGB �� Standard color values�

Selecting Gamma Correction Mode [GAMMA CORRECTION]

Eachmodeisrecommendedfor:

DYNAMIC �� Creates a high-contrast picture�

NATURAL �� Natural reproduction of the picture�

BLACK DETAIL �� Emphasizes detail in dark areas of the picture�

Adjusting Color Temperature [COLOR TEMPERATURE]

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselectthecolortemperatureofyourchoice.

NOTE:

• When[PRESENTATION]or[HIGH-BRIGHT]isselectedin[REFERENCE],thisfunctionisnotavailable.

• Whenacoloroptionotherthan[OFF]isselectedfor[WALLCOLOR],thisfunctionisnotavailable.

Adjusting Brightness and Contrast [DYNAMIC CONTRAST]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutoadjustthecontrastratioopticallyusingthebuilt-iniris.

Toincreasethecontrastratio,select[ON].

NOTE:

• Fromtheon-screenmenu[DYNAMICCONTRAST]isavailableonlywhen[DUAL]isselectedfor[LAMPSELECT]from[LAMP

MODE].(→ page 119)

Adjusting Brightness of White Areas [BrilliantColor]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutoadjustthebrightnessofthewhiteareas.Asthepicturebecomesdim,itlooksmorenatural.

OFF �� Turns off the BrilliantColor feature�

MEDIUM �� Increases brightness of the white areas�

HIGH �� Increases more brightness of the white areas�

NOTE:

• [BrilliantColor]isnotavailablewhen[HIGH-BRIGHT]or[PRESENTATION]isselectedfor[REFERENCE].

110

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Adjusting White Balance [WHITE BALANCE]

Thisallowsyoutoadjustthewhitebalance.Contrastforeachcolor(RGB)toadjustthewhitelevelofthescreen;

Brightnessforeachcolor(RGB)isusedtoadjusttheblacklevelofthescreen.

[SATURATION]

Correctsthesaturationforallsignals.

Adjuststhesaturationforthecolorsred,green,blue,yellow,magentaandcyan.

RED �� Adjusts the color in red areas, centered around the red�

GREEN �� Adjusts the color in green areas, centered around the green�

BLUE �� Adjusts the color in blue areas, centered around the blue�

YELLOW �� Adjusts the color in yellow areas, centered around the yellow�

MAGENTA �� Adjusts the color in magenta areas, centered around the magenta�

CYAN �� Adjusts the color in cyan areas, centered around the cyan�

[CONTRAST]

Adjuststheintensityoftheimageaccordingtotheincomingsignal.

[BRIGHTNESS]

Adjuststhebrightnesslevelorthebackrasterintensity.

[SHARPNESS]

Controlsthedetailoftheimage.

[COLOR]

Increasesordecreasesthecolorsaturationlevel.

[HUE]

Variesthecolorlevelfrom+/−greento+/−blue.Theredlevelisusedasreference.

Inputsignal CONTRAST BRIGHTNESS SHARPNESS COLOR HUE

COMPUTER/DisplayPort/HDMI(RGB) Ye s Ye s Ye s

No(Yes:SDTV/

HDTV)

No(Yes:SDTV/

HDTV)

COMPUTER/DisplayPort/HDMI

(COMPONENT)

Yes Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s

VIDEO/S-VIDEO/COMPONENT Yes Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s

VIEWER/NETWORK Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes=Adjustable,No=Notadjustable

[RESET]

Thesettingsandadjustmentsfor[PICTURE]willbereturnedtothefactorysettingswiththeexceptionofthefollowing;

Presetnumbersand[REFERENCE]withinthe[PRESET]screen.

Thesettingsandadjustmentsunder[DETAILSETTINGS]withinthe[PRESET]screenthatarenotcurrentlyselected

willnotbereset.

111

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[IMAGE OPTIONS]

AdjustingClockandPhase[CLOCK/PHASE]

ThisallowsyoutomanuallyadjustCLOCKandPHASE.

CLOCK �� Use this item to ﬁne tune the computer image or to remove any vertical banding that might appear� This

function adjusts the clock frequencies that eliminate the horizontal banding in the image�

This adjustment may be necessary when you connect your computer for the ﬁrst time�

PHASE �� Use this item to adjust the clock phase or to reduce video noise, dot interference or cross talk� (This is

evident when part of your image appears to be shimmering�)

Use [PHASE] only after the [CLOCK] is complete�

NOTE:The[CLOCK]and[PHASE]itemsareavailableforRGBsignalsonly.

112

5. Using On-Screen Menu

AdjustingHorizontal/VerticalPosition[HORIZONTAL/VERTICAL]

Adjuststheimagelocationhorizontallyandvertically.

- Animagecanbedistortedduringtheadjustmentof[CLOCK]and[PHASE].Thisisnotmalfunction.

- Theadjustmentsfor[CLOCK],[PHASE],[HORIZONTAL],and[VERTICAL]willbestoredinmemoryforthe

currentsignal.Thenexttimeyouprojectthesignalwiththesameresolution,horizontalandverticalfrequency,

itsadjustmentswillbecalledupandapplied.

 Todeleteadjustmentsstoredinmemory,fromthemenu,youselect[RESET]→[CURRENTSIGNAL]andreset

theadjustments.

[BLANKING]

Adjuststhedisplayrange(blanking)atthetop,bottom,leftandrightedgesoftheinputsignal.

SelectingOverscanPercentage[OVERSCAN]

Selectoverscanpercentage(Auto,0%,5%and10%)forsignal.

Projected image

Overscaned by 10%

NOTE:

• The[OVERSCAN]itemisnotavailable:

 -when[NATIVE]isselectedfor[ASPECTRATIO].

 -when[VIEWER]or[NETWORK]isselectedfor[SOURCE]

113

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting the Aspect Ratio [ASPECT RATIO]

Usethisfunctiontoselectthescreen’svertical:horizontalaspectratio.

Selectthescreentype(4:3screen,16:9screenor16:10screen)atthescreensettingbeforesettingtheaspectratio.

(→page123)

Theprojectorautomaticallyidentiesthesignalbeinginputandsetstheoptimumaspectratio.

For Computer signal

ForComponent/Video/S-Videosignals

Whenthescreentypeissetto4:3 Whenthescreentypeissetto16:9or16:10

Resolution AspectRatio

VGA  640×480  4:3

SVGA

 800×600  4:3

XGA

 1024×768  4:3

WXGA

 1280×768  15:9

WXGA

 1280×800  16:10

HD(FWXGA)

 1366×768  approx.16:9

WXGA+  1440×900  16:10

SXGA

 1280×1024  5:4

SXGA+

 1400×1050  4:3

WXGA++

 1600×900  16:9

UXGA

 1600×1200  4:3

WSXGA+

 1680×1050  16:9

FHD(1080P)

 1920×1080  16:9

WUXGA

1920×1200  16:10

Options Function

AUTO

Theprojectorwillautomaticallydeterminetheincomingsignalanddisplayitinitsaspectratio.

Theprojectormayerroneouslydeterminetheaspectratiodependingonitssignal.Ifthisoccurs,

selecttheappropriateaspectratiofromthefollowing.

4:3 Theimageisdisplayedin4:3aspectratio.

5:4 Theimageisdisplayedin5:4aspectratio

16:9 Theimageisdisplayedin16:9aspectratio

15:9 Theimageisdisplayedin15:9aspectratio

16:10 Theimageisdisplayedin16:10aspectratio

114

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NATIVE Theprojectordisplaysthecurrentimageinitstrueresolutionwhentheincomingcomputersignal

hasalowerorhigherresolutionthantheprojector’snativeresolution.(→page2, 224)

Whentheincomingcomputersignalhasahigherresolutionthantheprojector'snativeresolution,

thecenterofanimagewillbedisplayed.

LETTERBOX Theimageofaletterboxsignal(16:9)isstretchedequallyinthehorizontalandverticaldirections

totthescreen.

WIDESCREEN Theimageofasqueezesignal(16:9)isstretchedleftandrightin16:9.

ZOOM Theimageofasqueezesignal(16:9)isstretchedleftandrightin4:3.

Partsofthedisplayedimagearecroppedattheleftandrightedgesandthereforenotvisible.

4:3FILL Theimageofasignal(4:3)isstretchedleftandrightin16:9.

TIP:

• Imagepositioncanbeadjustedverticallyusing[POSITION]whenthe[16:9],[15:9],or[16:10]aspectratiosareselected.

• Theterm“letterbox”referstoamorelandscape-orientedimagewhencomparedtoa4:3image,whichisthestandardaspect

ratioforavidesource.

 Theletterboxsignalhasaspectratioswiththevistasize“1.85:1”orcinemascopesize“2.35:1”formovielm.

• Theterm“squeeze”referstothecompressedimageofwhichaspectratioisconvertedfrom16:9to4:3.

[RESOLUTION]

Thisfunctionsetstheresolutionofaprojectedimageifauto-detectfailstoworkwell.

115

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VIDEO]

Using Noise Reduction [NOISE REDUCTION]

Thisfunctionisusedtoreducevideonoise.

RANDOM NR �� Reduces ﬂickering random noise in an image�

MOSQUITO NR �� Reduces mosquito noise that appears around the edges of an image during DVD playback�

BLOCK NR �� Reduces block noise or mosaic-like patterns by selecting ON�

Selecting Interlaced Progressive Conversion Process Mode [DEINTERLACE]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutoselectaninterlaced-to-progressiveconversionprocessforvideosignals.

AUTO �� Determines an appropriate interlaced-to-progressive conversion process automatically�

VIDEO �� Applies a normal interlaced-to-progressive conversion process�

FILM �� Applies the automatic detection mode for telecine signals� This option is recommended for a movie picture�

NOTE:ThisfunctionisnotavailablewithRGBsignals.

Turning On or Off the 3D Dimensional Separation [3D Y/C SEPARATION]

WhenprojectinganimagefromaVIDEOinput,settoONtoprojectthehighestqualityimage.

OFF �� Turns off the 3 dimensional separation feature�

ON �� Turns on the 3 dimensional separation feature�

NOTE:OnlyavailableforNTSC3.58videosignals.

[DETAIL ENHANCEMENT]

Thisfunctionenhancesthecontoursoftheimagewhenprojectingcomponentsignals.

NOTE:

Thisfunctionmaynotbeavailabledependingonthesignalorscreensetting.

[SIGNAL TYPE]

TheprojectorautomaticallyidentieswhethertheCOMPUTER1,COMPUTER2orCOMPUTER3*inputsignals

areRGBorcomponentsignalstoprojecttheimage.Ifthecolorsareunnatural,however,tryswitchingthesetting.

*ForCOMPUTER3,thecomputersignalandvideosignalcanbeselectedatSIGNALSELECT(COMP3).

RGB �� Switches to the RGB input�

COMPONENT �� Switches to the component signal input�

116

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VIDEOLEVEL]

Thisfunctionselectsvideosignallevelwhentheprojector’sHDMIandDisplayPortinputconnectorsandanexternal

deviceareconnected.

AUTO �� The video level is switched automatically based on the information from the device outputting the signal�

Depending on the connected device, this setting may not be made properly� In this case, switch to “NORMAL”

or “ENHANCED” from the menu and view with the optimum setting�

NORMAL �� This disables the enhanced mode�

ENHANCED �� This improves the image’s contrast, expressing the dark and light sections more dynamically�

Using the Lens Memory Function [LENS MEMORY]

ThisfunctionservestostoretheadjustedvaluesforeachinputsignalwhenusingtheLENSSHIFT,ZOOMandFO-

CUSbuttonsoftheprojector.Adjustedvaluescanbeappliedtothesignalyouselected.Thiswilleliminatetheneed

toadjustlensshift,focus,andzoomatthetimeofsourceselection.

STORE �� Stores the current adjusted values in memory for each input signal�

MOVE �� Applies the adjusted values to the current signal�

RESET �� Returns the adjusted values to the last condition�

NOTE:

• Thelensshift,zoom,andfocusadjustmentscanbeperformedwiththeremotecontrol.(→ page 24, 25, 28)

• Tostoreadjustedvaluescommontoalltheinputsources,usetheREF.LENSMEMORYfunction.Seepage47, 125.

• LensmemoryadjustmentswillbeautomaticallyregisteredtheENTRYLIST.Theselensmemoryadjustmentscanbeloadedfrom

theENTRYLIST.(→ page 106)

 Notethatperforming[CUT]or[ALLDELETE]intheENTRYLISTwilldeletelensmemoryadjustmentsaswellassourceadjust-

ments. This deletion will not take effect until other adjustments is loaded.

117

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❻ Menu Descriptions & Functions [SETUP]

[BASIC]

CorrectingVerticalKeystoneDistortionManually[KEYSTONE]

Youcancorrectverticaldistortionmanually.(→page30)

TIP:Whenthisoptionishighlighted,pressingtheENTERbuttonwilldisplayitsslidebarforadjustment.

Selecting Cornerstone Mode [CORNERSTONE]

Thisoptionallowsyoutocorrecttrapezoidaldistortion.

SelectingthisitemwilldisplaytheCornerstoneadjustmentscreen.(→page39)

NOTE:The[CORNERSTONE]itemisnotavailablewhen[KEYSTONE]or[GEOMETRICCORRECTION]isselected.

Using the PIP/PICTURE BY PICTURE Function [PIP/PICTURE BY PICTURE]

Thisfunctionallowsyoutoviewtwodifferentsignalssimultaneously.(→page42)

MODE:

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselecttwomodes:PIPandPICTUREBYPICTURE.

PIP:Thisoptionallowsyoutoviewasubpictureinthemainpicture.

PICTUREBYPICTURE:Thisallowsyoutoviewtwopicturessidebyside.

POSITION:

When[PIP]isselectedfor[MODE],thisoptionallowsyoutoselectthepositionofasubpictureinthemainpicture.

Theoptionsare:TOP-LEFT,TOP-RIGHT,BOTTOMLEFT,andBOTTOMRIGHT.

NOTE:The[POSITION]cannotbeselectedwhen[PICTUREBYPICTURE]isselected.

118

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SOURCE:

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselectasubpicturesignal.

Theoptionsare:OFF,VIDEOandS-VIDEO.

Selecting[OFF]willcancelthePIP/PICTUREBYPICTUREmodeandreturntothenormalscreen.

Using the Wall Color Correction [WALL COLOR]

Thisfunctionallowsforquickadaptivecolorcorrectioninapplicationswherethescreenmaterialisnotwhite.

[LAMP MODE]

Theprojectorisdesignedtoaccepttwolamps(duallampsystem).

Thisduallampsystemprovidesprolongedlamplifeorhighbrightnessorextralamp(Extendedlifelamp).

The[LAMPMODE]itemhas3options:[ECOMODE],[LAMPSELECT],and[LAMPINTERVALMODE].

NOTE:Besuretousethesamelamptypeforbothlamp1and2.

Setting Eco Mode [ECO MODE]

TheECOMODEincreaseslamplife,whileloweringpowerconsumptionandcuttingdownonCO

emissions.

Twobrightnessmodesofthelampcanbeselected:[OFF]and[ON]modes.

(→page37)

119

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Selecting the lamp to be used [LAMP SELECT]

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoselectwhichlamptobeused.

NOTE:ThisoptionisnotdisplayedintheBasicmenu.

DUAL �� Select to use the two lamps at the same time to increase brightness�

SINGLE �� Lights either lamp 1 or 2 whichever was used last� This option also selects Lamp 1 or Lamp 2 according to

the time preset with Lamp Interval�

LAMP 1 ONLY �� Select to use the Lamp 1 of the two lamps� (Lamp 1 on the right of the rear side)

LAMP 2 ONLY �� Select to use the Lamp 2 of the two lamps� (Lamp 2 on the left of the rear side)

TIP:

OnSelecting[SINGLE]for[LAMPSELECT]

• Alamphasapropertythatitsbrightnessgraduallydecreaseswithage.Tokeepthebrightnessoftwolampsonthesamelevelas

muchaspossible,select[SINGLE]for[LAMPSELECT].

• Lamplifewilldecreasewhenshorterlampintervaltimesaresetwithintheon-screenmenu.Youarerecommendedtoextendthe

lampintervaltime.

Settingthelampinterval[LAMPINTERVALMODE]

Thisallowsyoutospecifythetimeforswitchingbetweenthetwolampsalternately.Thisoptionisavailableonlywhen

[SINGLE]isselectedfor[LAMPSELECT].

OFF �� Turns off the lamp interval mode setting�

12 HOURS/24 HOURS/1 WEEK

�� Select one of these three options for interval time�

NOTE:

• Thisfunctionisavailableonlywhen[SINGLE]isselectedfor[LAMPSELECT].

• Beforesetting[LAMPINTERVALMODE],[LAMPSWITCHINGTIME]or[LAMPSWITCHINGDAY],makesurethatthecurrentdate

andtimeissetfortheprojector.Tosetthedateandtimefortheprojector,select[APPLICATIONMENU]→[TOOLS]→[DATE

ANDTIME]fromthemenu.(→ page 161)

Setting the time for changing the lamp [LAMP SWITCHING TIME]

Thisallowsyoutosetthetimeforchangingthelamp.

Example–When[SINGLE]isselectedfor[LAMPSELECT]and[24HOURS]for[LAMPINTERVALMODE]:

Lamp 1

Lamp 2

24 hours 24 hours

This indicates the lamp is turned on.

This indicates the lamp is turned off.

Current Time Switching Time* Switching Time

(*) After setting the Current Time, if the value between Current Time and Switching Time is less than ﬁve (5) minutes, the ﬁrst

lamp switching instance does not take place.

120

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Settingthedayforchangingthelamp[LAMPSWITCHINGDAY]

Thisallowsyoutosetthedayforchangingthelamp.

Theoptionsare:SUN(Sunday),MON(Monday),TUE(Tuesday),WED(Wednesday),THU(Thursday),FRI(Friday),

andSAT(Saturday).

NOTE:

• Thisfunctionisavailableonlywhen[1WEEK]isselectedfor[LAMPINTERVALMODE].

Setting Closed Caption [CLOSED CAPTION]

ThisoptionsetsseveralclosedcaptionmodesthatallowtexttobesuperimposedontheprojectedimageofVideo

orS-Video.

OFF �� This exits the closed caption mode�

CAPTION 1-4 �� Text is superimposed�

TEXT 1-4 �� Text is displayed�

Using Off Timer [OFF TIMER]

1. Selectyourdesiredtimebetween30minutesand16hours:OFF,0:30,1:00,2:00,4:00,8:00,12:00,16:00.

2. PresstheENTERbuttonontheremotecontrol.

3. Theremainingtimestartscountingdown.

4. Theprojectorwillturnoffafterthecountdowniscomplete.

NOTE:

• Tocancelthepresettime,set[OFF]forthepresettimeorturnoffthepower.

• Whentheremainingtimereaches3minutesbeforetheprojectoristurnedoff,the[THEPROJECTORWILLTURNOFFWITHIN3

MINUTES]messagewillbedisplayedonthebottomofthescreen.

[TOOLS]

See“APPLICATIONMENU”onpage139.

Selecting Menu Language [LANGUAGE]

Youcanchooseoneof27languagesforon-screeninstructions.

NOTE:Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

121

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[MENU]

Selecting Menu Color [COLOR SELECT]

Youcanchoosebetweentwooptionsformenucolor:COLORandMONOCHROME.

TurningOn/OffSourceDisplay[SOURCEDISPLAY]

ThisoptionturnsonoroffinputnamedisplaysuchasCOMPUTER1,COMPUTER2,COMPUTER3,HDMI,Display-

Port,VIDEO,S-VIDEO,VIEWER,NETWORKtobedisplayedonthetoprightofthescreen.

Turning messages on and off [MESSAGE DISPLAY]

Thisoptionselectswhetherornottodisplayprojectormessagesatthebottomoftheprojectedimage.

Evenwhen“OFF”isselected,thesecuritylockwarningisdisplayed.Thesecuritylockwarningturnsoffwhenthe

securitylockiscanceled.

Turning ON/OFF Control ID [ID DISPLAY]

ID DISPLAY �� This option turns on or off the ID number which is displayed when the ID SET button on the remote control

is pressed� (→ page 126)

Turning On / Off Eco Message [ECO MESSAGE]

Thisoptionturnsonoroffthefollowingmessageswhentheprojectoristurnedon.

TheEcoMessagepromptstheusertosaveenergy.When[OFF]isselectedfor[ECOMODE],youwillgetamessage

topromptyoutoselect[ON]for[ECOMODE].

When[ON]isselectedfor[ECOMODE]

Toclosethemessage,pressanyoneofthebuttons.Themessagewilldisappearifnobuttonoperationisdonefor

30seconds.

122

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When[OFF]isselectedfor[ECOMODE]

PressingtheENTERbuttonwilldisplaythe[ECOMODE]screen.(→page37)

Toclosethemessage,presstheEXITbutton.

SelectingMenuDisplayTime[DISPLAYTIME]

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselecthowlongtheprojectorwaitsafterthelasttouchofabuttontoturnoffthemenu.The

presetchoicesare[MANUAL],[AUTO5SEC],[AUTO15SEC],and[AUTO45SEC].The[AUTO45SEC]isthefac-

torypreset.

SelectingaColororLogoforBackground[BACKGROUND]

Usethisfeaturetodisplayablue/blackscreenorlogowhennosignalisavailable.Thedefaultbackgroundis[LOGO].

NOTE:

• Evenwhenthebackgroundlogoisselected,iftwopicturesaredisplayedin[PIP/PICTUREBYPICTURE]mode,thebluebackground

is displayed without the logo when there is no signal.

Selecting Interval Time for Filter Message [FILTER MESSAGE]

Thisoptionallowsyoutoselectthetimepreferencebetweendisplayingthemessageforcleaningthelters.Clean

thelterwhenyougetthemessage“PLEASECLEANFILTER.”(→page179)

Sixoptionsareavailable:OFF,100[H],500[H],1000[H],2000[H],5000[H]

Thedefaultsettingis[OFF].

NOTE:Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

[INSTALLATION(1)]

Selecting Projector Orientation [ORIENTATION]

Thisreorientsyourimageforyourtypeofprojection.Theoptionsare:desktopfrontprojection,ceilingrearprojection,

desktoprearprojection,andceilingfrontprojection.

NOTE:

Thisprojectorisatilt-freeprojectorwithwhichitispossibletoprojectimagesontheceiling(upward)oroor(downward).When

changingtheprojectororientation,alsochangethe[SETTING]optionof[FANMODE]accordingly.(→ page 128)

123

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DESKTOPFRONT

CEILINGREAR

DESKTOPREAR

CEILINGFRONT

Selecting Aspect Ratio and Position for Screen [SCREEN]

Screentype[SCREEN

TYPE]

Setstheaspectratiooftheprojectionscreen.

4:3screen Forascreenwitha4:3aspectratio

16:9screen Forascreenwitha16:9aspectratio

16:10screen Forascreenwitha16:10aspectratio

Displayposition[POSI-

TION](forPX800X2only)

Whenthescreentypeissetto16:9or16:10,adjuststheverticalpositionofthedisplay

range.

Downward

Upward

NOTE:

• Afterchangingthescreentype,checkthesettingof[ASPECTRATIO]inthemenu.

(→ page 113)

Using Geometric Correction [GEOMETRIC CORRECTION]

Thisfeatureretrievesgeometricdataregisteredintheprojectormemory.

Threepresetsofgeometricdatahavebeenregistered.Toturnoffthisfeature,select[OFF].

NOTE:

• The[KEYSTONE]and[CORNERSTONE]adjustmentsarenotavailablewhengeometricdataisapplied.

• Toclearyourgeometricdata,pressthe3DREFORMbuttonforaminimumof2seconds.

• The[GEOMETRICCORRECTION]featurecancauseanimagetobeslightlyblurredbecausethecorrectionismadeelectronically.

124

5. Using On-Screen Menu

UsingMulti-ScreenCompensation[MULTI-SCREENCOMP.]

Thisfeatureallowsyoutomatchbrightnessofimagesprojectedfrommultipleprojectors.

Beforeusing[MULTI-SCREENCOMP.],youneedtomatchcolorofimagesprojectedfrommultipleprojectors.

MODE �� OFF: Turns off this function�

ON: Turns on this function� The [BRIGHTNESS] and the [CONTRAST] can be adjusted�

CONTRAST �� Adjusts the bright part of the picture�

BRIGHTNESS �� Adjusts the dark part of the picture�

Adjusting

1. Prepare black and white images so that the images can be displayed on the computer screen.

2. Display the black image on the computer screen, and project the image from the projector.

3. Select[MULTI-SCREENCOMP.]→ [MODE] → [ON].

4. Adjust the dark part of the images.

Press the ▼buttontoselect[BRIGHTNESS]andusethe◀ or ▶ to match the black part of another projector.

5. Display the white screen on the computer screen.

Project the image from two or more projectors.

6. Adjust the bright part of the images.

Press the ▼ button to select [CONTRAST] and use the ◀ or ▶ to match the white part of another projector.

Moving the slide bar toward [+] (plus) can change the white part of the image. Should this happen, move the

slide bar toward [−] (minus) to adjust the brightness.

TIP:

• Whenyouusemultipleprojectors,youcanusethe[CONTROLID]functiontooperateasingleprojectororalltheprojectorsfrom

theremotecontrol.(→ page 126)

• Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

[REF. WHITE BALANCE]

Thisfeatureallowsyoutoadjustthewhitebalanceforallsignals.

Thewhiteandblacklevelsofthesignalareadjustedforoptimumcolorreproduction.

Uniformityisalsoadjustedwhentheredness(R)andblueness(B)ofthewhitecolorinthescreen’shorizontal(left/

right)directionareuneven.

BRIGHTNESS R/BRIGHTNESS G/BRIGHTNESS B

�� These adjust the picture’s black color�

CONTRAST R/CONTRAST G/CONTRAST B

�� These adjust the picture’s white color�

UNIFORMITY R �� The further this is set to the + side, the stronger the redness on the left side of the picture (increasing

towards the left edge) and the weaker the redness on the right side of the picture (decreasing towards the

right edge)�

This is reversed when set to the − side�

UNIFORMITY B �� The further this is set to the + side, the stronger the blueness on the left side of the picture (increasing

towards the left edge) and the weaker the blueness on the right side of the picture (decreasing towards the

right edge)�

This is reversed when set to the − side�

125

5. Using On-Screen Menu

UsingtheReferenceLensMemoryFunction[REF.LENSMEMORY]

ThisfunctionservestostoretheadjustedvaluescommontoallinputsourceswhenusingtheLENSSHIFT,ZOOM

andFOCUSbuttonsoftheprojectorortheremotecontrol.Theadjustedvaluesstoredinmemorycanbeusedasa

referencetothecurrent.

STORE �� Stores the current adjusted values in memory as a reference�

MOVE �� Applies the adjusted reference values stored in [STORE] to the current signal�

RESET �� Returns the adjusted reference values to the factory default setting�

LOAD BY SIGNAL �� For change to take effect at the time of source selection, select [YES]�

FORCED MUTE �� To turn off the image during lens shift, select [YES]�

CALIBRATION �� Corrects the adjustable zoom and focus range�

The adjustable zoom and focus range can vary depending on the lens in use� Be sure to perform [CALIBRATE]

after replacement of the lens�

The following lenses need calibration:

• NP16FL,NP17ZL,NP18ZL,NP19ZL,NP20ZL,NP21ZL,NP31ZL

NOTE:Thisoptionisonlyavailablewhen[YES]isselectedfor[MOVEWITHSIGNALCHANGE].

NOTE:

• Adjustedvaluesin[REF.LENSMEMORY]willnotbereturnedtodefaultwhenperforming[CURRENTSIGNAL]or[ALLDATA]for

[RESET]fromthemenu.

• Tostoreadjustedvaluesforeachinputsource,usetheLensMemoryfunction.(→ page 47, 116)

126

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[INSTALLATION(2)]

DisablingtheCabinetButtons[CONTROLPANELLOCK]

ThisoptionturnsonorofftheCONTROLPANELLOCKfunction.

NOTE:

• ThisCONTROLPANELLOCKdoesnotaffecttheremotecontrolfunctions.

• Whenthecontrolpanelislocked,pressingandholdingtheEXITbuttonontheprojectorcabinetforabout10secondswillchange

thesettingto[OFF].

TIP:Whenthe[CONTROLPANELLOCK]isturnedon,akeylockicon[ ]willbedisplayedatthebottomrightofthemenu.

EnablingSecurity[SECURITY]

ThisfeatureturnsonorofftheSECURITYfunction.

Unlessthecorrectkeywordisentered,theprojectorcannotprojectanimage.(→page44)

NOTE:Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

Selecting Communication Speed [COMMUNICATION SPEED]

ThisfeaturesetsthebaudrateofthePCControlport(D-Sub9P).Itsupportsdataratesfrom4800to115200bps.

Thedefaultis38400bps.Selecttheappropriatebaudrateforyourequipmenttobeconnected(dependingonthe

equipment,alowerbaudratemayberecommendedforlongcableruns).

NOTE:

• Select[38400bps]orlesswhenusingtheUserSupportware.

• Yourselectedcommunicationspeedwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

Turning On or Off Remote Sensor [REMOTE SENSOR]

Thisoptiondetermineswhichremotesensorontheprojectorisenabledinwirelessmode.

Theoptionsare:FRONT/BACK,FRONT,andBACK.

Iftheremotecontrolsystemdoesnotfunctionwhendirectsunlightorstrongilluminationstrikestheremotecontrol

sensoroftheprojector,changeanotheroption.

Setting ID to the Projector [CONTROL ID]

YoucanoperatemultipleprojectorsseparatelyandindependentlywiththesingleremotecontrolthathastheCONTROL

IDfunction.IfyouassignthesameIDtoalltheprojectors,youcanconvenientlyoperatealltheprojectorstogether

usingthesingleremotecontrol.Todoso,youhavetoassignanIDnumbertoeachprojector.

CONTROL ID NUMBER �� Select a number from 1 to 254 you wish to assign to your projector�

CONTROL ID ��Select [OFF] to turn off the CONTROL ID setting and select [ON] to turn on the CONTROL ID setting�

127

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:

• When[ON]isselectedfor[CONTROLID],theprojectorcannotbeoperatedbyusingtheremotecontrolthatdoesnotsupport

theCONTROLIDfunction.(Inthiscasethebuttonsontheprojectorcabinetcanbeused.)

• Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

•PressingandholdingtheENTERbuttonontheprojectorcabinetfor10secondswilldisplaythemenuforcancelingtheControl

ID.

Assigning or Changing the Control ID

1. Turnontheprojector.

2. PresstheIDSETbuttonontheremotecontrol.

 TheCONTROLIDscreenwillbedisplayed.

 IftheprojectorcanbeoperatedwiththecurrentremotecontrolID,the

[ACTIVE]willbedisplayed.Iftheprojectorcannotbeoperatedwiththe

currentremotecontrolID,the[INACTIVE]willbedisplayed.Tooperate

theinactiveprojector,assignthecontrolIDusedfortheprojectorby

using the following procedure (Step 3).

3. Pressoneofnumerickeypadbuttonswhilepressingandholding

theIDSETbuttonontheremotecontrol.

 Example:

To assign “3”, press the “3” button on the remote control.

 NoIDmeansthatalltheprojectorscanbeoperatedtogetherwitha

singleremotecontrol.Toset“NoID”,enter“000”orpresstheCLEAR

button.

TIP:TherangeofIDsisfrom1to254.

4. ReleasetheIDSETbutton.

 TheupdatedCONTROLIDscreenwillbedisplayed.

NOTE:

• TheIDscanbeclearedinafewdaysafterthebatteriesarerundownorremoved.

•Accidentallypressinganyoneofthebuttonsoftheremotecontrolwillclear

currentlyspeciedIDwithbatteriesremoved.

128

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(1)]

Setting Auto Adjust [AUTO ADJUST]

ThisfeaturesetstheAutoAdjustmodesothatthecomputersignalcanbeautomaticallyormanuallyadjustedfor

noiseandstability.Youcanautomaticallymakeadjustmentintwoways:[NORMAL]and[FINE].

OFF �� The computer signal will not be automatically adjusted� You can manually optimize the computer signal�

NORMAL �� Default setting� The computer signal will be automatically adjusted� Normally select this option�

FINE �� Select this option if ﬁne adjustment is needed� It takes more time to switch to the source than when [NOR-

MAL]is selected�

Selecting Fan Mode [FAN MODE]

FanModeisusedtosetthespeedoftheinternalcoolingfan.

MODE �� Select three modes for fan speed: AUTO, HIGH, and HIGH ALTITUDE�

AUTO: The built-in fans automatically run at a variable speed according to the internal temperature�

HIGH: The built-in fans run at high speed

HIGH ALTITUDE: The built-in fans run at a high speed� Select this option when using the projector at altitudes

approximately5500feet/1600metersorhigher.

SETTING �� Select one of the four options ([FLOOR], [CEILING], [VERTICAL TILT DOWN], or [VERTICAL TILT UP])

according to the installation angle of the projector� See the drawing below�

NOTE:Besuretoselectthe[SETTING]optionaccordingtotheprojector’sorientation.Failuretodosomay

cause product malfunction.

0°

70°

90°

250°

180°

110°

270°

290°

Select [VERTICAL TILT UP] for this angle

Select [VERTICAL TILT DOWN] for this angle

Select [FLOOR] for this angle

Select [CEILING] for this angle

Whenyouwishtocooldownthetemperatureinsidetheprojectorquickly,select[HIGH].

129

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NOTE:

• When[HIGHALTITUDE]isselectedfor[FANMODE],asymbolicon will be displayed at the bottom of the menu.

• ItisrecommendedthatyouselectHighspeedmodeifyouusetheprojectornon-stopforconsecutivedays.

•Set[FANMODE]to[HIGHALTITUDE]whenusingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600metersorhigher.

• Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600metersorhigherwithoutsettingto[HIGHALTITUDE]cancause

theprojectortooverheatandtheprotectorcouldshutdown.Ifthishappens,waitacoupleminutesandturnontheprojector.

•Usingtheprojectorataltitudeslessthanapproximately5500feet/1600metersandsettingto[HIGHALTITUDE]cancausethe

lamptoovercool,causingtheimagetoicker.Switch[FANMODE]to[AUTO].

•Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600metersorhighercanshortenthelifeofinternalpartssuchasthe

lamp.

• Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

Selecting the Signal Format [SIGNAL SELECT(COMP3)]

WhenanoutputdeviceisconnectedtotheCOMPUTER3videoinputconnectors,thissetstheinputsignal.

RGB/COMPONENT � RGB and component signals are identiﬁed automatically�

VIDEO �� This switches to the video signal�

NOTE:Whenavideocable(commerciallyavailable)isconnectedtotheCOMPUTER3videoinputconnectors’G/Yconnector,video

signalscanbeprojected.Inthiscase,setto“VIDEO”.

[SEAMLESSSWITCHING](forPX750U2only)

Whentheinputconnectorisswitched,theimagedisplayedbeforeswitchingisheldtoswitchtothenewimagewithout

abreakduetoabsenceofasignal.

[COLOR SYSTEM]

ThisfeatureallowsyoutoselecttheTVvideosignal,whichdiffersfromcountrytocountry(NTSC,PAL,etc.).

Thisissetto[AUTO]byfactorydefault.Setthisiftheprojectorcannotidentifythesignalautomatically.

Setting for the Optional Board [SLOT POWER]

WhenusingtheoptionalboardsuchasSB-01HCinstalledintheslot,setthefollowingoptions.

PROJECTOR ON ��Thisfeaturewillturnonoroffthepowertotheoptionalboard.

OFF: Forcibly turn off the power to the optional board installed in the slot�

ON (Default): Turn on the power to the optional board installed in the slot�

PROJECTOR STANDBY ��Thisfeaturewillautomaticallyenableordisabletheoptionalboardinstalledintheslot

whentheprojectorisinstandby.

DISABLE: Select this option to disable the optional board in the projector standby�

ENABLE (Default): Select this option to enable the optional board in the projector standby�

NOTE:

• Select[OFF]whentheoptionalboardisnotinstalledintotheslot.

130

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[OPTIONS(2)]

SelectingPower-savingin[STANDBYMODE]

Theprojectorhasthreestandbymodes:[NORMAL],[POWER-SAVING]and[NORMAL2].

ThePOWER-SAVINGmodeisthemodethatallowsyoutoputtheprojectorinthepower-savingconditionwhich

consumeslesspowerthantheNORMALmode.TheprojectorispresetforPOWER-SAVINGmodeatthefactory.

NORMAL �� Power indicator: Orange light/STATUS indicator: Green light

POWER-SAVING

�� Power indicator: Red light/STATUS indicator: Off

The following connectors, buttons or functions will not work during this mode�

- MONITOR OUT (COMP� 1) connector

- LAN and Mail Alert functions

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- Virtual Remote Tool fucntion

- [AUTO POWER ON (COMP1/3)]

- PC control commands for other than power-on

NORMAL2

�� When in the standby mode, the POWER indicator will light orange and the STATUS indicator will not light�

This shows that the projector’s power can be turned on by wired LAN�

When in the standby mode, the following connectors, buttons or functions will not work:

- MONITOR OUT (COMP� 1) connector

- Wireless LAN Unit

- [AUTO POWER ON (COMP1/3)]

- Buttons other than POWER button on the cabinet

- Buttons other than POWER ON button on the remote control

- PC control commands for other than power-on

Important:

• When[CONTROLPANELLOCK]or[CONTROLID]isturnedon,orwhen[COMPUTER1]or[COMPUTER3]isselectedfor[AUTO

POWERON(COMP1/3)],the[STANDBYMODE]settingbecomesinvalid.

 Thismeansthattheprojectorisinthesameconditionwhenthe[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE].

NOTE:

• Evenwhen[POWER-SAVING]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE],poweronoroffcanbedonebyusingthePCCONTROLport.

• ThepowerconsumptioninthestandbymodewillnotbeincludedincalculatingCO

emission reduction.

• Yoursettingwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

Enabling Direct Power On [DIRECT POWER ON]

Turnstheprojectoronautomaticallywhenthepowercordisinsertedintoanactivepoweroutlet.Thiseliminatesthe

needtoalwaysusethePOWERbuttonontheremotecontrolorprojectorcabinet.

131

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TurningOntheProjectorByApplyingComputerSignal[AUTOPOWERON(COMP1/3)]

WhentheprojectorisinStandbymode,applyingacomputersignalfromacomputerconnectedtotheCOMPUTER1

INorCOMPUTER3INinputwillpowerontheprojectorandsimultaneouslyprojectthecomputer’simage.

ThisfunctionalityeliminatestheneedtoalwaysusethePOWERbuttonontheremotecontrolortheprojectorcabinet

topowerontheprojector.

Tousethisfunction,rstconnectacomputertotheprojectorandtheprojectortoanactiveACinput.

NOTE:

• Disconnectingacomputersignalfromthecomputerwillnotpowerofftheprojector.Werecommendusingthisfunctionincom-

binationoftheAUTOPOWEROFFfunction.

• Thisfunctionwillnotbeavailableunderthefollowingconditions:

- whenacomponentsignalisappliedtotheCOMPUTER1INorCOMPUTER3INconnector

- whenaSynconGreenRGBsignalorcompositesyncsignalisapplied

• When[AUTOPOWERON(COMP1/3]isset,the[STANDBYMODE]settingbecomesinvalid.Thismeansthattheprojectorisin

thesameconditionwhenthe[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE].

• ToenabletheAUTOPOWERON(COMP1/3)afterturningofftheprojector,wait3secondsandinputacomputersignal.

 Ifacomputersignalisstillpresentwhentheprojectoristurnedoff,theAUTOPOWERON(COMP1/3)willnotworkandthe

projector remains in standby mode.

Enabling Power Management [AUTO POWER OFF]

Whenthisoptionisselectedyoucanenabletheprojectortoautomaticallyturnoff(attheselectedtime:5min.,10min.,

20min.,30min.)ifthereisnosignalreceivedbyanyinputorifnooperationisperformed.

NOTE:

• The[AUTOPOWEROFF]functionwillnotworkwhen[VIEWER]or[NETWORK]isselectedfor[SOURCE].

Selecting Default Source [DEFAULT SOURCE SELECT]

Youcansettheprojectortodefaulttoanyoneofitsinputseachtimetheprojectoristurnedon.

LAST �� Sets the projector to default to the previous or last active input each time the projector is turned on�

AUTO �� Searches for an active source in order of COMPUTER1 → COMPUTER2 → COMPUTER3 → HDMI →

DisplayPort → VIDEO → S-VIDEO → VIEWER → COMPUTER1 and displays the ﬁrst found source�

COMPUTER1 �� Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 1 IN connector every time the projector is turned on�

COMPUTER2 �� Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 2 IN connector every time the projector is turned on�

COMPUTER3 �� Displays the computer signal from the COMPUTER 3 IN connector every time the projector is turned on�

HDMI �� Displays the digital source from the HDMI IN connector every time the projector is turned on�

DisplayPort �� Displays the digital source from the DisplayPort every time the projector is turned on�

VIDEO �� Displays the Video source from the VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on�

S-VIDEO �� Displays the Video source from the S-VIDEO IN connector every time the projector is turned on�

VIEWER �� Displays slides or plays back movie ﬁles from the USB memory device every time the projector is turned

on�

NETWORK �� Displays the data sent from the computer via the LAN port (RJ-45) or the wireless LAN unit (sold separately)

mounted on the projector is projected�

SLOT �� Displaysasignalfromtheoptional(SB-01HCorotherNEC’soptionalboards)whenitisinstalled.

132

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[EDGE BLENDING]

Thisfunctionadjustsoverlappingedgesofimagesprojectedfromeachprojectortouniformmulti-screenimages.

Turns on or off the Edge Blending function. [MODE]

Turningon[MODE]willmake[TOP],[BOTTOM],[LEFT],[RIGHT],and[BLACKLEVEL]available.(Default:OFF).

Selectsedgeoftop,bottom,left,andrightofthescreentoperformtheEdgeBlendingfunction.

[TOP/BOTTOM/LEFT/RIGHT]

Turningon[CONTROL]willmake[MARKER],[RANGE],and[POSITION]available.(→page51)

CONTROL �� Turns on or off [TOP], [BOTTOM], [LEFT], and [RIGHT]�

MARKER �� Turns on or off a marker for the range and position adjustment� Turning on [MARKER] will display a magenta

marker for [RANGE] and green marker for [POSITION]�

RANGE �� Adjusts the Edge Blending range (width)�

POSITION �� Adjusts the Edge Blending start position�

Adjuststhebrightnesslevelof9-segmentedportions.[BLACKLEVEL]

9-segmentedportionsare [TOP-LEFT],[TOP-CENTER], [TOP-RIGHT],[CENTER-LEFT],[CENTER],[CENTER-

RIGHT],[BOTTOM-LEFT],[BOTTOM-CENTER],and[BOTTOM-RIGHT].(→page54)

133

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❼ Menu Descriptions & Functions [INFO.]

Displaysthestatusofthecurrentsignalandlampusage.Thisitemhasninepages.Theinformationincludedisasfollows:

TIP:PressingtheHELPbuttonontheremotecontrolwillshowthe[INFO.]menuitems.

[USAGE TIME]

[LAMP1LIFEREMAINING](%)*

[LAMP2LIFEREMAINING](%)*

[LAMP1HOURSUSED](H)

[LAMP2HOURSUSED](H)

[FILTERHOURSUSED](H)

[TOTALCARBONSAVINGS](kg-CO2)

* Theprogressindicatorshowsthepercentageofremainingbulblife.

 Thevalueinformsyouoftheamountoflampusage.Whentheremaininglamptimereaches0,theLAMPLIFE

REMAININGbarindicatorchangesfrom0%to100Hoursandstartscountingdown.

 Iftheremaininglamptimereaches0hours,theprojectorwillnotturnon.

• Themessagetotheeffectthatthelamportheltersshouldbereplacedwillbedisplayedforoneminutewhen

theprojectoristurnedonandwhenthePOWERbuttonontheprojectorortheremotecontrolispressed.

 Todismissthismessage,pressanybuttonontheprojectorortheremotecontrol.

Lamp life(H)

Replacement lampECO MODE

OFF ON

2000 2500 NP22LP

• [TOTALCARBONSAVINGS]

 Thisdisplaystheestimatedcarbonsavinginformationinkg.Thecarbonfootprintfactorinthecarbonsavingcal-

culationisbasedontheOECD(2008Edition).(→page38)

134

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[SOURCE(1)]

INPUTTERMINAL RESOLUTION

HORIZONTALFREQUENCY VERTICAL FREQUENCY

SYNCTYPE SYNCPOLARITY

SCANTYPE SOURCENAME

ENTRYNO.

[SOURCE(2)]

SIGNALTYPE VIDEOTYPE

BITDEPTH VIDEOLEVEL

LINKRATE LINKLANE

[WIRED LAN]

IPADDRESS SUBNETMASK

GATEWAY MACADDRESS

135

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[WIRELESS LAN(1)]

IPADDRESS SUBNETMASK

GATEWAY MACADDRESS

[WIRELESS LAN(2)]

SSID NETWORKTYPE

WEP/WPA CHANNEL

SIGNALLEVEL

[VERSION(1)]

FIRMWARE DATA

FIRMWARE2

136

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[VERSION(2)]

FIRMWARE3

[OTHERS]

PROJECTORNAME MODELNO.

SERIALNUMBER LANUNITTYPE

CONTROLID(when[CONTROLID]isset)

137

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❽ Menu Descriptions & Functions [RESET]

Returning to Factory Default [RESET]

TheRESETfeatureallowsyoutochangeadjustmentsandsettingstothefactorypresetfora(all)source(s)except

thefollowing:

[CURRENTSIGNAL]

Resetstheadjustmentsforthecurrentsignaltothefactorypresetlevels.

NOTE:

• LockedsignalsintheEntryListwillnotbereset.

[ALLDATA]

Resetalltheadjustmentsandsettingsforallthesignalstothefactorypreset.

AllitemscanberesetEXCEPT[ENTRYLIST],[LANGUAGE],[BACKGROUND],[FILTERMESSAGE],[SCREEN],

[GEOMETRICCORRECTION],[MULTI-SCREENCOMP.],[REF.WHITEBALANCE],[CONTROLPANELLOCK],

[SECURITY],[COMMUNICATION SPEED], [CONTROLID],[SEAMLESSSWITCHING],[STANDBY MODE],

[FANMODE],[EDGEBLENDING],[REF.LENSMEMORY],[DATEANDTIME],[LAMPLIFEREMAINING],[LAMP

HOURSUSED],[FILTERHOURSUSED],[TOTALCARBONSAVINGS],[WIREDLAN],and[WIRELESSLAN].

Toresetthelampusagetime,see“ClearingLampHourMeter[CLEARLAMPHOURS]”below.

[ALL DATA (INCLUDING ENTRY LIST)]

Resetalltheadjustmentsandsettingsforallthesignalstothefactorypresetexcept[LANGUAGE],[BACKGROUND],

[FILTERMESSAGE],[SCREEN],[MULTI-SCREENCOMP.],[REF.WHITEBALANCE],[CONTROLPANELLOCK],

[SEAMLESSSWITCHING],[SECURITY],[COMMUNICATIONSPEED],[CONTROLID],[FANMODE],[EDGEBLEND-

ING],[GEOMETRICCORRECTION],[REF.LENSMEMORY],[DATEANDTIME],[STANDBYMODE],[LAMPLIFE

REMAINING],[LAMPHOURSUSED],[FILTERHOURSUSED],[TOTALCARBONSAVINGS],[WIREDLAN],and

[WIRELESSLAN].

Alsodeletesallthesignalsinthe[ENTRYLIST]andreturnstothefactorypreset.

NOTE:LockedsignalsinEntryListcannotbereset.

Clearing Lamp Hour Meter [CLEAR LAMP 1 HOURS/CLEAR LAMP 2 HOURS]

Resetsthelampclockbacktozero.Selectingthisoptiondisplayssubmenuforaconrmation.Select[YES]andpress

theENTERbutton.

NOTE:Elapsedtimeofthelampusewillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

NOTE: The projector will turn off and go into standby mode when you continue to use the projector for another 100 hours after the

lamp has reached the end of its life. In this condition you cannot clear the lamp hour meter on the menu. If this happens, press

theHELPbuttonontheremotecontrolfor10secondstoresetthelampclockbacktozero.Dothisonlyafterreplacingthelamp.

138

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Clearing the Filter Usage Hours [CLEAR FILTER HOURS]

Resetsthelterusagebacktozero.Selectingthisoptiondisplayssubmenuforaconrmation.Select[YES]andpress

theENTERbutton.

The[OFF]itemisselectedfor[FILTERMESSAGE]atthetimeofshipment.When[OFF]isselected,youdonotneed

toclearthelterusagehour.

NOTE:Elapsedtimeofthelterusewillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

139

5. Using On-Screen Menu

❾ Application Menu

When[NETWORK]isselectedfromthe[SOURCE]menu,theapplicationmenu[APPLICATIONMENU]willbedisplayed.

TheapplicationmenuallowsyoutosetuptheUserSupportware,NetworkSettings(NETWORKSETTINGS)and

Tools(TOOLS).

TheUserSupportwareiscontainedonthesuppliedNECProjectorCD-ROM.

In[ADMINISTRATORMODE],either[ADVANCED]menuor[BASIC]menucanbeselected.(→page157)

The[BASIC]menucontainsminimumessentialsofmenusandcommands.

IMAGE EXPRESS UTILITY

Thisshowsinformationforprojectorname,resolution,andnetwork(wired/wireless)whicharerequiredtouseImage

ExpressUtility.

Usethisinformationtosetupforyourcomputer.

NETWORK PROJECTOR

Thisshowsinformationforprojectorname,resolution,andnetwork(wired/wireless)whicharerequiredtouseNetwork

Projector.

Usethisinformationtosetupforyourcomputer.

140

5. Using On-Screen Menu

REMOTE DESKTOP CONNECTION

ThisallowsyoutosetupforcomputernameentryandeffectsforRemoteDesktop.

NOTE:

• AUSBkeyboardisrequiredtosetuptheRemoteDesktopConnection.

141

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORK SETTINGS

Important:

• Consultwithyournetworkadministratoraboutthesesettings.

• WhenusingawiredLANconnection,connectaLANcable(Ethernetcable)totheLANport(RJ-45)oftheprojector.(→ page

171)

TIP:Thenetworksettingsyoumakewillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefromthemenu.

Hints on How to Set Up LAN Connection

To set up the projector for a LAN connection:

Select[WIREDLAN]or[WIRELESSLAN]→[PROFILES]→[PROFILE1]or[PROFILE2].

TwosettingscanbesetforwiredorwirelessLAN.

Nextturnonorofffor[DHCP],[IPADDRESS],[SUBNETMASK],and[GATEWAY]andselect[OK]andpressthe

ENTERbutton.(→page142)

To recall LAN settings stored in the proﬁle number:

Select[PROFILE1]or[PROFILE2]forwiredorwirelessLAN,andthenselect[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

(→page142)

To connect a DHCP server:

Turnon[DHCP]forwiredorwirelessLAN.Select[ON]andpresstheENTERbutton.TospecifyIPaddresswithout

usingtheDHCPserver,turnoff[DHCP].(→page143)

TosetonlyforwirelessLAN(NETWORKTYPEandWEP/WPA):

Select[PROFILE1]or[PROFILE2]forwirelessLAN,andthenselect[ADVANCED]and[OK]andpresstheENTER

button.TheAdvancedmenuwillbedisplayed.(→page144)

To select an SSID:

Select[ADVANCED]→[SITESURVEY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

SelectanSSIDandpressthe>buttontoselect[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

Ifyoudonotuse[SITESURVEY],typetheSSIDandselect[INFRASTRUCTURE]or[ADHOC].(→page144)

Toreceivelampreplacementtimeorerrormessagesviae-mail:

Select[ALERTMAIL],andset[SENDER'SADDRESS],[SMTPSERVERNAME],and[RECIPIENT'SADDRESS].

Last,select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.(→page155)

Toexecute[EASYCONNECTION]usingImageExpressUtility2.0orImageExpressUtility2forMac:

The[EASYCONNECTION]isamodethatcanabbreviatethetroublesomeLANsettingswhenusingtheImage

ExpressUtilityandconnectingthePCandprojectorviaawirelessLAN.

ImageExpressUtility2.0andImageExpressUtility2forMacarecontainedonthesuppliedNECProjectorCD-ROM.

Touse[EASYCONNECTION],select[WIRELESSLAN]→[PROFILES]→[EASYCONNECTION].

NOTE:The[EASYCONNECTION]functionisavailableonWindows7,WindowsVistaorWindowsXPSP3.

142

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WIREDLANorWIRELESSLAN(ADVANCEDmenuonly)

*TousethewirelessLANfunctions,connectaseparatelysoldwirelessLANunittotheprojector.(→page172)

PROFILES • UptotwosettingsfortheLANportorUSBwirelessLANunit

canbestoredinmemoryoftheprojector.Totaloffoursettings

canbestored.

 Fivesettingscanbestored:twoforthebuilt-inLANport,two

forwirelessLANandoneforWPS.

• Select[PROFILE1]or[PROFILE2]andthendosettingsfor

[DHCP]andtheotheroptions.

 Afterdoingthis,select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.This

willstoreyoursettingsinmemory.

• Torecallthesettingsfrommemory:

 Afterselecting[PROFILE1]or[PROFILE2]fromthe[PRO-

FILES]list.

 Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

• TostopemittingradiowavesfromtheUSBWirelessLANUnit,

select[DISABLE]fromthe[PROFILES]list.

• Selecting[SIMPLEACCESSPOINT]willallowtheprojectorto

createaninfrastructurenetwork.

 AnSSIDwillbeautomaticallycreated.

 WhentheIPaddressoftheprojectorischanged,itwillauto-

maticallytakeeffectinoneortwominutes.

 Select“ObtainanIPAddressAutomatically”tosettheIPad-

dressofaconnectedcomputer.

 Ittakesafewsecondsforachangeofyourcomputer’sIPad-

dresstocomeintoeffectinWindows7/WindowsVistawhileit

takesoneortwominutesinWindowXP.

 Whenyou connectwithyour computertosaveyourprole

andselect“Automaticallyconnectwhenwithinrange”fromthe

PropertiestabofWirelessNetworkinWindowsforyourselected

prole,yourwirelessLANwillbeaccessedunderthefollowing

conditions:

• atthetimeofturningonthecomputerortheprojector

• whenthenotebooktypeiswithintherangeoftheprojector’s

wirelessLANcanbeachieved.

 DatatransmissionbetweenwirelessLANandwiredLANisnot

possible.

 Whenthe[SIMPLEACCESSPOINT]modeisusedtosend

images,itisrecommendedtoconnecttoonlyonecomputer.

—

143

5. Using On-Screen Menu

• Whenselecting[WPS],thenetworkwillbeconnectedbyusing

settingsstoredautomaticallywiththeWPSfunction.

 Selecting[WPS]willallowtheprojectortoaccessthenetwork

byusingthesettingstheWPSfunctionautomaticallystored.

DHCP PlaceacheckmarktoautomaticallyassignanIPaddresstothe

projectorfromyourDHCPserver.

ClearthischeckboxtoregistertheIPaddressorsubnetmask

numberobtainedfromyournetworkadministrator.

—

IPADDRESS SetyourIPaddressofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector

when[DHCP]isturnedoff.

Upto12numeric

characters

SUBNETMASK Setyoursubnetmasknumberofthenetworkconnectedtothe

projectorwhen[DHCP]isturnedoff.

Upto12numeric

characters

GATEWAY

Setthedefaultgatewayofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector

when[DHCP]isturnedoff.

Upto12numeric

characters

WNSCONFIGURA-

TION

SettheIPaddressofyourWINSserverofthenetworkconnected

totheprojectorwhen[DHCP]isturnedoff.

Upto12numeric

characters

AUTODNS PlaceacheckmarktoautomaticallyassigntheIPaddressofyour

DNSserverconnectedtotheprojectorfromyourDHCPserver.

ClearthischeckboxtosettheIPaddressofyourDNSserver

connectedtotheprojector.

Upto12numeric

characters

DNSCONFIGURA-

TION

SettheIPaddressofyourDNSserveronthenetworkconnected

totheprojectorwhen[AUTODNS]iscleared.

Upto12numeric

characters

ADVANCED*

ThismenuallowsyoutosetvariousitemsforyourwirelessLAN

connection(networktype,security).

—

RECONNECT

Retrytoconnecttheprojectortoanetwork.Trythisifyouhave

changed[PROFILES].

—

*The[ADVANCED]settingscreenisavailablefor[WIRELESSLAN]only.

NOTE:

• Ifyouselect[EASYCONNECTION]from[PROFILES],youcannotmakesettingstoDHCPanditsfollowingitemsexcept[CHAN-

NEL]in[ADVANCED].

AdvancedSettings(settingsonlyrequiredwhenusingaseparatelysoldwirelessLANunit)

(ADVANCEDmenuonly)

144

5. Using On-Screen Menu

SITESURVEY DisplaysalistofavailableSSIDsforwirelessLANonsite.Select

anSSIDwhichyoucanaccess.

ToselectanSSID,highlight[SSID]andusethe▶toselect[OK]

andpresstheENTERbutton.

�� Wireless access point

�� Ad Hoc PC

�� WEP or WPA enabled

—

SECURITY

Thiswillturnonorofftheencryptionmodeforsecuretransmis-

sion.

Touseencryption,specifyaWEPkeyorencryptionkey.Select

yoursecuritytypeappropriateforyourcomputerandthewire-

lessLANunit.

DISABLE �� Will not turn on the encryption feature� Your

communications may be monitored by someone�

WEP(64bit) �� Uses 64-bit datalength for secure transmission�

WEP(128bit) �� Uses128-bitdatalengthforsecuretransmission.

This option will increase privacy and security

when compared to use of 64-bit datalength en-

cryption�

WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK/WPA-EAP/WPA2-EAP

�� These options provide stronger security than

WEP�

NOTE:

• Thesecuritytype,WEPkey,andencryptionkeysettingsmustbethe

sameascommunicationdevicessuchasPCoraccesspointinyour

wireless network.

• Whenyouuse[SECURITY],yourimagetransmissionspeedwillslow

down.

• [WPA-PSK],[WPA-EAP],[WPA2-PSK]and[WPA2-EAP]arenotavail-

ablewhen[ADHOC]isselectedfrom[NETWORKTYPE].

—

SSID

Enteranidentier(SSID)forwirelessLAN.Communicationcan

bedoneonlywithequipmentwhoseSSIDmatchesSSIDforyour

wirelessLAN.

Upto32alphanumeric

characters(case

sensitive).

NETWORKTYPE SelectcommunicationmethodwhenusingwirelessLAN.

INFRASTRUCTURE ��Select this option when communicating with

one or more equipment connected to the wire-

less or wired LAN network via a wireless access

point�

AD HOC ��Select this option when using the wireless LAN

to directly communicate with a computer in

peer-to-peer mode�

—

CHANNEL

Selecta channel.Available channelsvarydepending on the

countryandregion.Whenyouselect[INFRASTRUCTURE],make

surethattheprojectorandyouraccesspointareonthesame

channel;whenyouselect[ADHOC],makesurethattheprojector

andyourcomputerareonthesamechannel.

—

145

5. Using On-Screen Menu

When[WEP(64bit)]or[WEP(128bit)]isselectedfor[SECURITYTYPE]

KEYSELECT SelectsoneWEPkeyfromthefourkeysbelow.

KEY1,KEY2,KEY3,

KEY4

EnteraWEPkey.

•Maximumnumberofcharacters

Option Alphanumeric(ASCII) Hexadecimal(HEX)

WEP64bit 5 10

WEP128bit 13 26

When[WPA-PSK],[WPA-EAP],[WPA2-PSK],or[WPA2-EAP]isselectedfor[SECURITYTYPE]

ENCRYPTIONTYPE Select[TKIP]or[AES].

KEY Enterencryptionkey.Keylengthmustbe8orgreaterand63orless.

146

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[AUTHENTICATION](requiredforwirelessonly)

SettingisrequiredforusingWPA-EAPorWPA2-EAP.

Preparation before setting

SelectawirelessLANcompliantWPA-EAPorWPA2-EAPauthenticationandinstalladigitalcerticateontheprojector.

1. Set[DATEANDTIME]ontheprojector.(→ page 161)

2. Useacomputertosavedigitalcerticates(les)forWPA-EAPorWPA2-EAPsettingtoyourUSBmemory

device.

After completing saving the ﬁle, remove the USB memory device from the computer.

Important:

• TheleformatsofdigitalcerticatethataresupportedbytheprojectorareDERandPKCS#12only.

• Theprojectorcannothandleanydigitalcerticatewhoselesizeexceeds8KB.

• CRL(CerticateRelocationList)isnotsupported.

• Clientcerticatechainisnotsupported.

3. PlugtheUSBmemorydeviceintotheUSBportoftheprojector.

Setting Procedures

1. Select[NETWORKSETTINGS]→[WIRELESSLAN].

2. SetitemssuchasPROFILES,DHCP,IPADDRESS,SUBNETMASKandothersasrequired.

• Select[PROFILE1]or[PROFILE2]for[PROFILES].If[EASYCONNECTION]isselected,WPA-PSK,WPA2-

PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is not available.

3. Select[ADVANCED]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The [ADVANCED] setting screen will be displayed.

147

5. Using On-Screen Menu

4. Select[SITESURVEY]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The“SSID”listwillbedisplayed.

5. SelectaconnectingSSID,andthenselect[OK].

Finally press the ENTER button.

• SelecttheSSIDforwhichWPA-PSKorWPA2-PSKisset.

• Select[INFRASTRUCTURE( )] for [NETWORK TYPE]. WPA-PSK, WPA2-PSK, WPA-EAP, or WPA2-EAP is

not available when [AD HOC ( )] is selected.

6. Selectthe[SECURITY]tab.

 The[SECURITY]pagewillbedisplayed.

7. Selectthe[SECURITYTYPE]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

8. Select[WPA-EAP]or[WPA2-EAP]andpresstheENTERbutton.

9. Selectthe[TKIP/AES]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

.Select[TKIP]or[AES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 Select[TKIP]or[AES]accordingtothesettingforyouraccesspoint.

148

5. Using On-Screen Menu

.Selectthe[AUTHENTICATION]tab.

 The[AUTHENTICATION]pagewillbedisplayed.

Select either [EAP-TLS] or [PEAP-MSCHAPv2] for [EAP TYPE]. The setting items vary depending on the EAP type.

See the table below.

EAPType SettingItem Note

EAP-TLS

UserName 1characterormoreand32charactersor

less

ClientCerticate PKCS#12formatle

CACerticate

(Certicateauthority’scerticate)

DERformatle

PEAP-MSCHAPv2 UserName 1characterormoreand32charactersor

less

Password

1characterormoreand32charactersor

less

CACerticate

(Certicateauthority’scerticate)

DERformatle

①Selecting[EAP-TLS]for[EAPTYPE]:

The following section explains the operation for selecting [EAP-TLS].

For selecting [PEAP-MSCHAPv2], go on to Step 12 on page 150.

12.

Selectthe[USERNAME]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set a user name.

• Ausernamemustbe1characterormoreand32charactersorless.

(→ page 152)

149

5. Using On-Screen Menu

13.

Select[CLIENTCERTIFICATE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

A list of ﬁles (thumbnail screen) will be displayed.

• Foroperatingthethumbnailscreen,see“4.UsingtheViewer”inthe“User’sManual”(PDF).

• Toreturntothe[AUTHENTICATION]page,presstheEXITbutton.

NOTE:

Installing a digital certiﬁcate

Youcaninstalleachdigitalcerticate(clientcerticateandCAcerticate)for[PROFILE1(or2)]onale-by-lebasis.

• InstallarootCAcerticateforaCAcerticate.

• Ifyouinstalladigitalcerticateoveryourexistingdigitalcerticate,theexistingdigitalcerticatewillbeoverwrittenwiththenew

digitalcerticate.

• Onceadigitalcerticatehasbeeninstalled,itsinformationcannotbedeletedevenifyoustopsettingWPA-EAPorWPA2-EAP.

14.

Onthethumbnailscreen,selectadigitalcerticate(PKCS#12formatle)savedinyourUSBmemorydevice

andpresstheENTERbutton.

The password screen will be displayed.

15.

Select[PASSWORD]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set the password of the private key. A password

must be 1 character or more and 32 characters or less.

The selected digital certiﬁcate ﬁle will be installed on the projector.

• WhentherootCAcerticateisnotincludedinthelethatwasselectedinStep14,proceedtoStep16.When

the root certiﬁcation authority certiﬁcate is included, proceed to Step 18.

16.Select[CACERTIFICATE]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

150

5. Using On-Screen Menu

17.

Onthethumbnailscreen,selectadigitalcerticate(DERformatle)savedinyourUSBmemorydevice

andpresstheENTERbutton.

• SelectyourrootCAcerticatehere.

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

18.

Aftercompletingrequiredsettings,select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[WIRELESS]pagewillbereturned.

19.

Select[RECONNECT]andpresstheENTERbutton.

20.

Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

Thiswillcompletesetting[EAP-TLS]for[EAPTYPE]in[WPA-EAP]or[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing the digital certiﬁcate that is installed on the projector

Toclearthedigitalcerticateinstalledontheprojector,followthestepsbelow.

Bydoingthefollowingprocedure,allthedigitalcerticatesforthecurrentlydisplayedprolewillbecleared.

1. Select [CLEAR CERTIFICATES] in the bottom left of the [AD-

VANCED]settingscreenandpresstheENTERbutton.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2. Select[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

• ThePKCS#12formatdigitalcerticateincludingaCAcerticatewillbeinstalledasarootCAcerticate.

②Selecting[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]for[EAPTYPE]:

12.

Fromthe[AUTHENTICATION]page,select[EAPTYPE]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The pull-down list will be displayed.

13.

Select[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]andpresstheENTERbutton.

14.

Select[USERNAME]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set a user name.

• Ausernamemustbe32charactersorless.

(→ page 152)

151

5. Using On-Screen Menu

15.

Aftercompletingsettingausername,selectthe[PASSWORD]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed. Set a password.

• Apasswordmustbe32charactersorless.

16.

Aftercompletingsettingthepassword,select[CACERTIFICATE]eldandpresstheENTERbutton.

The drive list screen will be displayed.

• Foroperatingthethumbnailscreen,see“4.UsingtheViewer”inthe“User’sManual”(PDF).

• Toreturntothe[AUTHENTICATION]page,presstheEXITbutton.

NOTE:

Installing a digital certiﬁcate

Youcaninstalleachdigitalcerticate(clientcerticateandCAcerticate)for[PROFILE1(or2)]onale-by-lebasis.

• InstallarootCAcerticateforaCAcerticate.

• Ifyouinstalladigitalcerticateoveryourexistingdigitalcerticate,theexistingdigitalcerticatewillbeoverwrittenwiththenew

digitalcerticate.

• Onceadigitalcerticatehasbeeninstalled,itsinformationcannotbedeletedevenifyoustopsettingWPA-EAPorWPA2-EAP.

17.

Onthethumbnailscreen,selectadigitalcerticate(DERformatle)savedinyourUSBmemorydevice

andpresstheENTERbutton.

• SelectyourrootCAcerticatehere.

The selected digital certiﬁcate will be installed on the projector.

152

5. Using On-Screen Menu

18.

Aftercompletingrequiredsettings,select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[WIRELESS]pagewillbereturned.

19.

Select[RECONNECT]andpresstheENTERbutton.

20.

Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

Thiswillcompletesetting[PEAP-MSCHAPv2]for[EAPTYPE]in[WPA-EAP]or[WPA2-EAP].

TIP:

Clearing the digital certiﬁcate that is installed on the projector

Toclearthedigitalcerticateinstalledontheprojector,followthestepsbelow.

Bydoingthefollowingprocedure,allthedigitalcerticatesforthecurrentlydisplayedprolewillbecleared.

1. Select [CLEAR CERTIFICATES] in the bottom left of the [AD-

VANCED]settingscreenandpresstheENTERbutton.

A message for conﬁrmation will be displayed.

2. Select[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The digital certiﬁcates will be cleared.

TIP:

EnteringWEPkeys(SwitchingbetweenAlphanumericcharactersandhexadecimal)

Toenterfrom[KEY1]to[KEY4],dothefollowing:

1. Selectoneof[KEY1],[KEY2],[KEY3]and[KEY4]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be displayed.

2. Use the ▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶buttontoselectacharacterandpresstheENTERbutton.

• ToenteraWEPkeyorpassphrase,usealphanumericcharacters(ASCII)orhexadecimal(HEX).ToenteraPSK

key,usealphanumericcharacters(ASCII).

• Pressthe[HEX]buttontochangeto[ASCII]tosetthekeyinASCIIdigit.Youcantogglethisbuttonbetween

[ASCII]and[HEX].

• Enter0x(numeralandalphabetrespectively)rightinfrontofyourkeycode.

• Hexadecimaluses0to9andAtoF.

3. AfterenteringyourWEPkeyorpassphrase,usethe▼, ▲, ◀, or ▶buttontoselect[OK]andpresstheENTER

button.

The character entry screen (software keyboard) will be closed.

153

5. Using On-Screen Menu

WPS

WhenthewirelessLANaccesspointconnectedtotheprojectorsupportsWPS(Wi-FiProtectedSetupTM),youcan

usePINmethodorpushbuttonmethodtosetupthewirelessLANfortheprojector.

PINTYPE Seta4-digitor8digit-PINcodeofWPSforyouraccesspointtocompletesettingforthe

SSIDsecurity.

PUSHBUTTONTYPE Pressthededicatedbuttonoftheaccesspointandtheprojector’swirelessLANunitto

completesettingfortheSSIDsecurity.

NETWORKINFORMATION

Thefollowinginformationwillbedisplayedwhentheprojectorisconnectedtoanetwork(wiredLANorwirelessLAN).

PROJECTORNAME

HOSTNAME

DOMAIN

NETWORKINFOR-

MATION(WIRED

LAN/WIRELESSLAN)

CONNECTIONSTATUS,IPADDRESS,SUBNETMASK,GATEWAY,WINS,DNS,MAC

ADDRESS,SSID,NETWORKTYPE,WEP/WPA,CHANNEL,SIGNALLEVEL,AU-

THENTICATION,AUTHENTICATIONPERIOD

DISPLAYTHEINFOR-

MATIONINAPPLICA-

TIONMENU

Turnonoroffthedisplayofthenetworkinformation.

Themeaningsofthesestatusstatementsaredescribedbelow.

Statement Authenticationstatus

Authenticated Authenticationisdonecorrectly.

Failure Authenticationfailed.

Authenticating… Authenticationisinprocess.

Expired Thedigitalcerticateisexpired.Or[DATE,TIMEPRESET]isnotsetcorrectly.

TimeError The[DATE,TIMEPRESET]hasbeencleared.Setthecorrectdateandtime.

154

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROJECTORNAME(ADVANCEDmenuonly)

PROJECTORNAME Setauniqueprojectorname. Upto16alphanu-

mericcharactersand

symbols

DOMAIN(ADVANCEDmenuonly)

Setahostnameanddomainnameoftheprojector.

HOSTNAME Setahostnameoftheprojector. Upto15alphanumeric

characters

DOMAINNAME Setadomainnameoftheprojector. Upto60alphanumeric

characters

155

5. Using On-Screen Menu

ALERTMAIL(ADVANCEDmenuonly)

ALERTMAIL Thisoptionwillnotifyyourcomputeroflampreplacetimeorerror

messagesviae-mailwhenusingwirelessorwiredLAN.

Placing a checkmark will turn on the Alert Mail feature�

Clearing a checkmark will turn off the Alert Mail feature�

Sample of a message to be sent from the projector:

Thelampandltersareattheendofitsusablelife.Please

replacethelampandlters.

ProjectorName:NECProjector

Lamp1HoursUsed:xxxx[H]

Lamp2HoursUsed:xxxx[H]

—

HOSTNAME Typeinahostname. Upto15alphanumeric

characters

DOMAINNAME Typeinadomainnameofthenetworkconnectedtotheprojector. Upto60alphanumeric

characters

SENDER'SAD-

DRESS

Specifythesender’saddress. Upto60alphanu-

mericcharactersand

symbols

SMTPSERVER

NAME

TypeintheSMTPservernametobeconnectedtotheprojector. Upto60alphanumeric

characters

RECIPIENT'SAD-

DRESS1,2,3

Typeinyourrecipient’saddress. Upto60alphanu-

mericcharactersand

symbols

TESTMAIL Sendatestmailtocheckifyoursettingsarecorrect.

NOTE:

• Ifyouenteredanincorrectaddressinatest,youmaynotreceivean

Alert mail. Should this happen,check ifthe Recipient’s Address is

correctly set.

• Unless any one of the [SENDER'S ADDRESS], [SMTP SERVER'S

NAME]or[RECIPIENT'SADDRESS1-3]isselected,[TESTMAIL]is

notavailable.

• Besuretohighlight[OK]andpresstheENTERbuttonbeforeexecuting

[TESTMAIL].

—

156

5. Using On-Screen Menu

NETWORKSERVICE(ADVANCEDmenuonly)

HTTPSERVER SetapasswordforyourHTTPserver. Upto10alphanumeric

characters

PJLink

Thisoptionallowsyoutoset a passwordwhen youuse the

PJLinkfeature.

NOTE:

• Donotforgetyourpassword.However,ifyouforgetyourpassword,

consult with your dealer.

• WhatisPJLink?

 PJLinkisastandardizationofprotocolusedforcontrollingprojectors

of different manufacturers. This standard protocol is established by

JapanBusinessMachineandInformationSystemIndustriesAssocia-

tion(JBMIA)in2005.

 TheprojectorsupportsallthecommandsofPJLinkClass1.

• SettingofPJLinkwillnotbeaffectedevenwhen[RESET]isdonefrom

the menu.

Upto32alphanumeric

characters

AMX

TurnonorofffordetectionfromAMXDeviceDiscoverywhen

connectingtothenetworksupportedbyAMX’sNetLinxcontrol

system.

TIP:

WhenusingadevicethatsupportsAMXDeviceDiscovery,allAMXNetLinx

controlsystemwillrecognizethedeviceanddownloadtheappropriate

DeviceDiscoveryModulefromanAMXserver.

Placing a checkmark will enable detecting the projector from AMX Device

Discovery�

Clearing a checkmark will disable detecting the projector from AMX

Device Discovery�

—

157

5. Using On-Screen Menu

TOOLS

ADMINISTRATOR MODE

ThisallowsyoutoselectMENUMODE,savesettings,andsetapasswordfortheadministratormode.

MENUMODE Selecteither[BASIC]or[ADVANCED]menu.

(→page101)

—

NOTSAVESETTING

VALUES

Placing a check mark will not save your projector settings�

Clear this check box to save your projector settings�

—

NEWPASSWORD/

CONFIRMPASS-

WORD

Assignapasswordfortheadministratormode. Upto10alphanumeric

characters

NOTE:

When[LAST]isselectedfor[DEFAULTSOURCESELECT],placingacheckmarkfor[NOTSAVESETTINGVALUES]willforcibly

selectNETWORKforsourceateverypower-ontime.

Toavoidthis,select[AUTO]for[DEFAULTSOURCESELECT]beforeplacingacheckmarkfor[NOTSAVESETTINGVALUES].

TIP:

ToreturntotheADVANCEDmenufromtheBASICmenu,dothefollowing:

1. UsetheSOURCEbuttononthecabinetorpresstheNETWORKbuttonontheremotecontroltoselect

[NETWORK]todisplaytheAPPLICATIONMENU.

2. Select[TOOLS]→[ADMINISTRATORMODE]→[MENUMODE]→[ADVANCEDMODE].

158

5. Using On-Screen Menu

PROGRAM TIMER

Thisoptionturnson/offtheprojectorandchangesvideosignals,andselectsECOmodeautomaticallyataspeciedtime.

NOTE:

• Beforeusing[PROGRAMTIMER],makesurethatthe[DATEANDTIME]featureisset.(→ page 161)

• MakesurethattheprojectorisinthestandbyconditionwiththePOWERcordconnected.

• Theprojectorhasabuilt-inclock.Theclockwillkeepworkingforabouttwoweeksafterthemainpoweristurnedoff.Ifthemain

powerisnotsuppliedtotheprojectorfortwoweeksormore,thebuilt-inclockstopsworking.

• When[PROGRAMTIMER]isenabled,the[STANDBYMODE]settingbecomesinvalid.

 Thismeansthattheprojectorisinthesameconditionwhenthe[NORMAL]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE].

Setting a new program timer

1. OnthePROGRAMTIMERscreen,usethe▲ or ▼buttontoselect[SETTINGS]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[PROGRAMLIST]screenwillbedisplayed.

2. SelectablankprogramnumberandpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[EDIT]screenwillbedisplayed.

3. Makesettingsforeachitemasrequired.

ACTIVE �� Place a check mark to enable the program�

DAY �� Select days of the week for the program timer� To execute the program from Monday to Friday, select [MON-

FRI]�To execute the program in everyday basis, select [EVERYDAY]�

TIME �� Set the time to execute the program� Enter time in 24-hour format�

FUNCTION �� Select a function to be executed� Selecting [POWER] will allow you to turn on or off the projector by setting

159

5. Using On-Screen Menu

[ADVANCED SETTINGS]� Selecting [SOURCE] will allow you to select a video source by setting [ADVANCED

SETTINGS]� Selecting [ECO MODE] will allow you to select [ECO MODE] by setting [ADVANCED SETTINGS]�

ADVANCED SETTINGS

�� Select power on/off, a type of video source, or ECO MODE for the selected item in [FUNCTION]�

REPEAT �� Place a check mark to repeat the program continuing basis� To use the program this week only, clear the

check mark�

4. Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

This will complete the settings.

 Youwillbereturnedtothe[PROGRAMLIST]screen.

5. Select[BACK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 Youwillbereturnedtothe[PROGRAMTIMER]screen.

6. Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

You will be returned to the [TOOLS] screen.

NOTE:

• Upto30differenttimersettingscanbeprogrammed.

• When[PROGRAMTIMER]isturnedon,the[STANDBYMODE]settingisignored.

• TheProgramTimerisexecutedonasettimebasis,notinaprogrambasis.

• Oncetheprogramnotmarkedwithacheckin[REPEAT]hasbeenexecuted,thecheckmarkinthe[ACTIVE]checkboxwillbe

cleared automatically and the program will be disabled.

• Whentheon-timeandtheoff-timesetforthesametime,theoff-timesettingwilltakepreference.

• Twodifferentsourcesaresetforthesametime,thelargerprogramnumberwilltakepreference.

• Theon-timesettingwillnotbeexecutedwhilethecoolingfansarerunningoranerrorisoccurring.

• Iftheoff-timesettingisexpiredundertheconditioninwhichthepoweroffisnotpossible,theoff-timersettingwillnotbeexecuted

until the power off becomes possible.

• Programsnotmarkedwithacheckmarkin[ACTIVE]ofthe[EDIT]screenwillnotbeexecutedeveniftheProgramTimeris

enabled.

• Whentheprojectoristurnedonbyusingtheprogramtimerandifyouwanttoturnofftheprojector,settheoff-timeordoit

manuallysoasnottoleavetheprojectoronforalongperiodoftime.

160

5. Using On-Screen Menu

Activating the program timer

1. Select[ENABLE]onthe[PROGRAMTIMER]screenandpresstheENTERbutton.

The [ENABLE] will be activated.

2. Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

 The[PROGRAMTIMER]screenwillbechangedtothe[TOOL]screen.

NOTE:

• Clearing[ENABLE]willdisabletheProgramTimerevenwhenaprogramismarkedwithacheckmarkon[PROGRAMLIST]screen.

• When[ENABLE]isselected,the[PROGRAMLIST]cannotbeedited.Toedittheprograms,select[ENABLE]toturnofftheProgram

Timer.

Changing the programmed settings

1. Onthe[PROGRAMLIST]screen,selectaprogramyouwanttoeditandpresstheENTERbutton.

2. Changethesettingsonthe[EDIT]screen.

3. Select[OK]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The programmed settings will be changed.

 Youwillbereturnedtothe[PROGRAMLIST]screen.

Changing the order of programs

1. Onthe[PROGRAMLIST]screen,selectaprogramwhoseorderyouwanttochangeandpressthe▶ button.

2. Press the ▼ button to select ▲ or ▼.

3. PresstheENTERbuttonafewtimestoselectarowtowhichyouwishtomovetheprogram.

The order of the programs will be changed.

Deleting the programs

1. Onthe[PROGRAMLIST]screen,selectaprogramnumberyouwanttodeleteandpressthe▶ button.

2. Press the ▼buttontoselect[DELETE].

3. PresstheENTERbutton.

The conﬁrmation screen will be displayed.

4. Select[YES]andpresstheENTERbutton.

The program will be deleted.

This will complete deleting the program.

161

5. Using On-Screen Menu

DATE AND TIME

Youcansetthecurrenttime,month,date,andyear.

NOTE:Theprojectorhasabuilt-inclock.Theclockwillkeepworkingforabout2weeksafterthemainpoweristurnedoff.Ifthe

mainpowerisofffor2weeksormore,thebuilt-inclockwillcease.Ifthebuilt-inclockceases,setthedateandtimeagain.The

built-inclockwillnotceasewhileinthestandbymode.

TIMEZONESETTINGS �� Select your time zone�

DATE AND TIME SETTINGS �� Set your current date (MM/DD/YYYY) and time (HH:MM)�

INTERNET TIME SERVER �� If you place a check mark, the projector’s built-in clock will be synchronized with an Internet

time server in every 24 hours and at the time of projector’s startup�

UPDATE �� Synchronizes the projector’s built-in clock immediately� The UPDATE button is not available

unless the INTERNET TIME SERVER check box is turned on�

SUMMER TIME SETTINGS �� If you place a check mark, the clock for daylight saving will be enabled�

MOUSE

ThisoptionletsyoutochangeyourUSBmousesettings.ThemousesettingsfeatureisavailableforUSBmouseonly.

Choosethesettingsyouwant:

MOUSE BUTTON �� [RIGHT HAND] or [LEFT HAND]

MOUSE SENSITIVITY

�� [FAST], [MEDIUM] or [SLOW]

162

6. Connecting to Other Equipment

❶ Mounting a lens (sold separately)

Optionalbayonetstylelensescanbeusedwiththisprojector.ThedescriptionsherearefortheNP18ZL(1.3xzoom)

lensonthePX750U2.Mountotherlensesinthesamemanner.

Important:

• Besuretoperform[CALIBRATE]afterreplacementofthelens.(→page125)

NOTE:

• Theprojectorandlensesaremadeofprecisionparts.Donotsubjectthemtoshockorexcessiveforces.

• Removetheseparatelysoldlenswhenmovingtheprojector.Ifnot,thelenscouldbesubjecttoshockwhiletheprojectorisbeing

moved,damagingthelensandthelensshiftmechanism.

• Turnoffthepowerandwaitforthecoolingfantostopandturnoffthemainpowerswitchbeforemountingorremovingthelens.

• Whendismountingthelensfromtheprojector,returnthelenspositiontothehomepositionbeforeturningoffthepower.Failure

todosomaypreventthelensfrombeingmountedordismountedbecauseofnarrowspacebetweentheprojectorandthelens.

• Nevertouchthelenssurfacewhiletheprojectorisoperating.

• Beverycarefulnottoletdirt,grease,etc.,onthelenssurfaceandnottoscratchthelenssurface.

• Performtheseoperationsonaatsurfaceoverapieceofcloth,etc.,topreventthelensfromgettingscratched.

• Whenleavingthelensofftheprojectorforlongperiodsoftime,mountthedustcapontheprojectortopreventdustordirtfrom

getting inside.

• Ifyouhavemultipleprojectors,becarefulofthefollowing:

 Thefollowinglensesdesignedexclusivelyforthisprojectorcannotmountedontoanotherprojector.

- PX750U2:NP16FL/NP17ZL/NP18ZL/NP19ZL/NP20ZL/NP21ZL/NP31ZL

- PX700W2/PX800X2:NP06FL/NP07ZL/NP08ZL/NP09ZL/NP10ZL/NP31ZL

Mounting the lens

1. Removethedustcapfromtheprojector.

2. Removethelenscaponthebackofthelens.

• ThelensNP18ZLisusedasanexample.

3. WhilepressingtheLENSbuttonontheprojector'sfront

panelfullyin,insertthelensontotheprojectorwiththe

arrowmarkinthelabelonthelensfacingupwards.

 Insertthelensslowlyallthewayin,keepingthepositioning

slit at the same angle.

Arrow mark

163

6. Installation and Connections

4. ReleasetheLENSbuttonandthen,turn.

Turn until a click is heard.

The lens is now fastened onto the projector.

TIP:Mountingthelenstheftpreventionscrew

Fastenthelenstheftpreventionscrewincludedwiththeprojectorto

thebottomoftheprojectorsothatthelenscannotberemovedeasily.

Removing the lens

Before removing the lens:

1. Turnontheprojectoranddisplayanimage.(→ page 17)

2. PressandholdtheSHUTTER/HOMEPOSITIONbuttonfor2seconds.

The lens position will be moved to the home position.

3. Turnofftheprojector,turnoffthemainpowerswitch,andthenunplugthepowercord.

4. Waituntiltheprojectorcabinetiscoolenoughtohandle.

1. WhilepressingtheLENSbuttonontheprojector’sfront

panelfullyin,turnthelenscounterclockwise.

The lens comes off.

NOTE:IfthelenscannotberemovedwhentheLENSbuttonispressed,

checkwhetherthelenstheftpreventionscrewismounted.

2. Afterslowlypullingthelensofftheprojector,releasethe

LENSbutton.

- After removing the lens, mount the lens caps (front and

back) included with the lens before storing the lens.

- Ifnolensisgoingtobemountedontheprojector,mount

the dust cap included with the projector.

164

6. Installation and Connections

COMPUTER 2 IN

COMPUTER 3 IN

COMPUTER 1 IN

Computercable(VGA)(supplied)

To mini D-Sub 15-pin connector

ontheprojector.Itisrecommend-

ed that you use a commercially

available distribution ampliﬁer if

connecting a signal cable longer

than the cable supplied.

NOTE:ForMacintosh,useacommerciallyavailablepinadapter(not

supplied)toconnecttoyourMac’svideoport.

RGB-to-BNCcable(not

supplied)

❷ Making Connections

Theprojectorcanbeconnectedtoacomputerusingthecomputercable,a5xBNCcable,HDMIcableorDisplayPort

cable.

Preparecommerciallyavailablecablesforconnection.

Analog RGB signal connection

• Connectthecomputercablebetweenthecomputer’sdisplayoutputconnector(miniD-Sub15-pin)andtheprojec-

tor’sComputer1orComputer2videoinputconnector.

• Whenconnectingthecomputer’sdisplayoutputconnector(miniD-Sub15-pin)andtheprojector’sComputer3

videoinputconnector,useaBNCcable(5-core)→miniD-Sub15-pinconvertercable.

• Tooutputaudiofromthecomputer,usecommerciallyavailableaudiosystem.

• Selectthesourcenameforitsappropriateinputconnectorafterturningontheprojector.

Inputconnector

SOURCEbuttonontheprojector

cabinet

Buttonontheremotecontrol

COMPUTER1IN COMPUTER1 COMPUTER1

COMPUTER2IN COMPUTER2 COMPUTER2

COMPUTER3IN

COMPUTER3

COMPUTER3

165

6. Installation and Connections

DisplayPort IN

HDMI IN

Digital RGB signal connection

• ConnectacommerciallyavailableHDMIcablebetweenthecomputer’sHDMIoutputconnectorandtheprojector’s

HDMIinputconnector.

• ConnectacommerciallyavailableDisplayPortcablebetweenthecomputer’sDisplayPortoutputconnectorand

theprojector’sDisplayPortinputconnector.

• Selectthesourcenameforitsappropriateinputconnectorafterturningontheprojector.

Inputconnector

SOURCEbuttonontheprojector

cabinet

Buttonontheremotecontrol

HDMIIN HDMI HDMI

DisplayPortIN DisplayPort DisplayPort

NOTE:

• Turnoffthepowerofthecomputerandprojectorbeforeconnecting.

• ThisprojectordoesnotsupportNECvideounit(modelISS-6020)videodecodedoutputs.

• Whenavideodeckisconnectedviaascanconverter,etc.,thedisplaymaynotbecorrectduringfast-forwardingandrewinding.

TIP

• TheComputer1andComputer2videoinputconnectorssupportWindowsPlugandPlay.TheComputer3videoinputconnector

doesnotsupportWindowsPlugandPlay.

• AMacintoshsignaladapter(commerciallyavailable)mayberequiredtoconnectaMacintoshcomputer.

 ToconnectaMacintoshcomputerequippedwithaMiniDisplayPorttotheprojector,useacommerciallyavailableMiniDisplayPort

→DisplayPortconvertercable.

HDMIcable(notsupplied)

DisplayPort cable (not supplied)

166

6. Installation and Connections

Cautions when connecting an HDMI cable

• UseacertiedHighSpeedHDMI

CableorHighSpeedHDMI

CablewithEthernet.

CautionswhenconnectingaDisplayPortcable

• UseacertiedDisplayPortcable.

• Dependingonthecomputer,sometimemayberequireduntiltheimageisdisplayed.

• SomeDisplayPortcables(commerciallyavailable)havelocks.

• Todisconnectthecable,pressthebuttononthetopofthecable’sconnector,thenpullthecableout.

• NopowerissuppliedfromtheDisplayPortinputconnectortotheconnecteddevice.

• WhensignalsfromadevicethatusesasignalconverteradapterareconnectedtotheDisplayPortinputconnector,

insomecasestheimagemaynotbedisplayed.

• WhentheHDMIoutputofacomputerisconnectedtotheDisplayPortinputconnector,useaconverter(commer-

ciallyavailable).

CautionswhenusingaDVIsignal

• WhenthecomputerhasaDVIoutputconnector,useacommerciallyavailableconvertercabletoconnectthe

computertotheprojector’sHDMIinputconnector(onlydigitalvideosignalscanbeinput).

 Toconnectthecomputer’sDVIoutputconnectortotheprojector’sDisplayPortinputconnector,useacommercially

availableconverter.

HDMI IN

NOTE:WhenViewingaDVIDigitalSignal

• UseaDVI-to-HDMIcablecompliantwithDDWG(DigitalDisplayWorkingGroup)DVI(DigitalVisualInterface)revision1.0stan-

dard.Thecableshouldbewithin197"/5mlong.

• TurnofftheprojectorandthePCbeforeconnectingtheDVI-to-HDMIcable.

• ToprojectaDVIdigitalsignal:Connectthecables,turntheprojectoron,thenselecttheHDMIinput.Finally,turnonyourPC.

 Failuretodosomaynotactivatethedigitaloutputofthegraphicscardresultinginnopicturebeingdisplayed.Shouldthishappen,

restartyourPC.

• SomegraphicscardshavebothanalogRGB(15-pinD-Sub)andDVI(orDFP)outputs.Useofthe15-pinD-Subconnectormay

result in no picture being displayed from the digital output of the graphics card.

• DonotdisconnecttheDVI-to-HDMIcablewhiletheprojectorisrunning.Ifthesignalcablehasbeendisconnectedandthen

reconnected,animagemaynotbecorrectlydisplayed.Shouldthishappen,restartyourPC.

167

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting an External Monitor

Youcanconnectaseparate,externalmonitortoyourprojectortosimultaneouslyviewonamonitorthecomputer

analogimageyou’reprojecting.

NOTE:

• Daisychainconnectionisnotpossible.

• ThesignalonlyfromtheCOMPUTER1INconnectorwillbeoutputtotheMONITOROUT(COMP1)connector.

• When[POWER-SAVING]or[NORMAL2]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]withintheon-screenmenu,thesignalwillnotbeoutput

totheMONITOROUT(COMP1)connectorinstandby.

• WhenthesignalfromtheCOMPUTER3INconnectorsisprojected,novideosignalwillbeoutputtotheMONITOROUT(COMP1)

connector.

Computercable(VGA)

(supplied)

Computercable(VGA)

(not supplied)

168

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Your DVD Player or Other AV Equipment

ConnectingVideo/S-VideoInput

• Selectthesourcenameforitsappropriateinputconnectorafterturningontheprojector.

Inputconnector

SOURCEbuttonontheprojector

cabinet

Buttonontheremotecontrol

VIDEOIN

VIDEO

VIDEO

S-VIDEOIN

S-VIDEO

S-VIDEO

NOTE:RefertoyourVCRowner’smanualformoreinformationaboutyourequipment’svideooutputrequirements.

NOTE:

• AnimagemaynotbedisplayedcorrectlywhenaVideoorS-Videosourceisplayedbackinfast-forwardorfast-rewindviaascan

converter.

• Videosignalscanbeprojectedwhenavideocable(commerciallyavailable)isconnectedtotheComputer3videoinputconnec-

tor’sG/Yconnector.

 Inthiscase,settheon-screenmenu’sSETUP→OPTION(1)→SIGNALSELECT(COMP3)to[VIDEO]andselectComputer3for

the input selection.

Video cable (not supplied)

BNC (male) to RCA (female)

adapter (not supplied)

S-Video cable (not supplied)

Audio equipment

Audio cable (not supplied)

169

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting Component Input

• Selectthesourcenameforitsappropriateinputconnectorafterturningontheprojector.

Inputconnector

SOURCEbuttonontheprojector

cabinet

Buttonontheremotecontrol

COMPUTER1IN COMPUTER1 COMPUTER1

COMPUTER2IN COMPUTER2 COMPUTER2

COMPUTER3IN

COMPUTER3

COMPUTER3

NOTE:

• Normallythecomputersignalandcomponentsignalareidentiedandswitchedautomatically.Ifthesignalcannotbeidentied,

however,selectthesignalat[ADJUST]→[VIDEO]→[SIGNALTYPE]ontheprojector’son-screenmenu.Select“COMPUTER”

or“VIDEO”fortheComputer3videoinputconnectorat[SETUP]→[OPTION(1)]→[SIGNALSELECT(COMP3)](→ page 129).

• ToconnecttoavideodevicewithaDconnector,usethesoldseparatelyDconnectorconverteradapter(modelADP-DT1E).

15-pin - to - RCA (female) × 3 cable adapter

(ADP-CV1E)

BNC (male) to RCA (female)

adapter (not supplied)

Component video RCA × 3 cable (not supplied)

DVD player

Audio Equipment

170

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting HDMI Input

YoucanconnecttheHDMIoutputofyourDVDplayer,harddiskplayer,Blu-rayplayer,ornotebooktypePCtothe

HDMIINconnectorofyourprojector.

NOTE:TheHDMIINconnectorsupportsPlug&Play(DDC2B).

Audio cable (not supplied)

HDMIcable(notsupplied)

UseHighSpeedHDMI

Cable.

Inputconnector

SOURCEbuttonontheprojector

cabinet

Buttonontheremotecontrol

HDMIIN HDMI HDMI

TIP:ForusersofaudiovideoequipmentwithanHDMIconnector:

Select“Enhanced”ratherthan“Normal”ifHDMIoutputisswitchablebetween“Enhanced”and“Normal”.

Thiswillprovideimprovedimagecontrastandmoredetaileddarkareas.

Formoreinformationonsettings,refertotheinstructionmanualoftheaudiovideoequipmenttobeconnected.

• WhenconnectingtheHDMIINconnectoroftheprojectortotheDVDplayer,theprojector’svideolevelcanbe

madesettingsinaccordancewiththeDVDplayer’svideolevel.Inthemenuselect[ADJUST]→[VIDEO]→[VIDEO

LEVEL]andmakenecessarysettings.

171

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wired LAN

TheprojectorcomesstandardwithaLANport(RJ-45)whichprovidesaLANconnectionusingaLANcable.

TouseaLANconnection,youarerequiredtosettheLANontheprojectormenu.Select[APPLICATIONMENU]→

[NETWORKSETTINGS]→[WIREDLAN].(→page142).

Example of LAN connection

ExampleofwiredLANconnection

Server

Hub

LAN cable (not supplied)

NOTE:UseaCategory5orhigherLANcable.

172

6. Installation and Connections

Connecting to a Wireless LAN (sold separately)

TheseparatelysoldwirelessLANunitallowsyoutouseawirelessLANenvironment.Whenusingtheprojectorina

wirelessLANenvironment,theIPaddressandothersettingsmustbemadeontheprojector.

Important:

• IfyouusetheprojectorwiththeUSBWirelessLANUnitintheareawheretheuseofwirelessLANequipmentis

prohibited,removetheUSBWirelessLANUnitfromtheprojector.

• BuytheappropriateUSBWirelessLANUnitforyourcountryorarea.

NOTE:

• ThegreenLEDontheUSBWirelessLANUnitashestoshowthattheUSBWirelessLANUnitisworking.

• Yourcomputer’swirelessLANadapter(orunit)mustbecompliedwithWi-Fi(IEEE802.11b/g/n)standard.

Flow of Setting Wireless LAN

Step 1: AttachtheUSBWirelessLANUnittotheprojector.(→ page 173)

Step 2: Display[NETWORKSETTINGS]from[APPLICATIONMENU].(→ page 141)

Step 3: Select[NETWORKSETTINGS]→[WIRELESSLAN]→[PROFILES]andset[EASYCONNECTION],

[PROFILE1],or[PROFILE2].(→ page 142)

TIP:

AccesstheHTTPserverfunctiontoset[NETWORKSETTINGS]→[SETTINGS]→[WIRELESS]→[EASYCONNECTION],[PRO-

FILE1],[PROFILE2].

Mounting a wireless LAN unit

NOTE:

• ThewirelessLANunithasafrontandabackandmustbemountedinthewirelessLANportinaspecicdirection.Theportis

designed so that the unit cannot be mounted in the opposite direction, but trying to push it in by force could damage the wireless

LANunitport.

• Topreventdamageduetostaticelectricity,touchanearbymetalobject(adoorknob,aluminumsash,etc.)beforetouchingthe

wirelessLANunittoeliminatethestaticelectricityfromyourbody.

• TurnoffthemainpowerbeforemountingandremovingthewirelessLANunit.

 MountingandremovingthewirelessLANunitwhiletheprojector’spowerisoncoulddamagethewirelessLANunitorresultin

malfunctionontheprojector.Iftheprojectorshouldmalfunction,turnofftheprojector’spower,turnoffthemainpowerswitch,

and unplug the power cord, then plug the power cord back in.

• DonotconnectanyUSBdeviceotherthanthewirelessLANunittotheUSB(LAN)port.Also,donotconnectthewirelessLAN

unittotheUSBportintheconnectorsection.

173

6. Installation and Connections

1. Press the button to set the projector to the standby mode, then

turnoffthemainpowerswitch.

2. Remove the plate (port cover).

Loosen the screw security port cover.

• Thescrewisnotremovable.

3. SlowlyinsertthewirelessLANunitintotheUSB(LAN)port.

- Remove the wireless LAN unit’s cap, set the unit with the front (the

side with the indicator) facing upwards, hold the back edge and

insert the unit gently.

Next, press the wireless LAN unit in with a ﬁnger.

- The cap you have removed will be used when the wireless LAN unit

is removed, so store it in a safe place.

NOTE:IfthewirelessLANunitishardtoinsert,donotpushitinbyforce.

4. Attachtheanti-theftcapforwirelessLANunit.

Use the screw you removed at Step 2 to secure the anti-theft cap.

Plate

174

6. Installation and Connections

To remove the wireless LAN unit

1. Press the button to set the projector to the standby mode, then

turnoffthemainpowerswitch.

2. Removetheanti-theftcap.

Loosen the screw and remove the anti-theft cap for the Wireless LAN

Unit.

3. PullouttheWirelessLANUnitfromtheUSB(LAN)port.

175

6. Installation and Connections

ExampleofwirelessLANconnection

(NetworkType→Infrastructure)

(→page144)

PC with wireless LAN card

inserted

PC with built-in wireless LAN

function

Wired LAN

Wireless access point

USB Wireless LAN Unit

Toenabledirectcommunication(i.e.,peer-to-peer)betweencomputersandprojectors,youneedtoselecttheAd

Hocmode.(→page144)

PC with wireless LAN card

inserted

PC with built-in wireless LAN

function

ExampleofwirelessLANconnection(NetworkType→AdHoc)

USB Wireless LAN Unit

176

6. Installation and Connections

Stacking projectors

Theprojectedimagebrightnesscanbedoubledbygravitystackinguptotwoprojectorswithoutexternalsupport.This

iscalled“StackingProjection”.

CAUTION:

Aminimumoftwopersonsarerequiredtocarrytheprojector.Otherwisetheprojectormaytumbleordrop,causing

personalinjury.

NOTE:

• Projectorswithdifferentmodelnumberscannotbegravitystacked.

Optional lenses with the same model numbers must be used for stacking projection.

• Forstackingprojectors,attachthesuppliedthreestackingholderstothetopofthelowerprojector.(→ next page)

• Thestackingprojectiondoesnotsupportaccuracyforoverlayingtwoimagesperfectlysothatsmalltextanddetailedgraphics

can be clearly read or seen.

• Useacommerciallyavailabledistributionampliertoboththeprimary(upper)andthesecondary(lower)projectorstodistribute

signal to two outputs of the two projectors.

• Notesforstacking

- Askyourservicepersonforsettingupandadjustingprojectors.

- Setuptheprojectorsinaplaceorstructureinawaywithsufcientstrengthtosupportthecombinedweightofthetwoprojec-

tors.Thesingleprojectorwithalensweighsuptoapproximately21kg/47lbs.

- Topreventtheprojectorsfromfalling,fastentheminawaytowithstandearthquakes.

- Doublestackingwillcauseroomtemperaturetoincrease.Ventilatetheroomwell.

- Donotattempttostackprojectorsontheceiling.Gravitystackingcannotbedoneontheceiling.

- Warmuptheprojectorsforonehourbeforethedesiredprojectionisobtained.

- Makesurethatthepositionoftheupperprojectordoesnotexceeditsspecications.Whensettingupthetwoprojectors,

adjustable height range for the tilt feet on the upper projector is added to the total adjustable range.

- Setuptheprojectorssothattheprojectedimageshowsaslittlegeometricdistortionsaspossible.Thelensisdifferentin

geometricdistortionbetweenwide(+)andtele(−)forzoom.

- Adjustthehorizontallensshifttothelenscenter.

177

6. Installation and Connections

AttachingStackingHolders

Attachthreestackingholderstothreelocationsonthetopofthelowerprojector.

Preparation:

ToolsrequiredarePhillipsscrewdriver(plus-head)andthreestackingholderspackagedwiththeprojector.

Loosenthetiltfeet(threelocations)oftheprojector.

1. Remove rubber caps and screws at three locations.

(1) Use your tweezers or nail to pinch and pull up the rubber cap.

(2) Remove the screw from a square hole.

(1) (2)

2. Attach the three stacking holders at three locations.

(1) Place a stacking holder in a square hole.

(2) Use the screw removed at Step 1 to ﬁx the stacking holder in the square hole.

(3) Put the rubber cap removed at Step 1 back into the square hole.

 • Snapthetabsonbothoftherubbercapintotheslitsonbothsidesinthesquarehole.

(1) (2) (3)

178

6. Installation and Connections

3. Put another projector on the ﬁrst projector.

Put each tilt foot of the upper projector on the stacking holders (three locations).

• Eachtiltfoothasarubber.Placeeachtiltfootrubberonstackingholders(threelocations).

Foot rubber

TIP:

• Toremovethestackingholders,performtheabovestepsinreverseorder.

179

Thissectiondescribesthesimplemaintenanceproceduresyoushouldfollowtocleanthelters,thelens,thecabinet,

andtoreplacethelampandthelters.

❶ Cleaning the Filters

Theair-lterspongekeepsdustanddirtfromgettinginsidetheprojectorandshouldbefrequentlycleaned.Ifthelter

isdirtyorclogged,yourprojectormayoverheat.

NOTE:Themessageforltercleaningwillbedisplayedforoneminuteaftertheprojectoristurnedonoroff.Whenthemessageis

displayed,cleanthelters.Thetimetocleantheltersissetto[OFF]attimeofshipment.(→ page 122)

To cancel the message, press any button on the projector cabinet or the remote control.

CAUTION

• Beforecleaningthelters,turnofftheprojector,disconnectthepowercordandthenallowthecabinettocool.

Failuretodosocanresultinelectricshockorburninjuries.

Preparation:Beforecleaningthelters,useavacuumcleanertocleantheventilations(inlet).

Therearetwoltersonthefront(frontlter)andleftside(sidelter).

Whenreplacingthelters,buytheoptionallterNP02FTinadvance.

Filter cover

Inlet

(The small ﬁlter is inside)

Filter cover

Inlet

(The large ﬁlter is inside.)

1. Push the positions shown (2 locations) to release the ﬁlter cover and remove it.

Filter cover

Buttons

2. Remove the two ﬁlters by pulling out.

Filter unit

7. Maintenance

180

7. Maintenance

3. Use a vacuum cleaner to vacuum all the dust inside.

 Getridofdustintheaccordionlter

NOTE:

• Wheneveryouvacuumthelter,usethesoftbrushattachmenttovacuum.Thisistoavoiddamagetothelter.

• Donotwashthelterwithwater.Doingsocanresultinlterclogging.

4. Put the ﬁlters back into place

The ﬁlter cannot be inserted from the outside.

 Insertthelterwith“↓AIRFLOW↓” facing the projector.

5. Put the ﬁlter cover back to the projector cabinet.

 Insertthecatchesonthetopandbottomoftheltercoverintothegroovesintheprojector,thenpressthetopand

bottom buttons to close.

• Pushtheltercoveruntilitclicksintoplace.

ButtonsCatches

6. Clearthelterusagehours:

Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, turn on the main power switch, and then turn on the projector.

From the menu, select [RESET] →[CLEARFILTERHOURS].andresetthelterusagehours.(→ page 138)

181

7. Maintenance

❷ Cleaning the Lens

• Turnofftheprojectorbeforecleaning.

• Useablowerorlenspapertocleanthelens,andbecarefulnottoscratchormarthelens.

❸ Cleaning the Cabinet

Turnofftheprojector,andunplugtheprojectorbeforecleaning.

• Useadrysoftclothtowipedustoffthecabinet.

 Ifheavilysoiled,useamilddetergent.

• Neverusestrongdetergentsorsolventssuchasalcoholorthinner.

• Whencleaningtheventilationslitsorthespeakerusingavacuumcleaner,donotforcethebrushofthevacuum

cleanerintotheslitsofthecabinet.

Vacuum the dust off the ventilation slits.

• Cloggedventilationslitsmaycauseariseintheinternaltemperatureoftheprojector,resultinginmalfunction.

• Donotscratchorhitthecabinetwithyourngersoranyhardobjects

• Contactyourdealerforcleaningtheinsideoftheprojector.

NOTE:Donotapplyvolatileagentsuchasinsecticideonthecabinet,thelens,orthescreen.Donotleavearubberorvinylproduct

inprolongedcontactwithit.Otherwisethesurfacenishwillbedeterioratedorthecoatingmaybestrippedoff.

182

7. Maintenance

❹ Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

Whenthelampreachestheendofitslife,theLAMPindicatorinthecabinetwillblinkredandthemessage“THELAMP

HASREACHEDTHEENDOFITSUSABLELIFE.PLEASEREPLACETHELAMP1(OR2).USETHESPECIFIED

LAMPFORSAFETYANDPERFORMANCE.”willappear(*).Eventhoughthelampmaystillbeworking,replacethe

lamptomaintaintheoptimalprojectorperformance.Afterreplacingthelamp,besuretoclearthelamphourmeter.

(→page137)

CAUTION

• DONOTTOUCHTHELAMPimmediatelyafterithasbeenused.Itwillbeextremelyhot.Turntheprojectoroff

andthendisconnectthepowercord.Allowatleastonehourforthelamptocoolbeforehandling.

• Usethespeciedlampforsafetyandperformance.

• DONOTREMOVEANYSCREWSexcepttwo(2)lampcoverscrewandthree(3)lamphousingscrews.Youcould

receiveanelectricshock.

• Donotbreaktheglassonthelamphousing.

 Keepngerprintsofftheglasssurfaceonthelamphousing.Leavingngerprintsontheglasssurfacemightcause

anunwantedshadowandpoorpicturequality.

• Theprojectorwillturnoffandgointostandbymodewhenyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforanother100hours

afterthelamphasreachedtheendofitslife.Ifthishappens,besuretoreplacethelamp.Ifyoucontinuetouse

thelampafterthelampreachestheendofitslife,thelampbulbmayshatter,andpiecesofglassmaybescattered

inthelampcase.Donottouchthemasthepiecesofglassmaycauseinjury.Ifthishappens,contactyourNEC

dealerforlampreplacement.

*NOTE: This message will be displayed under the following conditions:

• foroneminuteaftertheprojectorhasbeenpoweredon

• whenthe (POWER)buttonontheprojectorcabinetorthePOWEROFFbuttonontheremotecontrolispressed

To turn off the message, press any button on the projector cabinet or the remote control.

Optionallampandtoolsneededforreplacement:

• Phillipsscrewdriver(plus-head)

• Replacementlamp:

NP22LP

Flow of Replacing the Lamp and the Filters

Thefollowingprocedureisanexampleforreplacingbothlamps.

Step 1. Replace the lamp

Step 2. Replace the ﬁlters (→ page 185)

Step 3. Clearthelampusagehoursandthelterusagehours(→ page 137, 138)

183

7. Maintenance

To replace the lamp:

1. Remove the lamp cover.

(1)Loosenthetwolampcoverscrews.

 •Thelampcoverscrewisnotremovable.

(2)Pullthelampcovertowardsyouandremoveit.

2. Remove the lamp housing.

(1)Loosenthethreescrewssecuringthelamphousinguntilthephillipsscrewdrivergoesintoafreewheelingcondi-

tion.

 •Thethreescrewsarenotremovable.

 •Thereisaninterlockonthiscasetopreventtheriskofelectricalshock.Donotattempttocircumventthis

interlock.

(2)Removethelamphousingbyholdingit.

CAUTION:

Makesurethatthelamphousingiscoolenoughtohandlebeforeremovingit.

Exhaust fan power con-

nector

Handle

184

7. Maintenance

3. Install a new lamp housing.

(1)Insertanewlamphousinguntilthelamphousingispluggedintothesocket.

(2)Secureitinplacewiththethreescrews.

 •Besuretotightenthescrews.

NOTE:

• BesuretoinstallbothLamp1andLamp2.Theprojectorwillnotturnonunlessboththelampsareinstalled.

Alignment hole

Guidepin

4. Reattach the lamp cover.

(1)Replacethelampcover.

(2)Tightenthetwoscrewstosecurethelampcover.

 •Besuretotightenthescrews.

Guidepipe

Guidepin

Frame

Wire

This completes the lamp replacement.

Go on to the ﬁlter replacement.

NOTE:Whenyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforanother100hoursafterthelamphasreachedtheendofitslife,bothLAMP1

andLAMP2indicatorswilllightredandtheprojectorcannotturnonandthemenuisnotdisplayed.

Ifthishappens,presstheHELPbuttonontheremotecontrolfor10secondstoresetthelampclockbacktozero.

Whenthelamptimeclockisresettozero,theLAMPindicatorgoesout.Whenonlyonelampisreplaced,select[RESET]fromthe

menutoresetthelamphourused.DonotpresstheHELPbutton.

185

7. Maintenance

❺ Replacing the Filters

Therearetwolters,onelocatedatthefrontoftheprojectorandoneontheside.

Optionallters(twolter)areavailable.

Smalloneforthefront

Largeonefortheleftside

NOTE:

• Replacebothlterswiththenewonesatthesametime.

• Beforereplacingthelters,useavacuumcleanertovacuumdustanddirtfromthevents(inlet)oftheprojectoranduseadry

soft cloth to wipe dust off the cabinet.

• Theprojectorcontainshigh-precisionparts.Keepoutdustanddirtduringlterreplacement.

• Donotwashthelterwithwater.Waterwilldamagetheltermembrane.

• Attachthelterinthecorrectorientation.Failuretodosomaycausedustanddirttoenterinsidetheprojector,resultinginprojec-

tor malfunction.

Filter cover

Inlet

(The small ﬁlter is inside)

Filter cover

Inlet

(The large ﬁlter is inside.)

To replace the ﬁlters:

1. Push the positions shown (2 locations) to release the ﬁlter cover and remove it.

Filter cover

Buttons

2. Remove the two ﬁlters by pulling out.

Filter unit

186

7. Maintenance

3. Insert new ﬁlters.

4. Put the ﬁlter cover back in.

ButtonsCatches

This completes the ﬁlter replacement.

Go on to the clearing lamp and ﬁlter hour meters.

To clear the lamp usage hours and the ﬁlter usage hours:

1. Place the projector where you use it.

2. Plug the power cord into the wall outlet, and then turn on the projector.

3. Clearthelampusagehoursandthelterusagehours.

1. From the menu, select [RESET] → [CLEAR LAMP HOURS] and reset the lamp usage hours.

2. Select[CLEARFILTERHOURS].andresetthelterusagehours.(→ page 138)

187

8. User Supportware

❶ Installing Software Program

Installation for Windows software

ThesoftwareprogramsexceptImageExpressUtility2forMacsupportWindows7,WindowsVista,andWindowsXP.

NOTE:

• Toinstalloruninstalleachsoftwareprogram,theWindowsuseraccountmusthave“Administrator”privilege(Windows7,Win-

dowsVista)or“ComputerAdministrator”privilege(WindowsXP).

• Exitallrunningprogramsbeforeinstallation.Ifanotherprogramisrunning,theinstallationmaynotbecompleted.

• TorunVirtualRemoteToolorPCControlUtilityPro4onWindowsXPHomeEditionandWindowsXPProfessional,“Microsoft

.NETFrameworkVersion2.0orlater”isrequired.TheMicrosoft.NETFrameworkVersion2.0orlaterisavailablefromMicrosoft’s

web page. Download and install it on your computer.

ImageExpressUtility2.0/PCControlUtilityPro4

1 InserttheaccompanyingNECProjectorCD-ROMintoyourCD-ROMdrive.

The menu window will be displayed.

TIP:

If the menu window will not be displayed, try the following procedure.

ForWindows7

1. Click“start”onWindows.

2. Click“AllPrograms”→“Accessories”→“Run”.

3. Type yourCD-ROM drive name (example:“Q:\”) and“LAUNCHER.EXE” in“Name”. (example: Q:\

LAUNCHER.EXE)

4. Click“OK”.

the menu window will be displayed.

188

8. User Supportware

2 Clickasoftwareprogramyouwishtoinstallonthemenuwindow.

The installation will start.

• Followtheinstructionsontheinstallerscreenstocompletetheinstallation.

TIP:

Uninstalling a Software Program

Preparation:

Exitthesoftwareprogrambeforeuninstalling.Touninstallthesoftwareprogram,theWindowsuseraccountmust

have“Administrator”privilege(Windows7andWindowsVista)or“ComputerAdministrator”privilege(WindowsXP).

•ForWindows7/WindowsVista

1 Click“Start”andthen“ControlPanel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2 Click“Uninstallaprogram”under“Programs”

The “Programs and Features” window will be displayed.

3 Selectthesoftwareprogramandclickit.

4 Click“Uninstall/Change”or“Uninstall”.

 •Whenthe“UserAccountControl”windowsisdisplayed,click“Continue”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

•ForWindowsXP

1 Click“Start”andthen“ControlPanel”.

The Control Panel window will be displayed.

2 Double-click“Add/RemovePrograms”.

The Add / Remove Programs window will be displayed.

3 Clickthesoftwareprogramfromthelistandthenclick“Remove”.

Follow the instructions on the screens to complete the uninstallation.

189

8. User Supportware

VirtualRemoteTool/ViewerPPTConverter3.0

1. Connectyourcomputertotheinternetandvisitourwebsite(http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html).

2. Download“VirtualRemoteTool”or“ViewerPPTConverter3.0”from“Download”andsavean“.exe”leto

your computer.

File name is different depending on the version of the software program.

3. Clickthe“.exe”le.

The installation will start.

Follow the instructions on the installer screens to complete the installation.

190

8. User Supportware

Installation for Macintosh software

ImageExpressUtility2forMacsupportsMacOSX.

1 InserttheaccompanyingNECProjectorCD-ROMintoyourCD-ROMdrive.

The menu window will be displayed.

2 Double-clicktheCD-ROMicon.

3 Double-clickthe“MacOSX”folder.

4 Double-click“ImageExpressUtility2(Intel).dmg”.

 The“ImageExpressUtility2”folderwillbedisplayed.

• IfyourMacisPowerPC-based,double-click“ImageExpressUtility2.dmg”.

5 Movethe“ImageExpressUtility2”folderto“Applications”folderusingadrag-and-dropoperation.

TIP:

•Uninstallingasoftwareprogram

1. Putthe“ImageExpressUtility2”foldertotheTrashicon.

2. PutthecongurationleofImageExpressUtility2totheTrashicon.

• ThecongurationleofImageExpressUtility2islocatedin“/user/yourusername/library/Preferences/jp.co.

nec.nevt.ImageExpressUtility.plist”.

191

8. User Supportware

❷ Projecting Images or Videos from the Projector over a LAN

(Image Express Utility 2.0)

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2.0

• UsingImageExpressUtility2.0allowsyoutosendthescreensofyourcomputerstotheprojectorviawired/wire-

lessLAN.

 Theprojectedimagescanbesentfromacomputertonotonlyoneprojectorbutalsototwoormoreprojectorsat

thesametime.

 When“MeetingMode”isused,projectedimagescanbesentandreceivedbetweentwoormorecomputers.

• High-speed,high-qualityimagetransmissionsbasedonNEC’soriginalcompressionalgorithm

 NEC’soriginalcompressionalgorithmallowshigh-qualityimagestobesentoverthenetworkathighspeed,from

yourcomputertotheprojector.

• Simultaneousprojectionbymultipleprojectors

 Imagescanbesentfromacomputertonotonlyoneprojectorbutalsototwoormoreprojectorsatthesametime.

• “EasyConnection”functionforconnectingwirelessLAN

 Byusing“EasyConnection”function*

,thecomplicatedsettingofwirelessLANcanbesimplied.

 ThisfunctioncanbeusedwhenWindowsXPisusedastheOSandwhenyouhavea“ComputerAdministrator”

privilege.IftheOSisWindows7/WindowsVista,inputoflogonpasswordas“Administrator”maybeprompted.

192

8. User Supportware

• Projectedimagescanbetransferredandsavedtocomputers.

 When“MeetingMode”isused,projectedimagescanbesenttothecomputersofalltheparticipants(attendants)

ofa“Meeting”.Thereceivedimagescanbesavedtoyourcomputerwithamemo(textdata)attached.

Presenter

Attendant

• 1-clickswitchingofpresenter

 Whenswitchingtoanotherpresenterduringtheconference,theparticipants(attendants)cansimplyclickabutton

toswitchovertothenewpresenter.

• Centralmanagementoftheprojectingcomputer

 UsingtheTrainingModeallowsyoutouseasinglecomputer(Manager)tomanagewhichcomputer(Attendant)

projects.Possibleoperationincludesswitchingprojectingcomputerstoprojectfrom,aswellastemporarilytermi-

natingcommunicationwiththeprojector.

Mr� D, please start

your presentation�

Manager

Attendant CAttendant B

Attendant D

(presenter)

Attendant A

NOTE::

TheTrainingModeisnotinstalledviathe“Typical”installationoptionwhenImageExpressUtility2.0isinstalled.

TouseTrainingMode,select“Extension”installationoptionontheinstallselectionscreenthatisdisplayedwhileImageExpress

Utility2.0installationisinprogress,andselect“TrainingMode(Attendant)”or“TrainingMode(Manager)”.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

ConnecttheprojectortotheLANbyfollowingtheinstructionsin“ConnectingtoaWiredLAN”(→page171),“Con-

nectingtoaWirelessLAN”(→page172)and“9ApplicationMenus-NETWORKSETTINGS”(→page141)

193

8. User Supportware

Basic Operation of Image Express Utility 2.0

ThissectionexplainsthefollowingthreecasesasexamplesofoperatingImageExpressUtility2.0.

(1)Transferringimagestotheprojector

(2)Holdingaconference

(3)Participatinginaconference

Sending Images to Projector

•Connectingprojector

1 TurnonthepowertotheprojectorforwhichLANhasbeenset.

2 ClickWindows[Start]→[AllPrograms]→[NECProjectorUserSupportware]→[ImageExpressUtility2.0]

→[ImageExpressUtility2.0],inthatorder.

The “Selection Of Network Connections” window will be displayed.

A list of the network equipment connected to your computer will be displayed.

IMPORTANT:

AscreenliketheonebelowisdisplayedwhenthesoftwareisstartedonaPCinstalledwithWindowsXPServicePack2(SP2)(orlater).

Click“Unblock”ifthisisdisplayed.

3 Selectthenetworkequipmentthatistobeusedandclick[OK].

Select the network device displaying “Easy Connection” if the product LAN setting is for “Easy Connection.” This

will call up the “Projector List” window.

194

8. User Supportware

4 Check( )theprojectortoconnectandclick[Connect].

 Ifthenameoftheprojectortoconnectisnotonthelistorifitishidden,click[Update].

-1

4-2

Click

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

At this time, the input signal of the projector will automatically change to “NETWORK”.

NOTE:

• Whentheprojectorisfound,“1280×800”willbedisplayedintheresolutioneld.

•Transferringimages

Whenyourcomputerisconnectedtotheprojector,thescreenofthecomputerisprojectedfromtheprojectorasis.To

makeyourpresentationbyusingaPowerPointle,openthePowerPointleandstartyourpresentation.

195

8. User Supportware

•Stoppingorresumingthetransmissionofimages

Thetransmissionofthescreenofthecomputertotheprojectorcanbetemporarilystoppedandthenresumed.

1 Clicktheprojectoricon( )ontheWindowstaskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2 Click[StopSending].

The projector icon on the taskbar will change ( → ).

NOTE:

Evenifthescreenofthecomputerischangedinthisstatus,theimageprojectedfromtheprojectordoesnotchange.

Tomanipulatethescreenthatshouldnotbedisclosed(projectedfromtheprojector),stoptransmission.

3 Clicktheprojectoricon( )ontheWindowstaskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

4 Click[StartSending].

The projector icon on the taskbar will change ( → ).

The transmission of the screen for the computer will be resumed, and the current screen of the computer will be

projected from the projector.

•Endthetransmissionofimages

ExitImageExpressUtility2.0.

1 Clicktheprojectoricon( )ontheWindowstaskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2 Click[Exit].

196

8. User Supportware

Holding Conferences

•Holdingconferences

1 Followsteps1through4in“Connectingprojector”of“SendingImagestoProjector”(→ page 193).

The screen of your computer will be projected from the projector.

•Disclosealetotheparticipantsoftheconference.

NOTE:

Todisclosealetotheparticipants,selectioncanbemadeonlyinfolderunits.

Therefore,afolderonlyhavinglesthatcanbedisclosedtotheparticipantsmustbecreatedinadvance.

1 Clicktheprojectoricon( )ontheWindowstaskbar.

A pop-up menu will be displayed.

2 Beforeclicking[SendtoPCandProjector],checkthatthereisa“•”markapplied.

3 Clickthe[ImageExpressUtility2.0]buttononthetaskbar.

The presenter window will be opened.

4 Click[SelectFolder].

Click

197

8. User Supportware

5 Selectafoldersavingtheletobedisclosedtotheparticipants,andclick[OK].

The ﬁle in the selected folder will be displayed in the list of ﬁles to transfer.

6 Click[Download].

The ﬁle will be shown to the participants.

NOTE:

Whenthecomputerisconnectedtotheprojector,thecomputerscreenthatisinofbeingprogressisalsoprojectedfromtheprojec-

tor.Tomanipulateascreenthatshouldnotbeshown(notprojected),temporarilystopthetransmission(→ page 195).

•Endingconference

1 Click[File]inthepresenterwindow,andclick[Exit].

You can also end the conference by clicking [×] at the upper right of the presenter window.

Participating in Conference

•Participatinginconferences

1 ClickWindows[Start]→[AllPrograms]→[NECProjectorUserSupportware]→[ImageExpressUtility2.0]

→[ImageExpressUtility2.0],inthatorder.

The “Selection Of Network Connections” window will be displayed.

A list of the network equipment connected to your computer will be displayed.

IMPORTANT:

AscreenliketheonebelowisdisplayedwhenthesoftwareisstartedonaPCinstalledwithWindowsXPServicePack2(SP2)(orlater).

Click“Unblock”ifthisisdisplayed.

2 Selectthenetworkequipmentthatistobeusedandclick[OK].

Select the network device displaying “Easy Connection” if the product LAN setting is for “Easy Connection.” This

will call up the “ Meeting List” window.

198

8. User Supportware

3 ClicktheMeetingNametoparticipate,andclick[Connect].

Click

The computer will be connected to the selected conference and the attendant window will be displayed.

 Ifthepresenterselects“SendtoPCAndProjector”,theimageprojectedfromtheprojectorisdisplayedintheat-

tendant window.

199

8. User Supportware

•Savingreceivedimages

1 Click[Memo]intheattendantwindow.

A memo pane will be displayed.

Click

Memo pane

Click

2 Click[SaveImage]intheattendantwindow.

The image displayed in the attendant window will be saved.

• Thesavedimageisaddedtothememolistandathumbnailisdisplayed.

• Amemocanbeattachedtothesavedimage.

REFERENCE:

• IncaseofWindowsXP,acreatedleissavedto“MyDocuments\ImageExpress\”underthedefaultsettings.IncaseofWindows

7/WindowsVista,“Document\ImageExpress\”isthedefaultfoldertosaveacreatedle.

• Afolderiscreatedbelowthedefaultfolderbasedonthetimeanddateoftheconference,andtheimageissavedtoaleinthe

created folder.

 Forexample,ifaconferenceisheldat11:20onMay14,2009,thedefaultfoldernameonWindowsXPwillbe“MyDocuments\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_MeetingRecords”.

 Inthisfolder,anHTMLlenamed“MeetingRecords”iscreated.

 Thesavedimageissavedin“Images”folder.

200

8. User Supportware

•Downloadingdisclosedle

1 Click[FileTransfer]intheattendantwindow.

The “File Transfer” window will be opened.

Click

2 Selectaletodownload,andclick[Download].

Downloading will begin.

The progress of the downloading is displayed at the lower left of the window.

3 Whendownloadingiscomplete,click[File]inthe“FileTransfer”window,andclick[Exit].

The “File Transfer” window will be closed.

REFERENCE:

• If“OpenAfterDownloading”ischecked,theleisopenedbyspeciedWindowsapplicationsoftwareafterdownloadingiscom-

plete.

• IncaseofWindowsXP,acreatedleissavedto“MyDocuments\ImageExpress\”underthedefaultsettings.IncaseofWindows

7/WindowsVista,“Document\ImageExpress\”isthedefaultfoldertosaveacreatedle.

• Afolderiscreatedbelowthedefaultfolderbasedonthetimeanddateoftheconference,andtheimageissavedtoaleinthe

created folder.

 Forexample,ifaconferenceisheldat11:20onMay14,2009,thedefaultfoldernameonWindowsXPwillbe“MyDocuments\

ImageExpress\2009-05-14_11-20_MeetingRecords”.

201

8. User Supportware

•Changingpresenter

Threetypesofsettingsmaybemadetochangethepresenter:“NotApproved”,“Approved”,and“ChangingProhibited”

(thesecanbeselectedonlybythepresenter).

Inthefollowingexample,“NotApproved”isselected.

• Click[BecomeAPresenter]intheattendantwindow.

You will change from a participant to a presenter.

Click

•Leavingconference

LeavetheconferenceandexitImageExpressUtility2.0.

• Click[File]intheattendantwindow,andclick[Exit].

You can also leave the conference by clicking [×] at the upper right of the attendant window.

202

8. User Supportware

❸

Controlling the Projector over a LAN (PC Control Utility Pro 4)

Usingtheutilitysoftware“PCControlUtilityPro4”,theprojectorcanbecontrolledfromacomputeroveraLAN.

Control Functions

PowerOn/Off,signalselection,picturefreeze,picturemute,adjusting,errormessagenotication,eventschedule.

ScreenofPCControlUtilityPro4

ThissectionprovidesanoutlineofpreparationforuseofPCControlUtilityPro4.ForinformationonhowtousePC

ControlUtilityPro4,seeHelpofPCControlUtilityPro4.

TIP:

• PCControlUtilityPro4canbeusedwithaserialconnection.

Connect the projector to a LAN.

ConnecttheprojectortotheLANbyfollowingtheinstructionsin“ConnectingtoaWiredLAN”(→page171),“Connecting

toaWirelessLAN(soldseparately)”(→page172)and“9ApplicationMenus-NETWORKSETTINGS”(→page141)

Start PC Control Utility Pro 4

Click“Start”→“Allprograms”or“Programs”→“NECProjectorUserSupportware”→“PCControlUtilityPro4”→

“PCControlUtilityPro4”.

NOTE:

• FortheSchedulefunctionofthePCControlutilityPro4towork,youmusthaveyourcomputerrunningandnotinstandby/

sleepmode.Select“PowerOptions”fromthe“ControlPanel”inWindowsanddisableitsstandby/sleepmodebeforerunningthe

scheduler.

[Example]ForWindows7:

Select“ControlPanel”→“SystemandSecurity”→“PowerOptions”→“Changewhenthecomputersleeps”→“Putthecomputer

to sleep” →“Never”.

NOTE:

• When[POWER-SAVING]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]fromthemenu,theprojectorcannotbeturnedonviathenetwork

(wiredLAN/wirelessLAN)connection.

When[NORMAL2]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE],theprojectorcannotbeturnedonviawirelessLANconnection.

TIP:

ViewingtheHelpofPCControlUtilityPro4

• DisplayingtheHelpleofPCControlUtilityPro4whileitisrunning.

Click “Help (H)” → “Help (H) …” of window of PC Control Utility Pro 4 in this order.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

• DisplayingthehelpleusingtheStartMenu.

Click “Start” → “All programs” or “Programs” → “NEC Projector User Supportware” → “PC Control Utility Pro 4” →

“PC Control Utility Pro 4 Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

203

8. User Supportware

❹ Projecting Your Mac’s Screen Image from the Projector over

a LAN (Image Express Utility 2 for Mac)

UsingImageExpressUtility2forMaccontainedallowsyoutosendtheMac’sscreenimagetotheprojectorovera

network(wiredorwirelessLAN).

ImageExpressUtility2forMacrunsonMacOSX10.2.8orlater.

ItrunsonbothMacOSX(PowerPC)andMacOSX(Intel).

Hereafter,“ImageExpressUtility2forMac”isabbreviatedas“ImageExpressUtility2”.

What you can do with Image Express Utility 2

• ViathenetworkimagesonthescreenofyourMaccanbesenttotheprojectorandprojectedonthescreen.

• Onecomputercansendimagestomorethanoneprojector.

Operating environment

Supported OS

MacOSX10.2.8orlaterrequired

MacOSX10.3.0orlaterrecommended

Processor (CPU)

PowerPCG3600MHzprocessorrequired

PowerPCG4800MHzorhigherrecommended

IntelCoreSolo1.5GHzorhigherrequired

Memory

256MBorhigherrequired

Networkenvironment

WiredorwirelessLANrequiredthatsupportsTCP/IP

OnlytheAirPortandAirPortExtremewirelessLANcardsareguaranteedtoworkwithImageExpressUtility2.

“EasyConnection”supportsonlyAirPortandAirPortExtreme.

Supported resolution

VGA(640×480)orhigherrequired

XGA(1024×768)recommended

(1024×768-1280×800recommended)

Supported screen colors

32thousandsofcolors,16.7millioncolorsrequired

*256orfewercolorsarenotsupported.

Connecting the projector to a LAN

ConnecttheprojectortotheLANbyfollowingtheinstructionsin“ConnectingtoaWiredLAN”(→page171),“Con-

nectingtoaWirelessLAN”(→page172)and“9ApplicationMenus-NETWORKSETTINGS”(→page141)

204

8. User Supportware

Using Image Express Utility 2

Connecting to a projector

1 Conrmthattheprojectorhasbeenturnedon.

2 ClicktheAirPortstatus( )ontheMacintoshmenubar,andclick“TurnAirPortOn”.

The AirPort status is changed to “ ” or “ ”.

• AirPortstatustypesandmeanings

...AirPort : Off

...AirPort : On ( in infrastructure connection )

...AirPort : On ( in adhoc connection )

REFERENCE:

When the AirPort status ( / / )isnotdisplayedonthemenubar:

1 ClickAppleMenu( )and[SystemPreferences...].

The “System Preferences” window will be displayed.

2 Click[Network].

The Network conﬁguration window will be displayed.

3 Select[AirPort]in[Show].

4 Click[AirPort]tab.

The AirPort conﬁguration item will be displayed.

5 Checkthe“ShowAirPortstatusinmenubar”checkboxatthebottomcongurationitem.

The AirPort status ( / / ) will be displayed on the menu bar.

6 Clickthe[ ]buttonattheupperleftontheNetworkcongurationwindow.

The Network conﬁguration window will be closed.

205

8. User Supportware

3 Double-clickthe“ImageExpressUtility2”iconinthe“ImageExpressUtility2”folder.

• Attheinitialstart,the“LicenseAgreement”windowisdisplayed.

 Thoroughlyreadtheagreementshownonthescreen,andclick“Iacceptthetermsinthelicenseagreement”

and the [OK] button.

Next, the “Authenticate” window will be displayed.

4 EntertheadministratornameandpasswordofyourMacintoshcomputer,andclickthe[OK]button.

The [Projector Selection] window will be displayed.

5 Checkthe( )checkboxtotheleftoftheprojectornametoconnectandclick[Connect].

The Macintosh computer and the projector are connected via wireless LAN, and images on the Macintosh screen

are projected from the projector.

206

8. User Supportware

Stopping/Restarting Image Transmission

•Stoppingimagetransmission

1 Click[Tools]onthemenubar,andclick[StopSending].

 Imagetransmissionistemporarilystopped.

•Restartingimagetransmission

1 Click[Tools]onthemenubar,andclick[StartSending].

 Imagetransmissionisstartedagain.

ExitingImageExpressUtility2

1 Click[ImageExpressUtility2]onthemenubar,andclick[QuitImageExpressUtility2].

 ImageExpressUtility2isexited.

207

8. User Supportware

❺ Operating the Projector Via the LAN (Virtual Remote Tool)

Usingthesoftwareprogram“VirtualRemoteTool”thatyoucandownloadfromourwebsite,VirtualRemotescreen

(ortoolbar)canbedisplayedonyourcomputerscreen.

Thiswillhelpyouperformoperationssuchasprojector’spoweronoroffandsignalselectionviaaLANconnection.It

isalsousedtosendanimagetotheprojectorandregisteritasthelogodataoftheprojector.Afterregisteringit,you

canlockthelogotopreventitfromchanging.

Control Functions

PowerOn/Off,signalselection,picturefreeze,picturemute,Logotransfertotheprojector,andremotecontrol

operationonyourPC.

VirtualRemotescreen

RemoteControlWindow Toolbar

ThissectionprovidesanoutlineofpreparationforuseofVirtualRemoteTool.

ForinformationonhowtouseVirtualRemoteTool,seeHelpofVirtualRemoteTool.(→page209)

NOTE:

• Logodata(graphics)thatcanbesenttotheprojectorwithVirtualRemoteToolhasthefollowingrestrictions:

- Filesize:256KBorless

- Imagesize(resolution):thenativeresolutionoftheprojector

- Fileformat:JPEG

• ThelogodatathatissentwithVirtualRemoteToolwillbedisplayedatthecenterofthescreen.Itssurroundingwillbepainted

out in black.

• Onceyouhavechangedthebackgroundselectionfromthedefault“NEClogo”toanotherselection,youcannotreturnthelogo

tothedefault“NEClogo”evenafterusing[RESET].Toputthedefault“NEClogo”backinthebackgroundlogo,youneedto

registerit asthe background logo by using the imagele (\Logo\NEC_logo_black_WUXGA.jpg; NEC_logo_black_XGA.jpg;

NEC_logo_black_1280x800.jpg)includedonthesuppliedNECProjectorCD-ROM.

TIP:

• VirtualRemoteToolcanbeusedalsowithaserialconnection.

• TodownloadorupdateVirtualRemoteTool,visitourwebsite:http://www.nec-display.com/dl/en/index.html

Connect the projector to a LAN.

ConnecttheprojectortotheLANbyfollowingtheinstructionsin“ConnectingtoaWiredLAN”(→page171),“Connecting

toaWirelessLAN(soldseparately)”(→page172)and“9ApplicationMenus-NETWORKSETTINGS”(→page141)

208

8. User Supportware

Start Virtual Remote Tool

Start using the shortcut icon

• Double-clicktheshortcuticon ontheWindowsDesktop.

Start from the Start menu

• Click[Start]→[AllPrograms]or[Programs]→[NECProjectorUserSupportware]→[VirtualRemoteTool]

→[VirtualRemoteTool].

When Virtual Remote Tool starts for the ﬁrst time, “Easy Setup” window will be displayed.

The “Easy Setup” feature is not available on this model. Click “Close Easy Setup”.

Closing the “Easy Setup” window will display the “Projector List” window.

Select your projector you wish to connect. This will display the Virtual Remote screen.

TIP:

• TheVirtualRemoteToolscreen(orToolbar)canbedisplayedwithoutdisplaying“EasySetup”window.

To do so, click to place a check mark for “ DonotuseEasySetupnexttime”onthescreen.

NOTE:

• When[POWER-SAVING]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE]fromthemenu,theprojectorcannotbeturnedonviathenetwork

(wiredLAN/wirelessLAN)connection.When[NORMAL2]isselectedfor[STANDBYMODE],theprojectorcannotbeturnedon

viawirelessLANconnection.

209

8. User Supportware

ExitingVirtualRemoteTool

1 ClicktheVirtualRemoteToolicon ontheTaskbar.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2 Click“Exit”.

The Virtual Remote Tool will be closed.

ViewingthehelpleofVirtualRemoteTool

•Displayingthehelpleusingthetaskbar

1 ClicktheVirtualRemoteToolicon onthetaskbarwhenVirtualRemoteToolisrunning.

The pop-up menu will be displayed.

2. Click“Help”.

The Help screen will be displayed.

•DisplayingthehelpleusingtheStartMenu.

1. Click“Start”.“Allprograms”or“Programs”.“NECProjectorUserSupportware”.“VirtualRemoteTool”.and

then“VirtualRemoteToolHelp”inthisorder.

The Help screen will be displayed.

210

8. User Supportware

❻ Converting PowerPoint files to Slides (Viewer PPT Converter

3.0)

UsingViewerPPTConverter3.0allowsyoutoconvertPowerPointlesintoJPEGles.ConvertedJPEGlesand

Indexles(.idx)canbesavedtoaUSBmemory.WhentheUSBmemoryinsertedintotheprojector,theseJPEG

lesandIndexles(.idx)canbedisplayedwiththeviewerfunctionoftheprojectorwithoutconnectingacomputer.

NOTE:

WhenViewerPPTConverter3.0hasbeeninstalled,oncestartViewerPPTConverter3.0oncewiththeprivilegeusedforinstallation.

ThenexitfromViewerPPTConverter3.0withoutdoinganything.

•Starting

ClickWindow’s[Start]→[AllPrograms]→[NECProjectorUserSupportware]→[ViewerPPTConverter3.0]→[ViewerPPT

Converter3.0],inthatorder.

NOTE:

• WheninstallingViewerPPTConverter3.0ontoacomputerthathasPowerPointinstalled,ViewerPPTConverter3.0isautomati-

callyregisteredasaPower-Pointadd-in.

ItisnecessarytocancelViewerPPTConverter3.0add-inbeforeuninstallingViewerPPTConverter3.0.

RefertoViewerPPTConverter3.0Helptounregistertheadd-in.

• Theprojectordoesnotsupporttheadd-in's“RunSlideShow”.

Converting PowerPoint files and saving them to a USB memory

1. InserttheUSBmemoryintotheUSBportofthecomputer.

2. OnWindows,click“Start”→“Allprograms”→“NECProjectorUserSupportware”→“ViewerPPTConverter

3.0”→“ViewerPPTConverter3.0”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will start.

3. Click“Brows...”andselectaPowerPointleyouwishtoconvert,andthenclick“Open”.

4.Click“Next”.

211

8. User Supportware

5. SelecttheUSBmemorydrivefor“CardDrive”andtypein“Indexname”.

 Indexnamemustbeeightalphanumericcharactersorless.2-bytecharacterandlewithalonglenamecannot

be used.

6. Click“Export”.

A conﬁrmation message will be displayed.

7. Click“OK”.

Exporting a ﬁle will start.

8. Click“OK”.

9. Click“Exit”.

Viewer PPT Converter 3.0 will exit.

10.RemovetheUSBmemoryfromthecomputer.

NOTE:

• BeforeremovingtheUSBmemoryfromtheUSBportofthecomputer,clickthe“SafetoRemoveHardware”icononthetaskbar.

212

9. Appendix

❶ Throw distance and screen size

Optionalbayonetstylelensescanbeusedonthisprojector.Refertotheinformationonthispageandusealenssuited

fortheinstallationenvironment(screensizeandthrowdistance).Forinstructionsonmountingthelens,seepage162.

Eachnumberprovidedinthetablebelowmeansthethrowdistancebetweenthelenssurfaceandthescreen.

Tables of screen sizes and dimensions

[PX750U2/PX700W2]

Screen

height

Screen width

16:10 screen size

(diagonal)

Size(inches) Screenwidth Screenheight

(inches) (cm) (inches) (cm)

40 33.9 86.2 21.2 53.8

60 50.9 129.2 31.8 80.8

80 67.8 172.3 42.4 107.7

100 84.8 215.4 53.0 134.6

120 101.8 258.5 63.6 161.5

150 127.2 323.1 79.5 201.9

200 169.6 430.8 106.0 269.2

240 203.5 516.9 127.2 323.1

300 254.4 646.2 159.0 403.9

400 339.2 861.6 212.0 538.5

500 424.0 1077.0 265.0 673.1

[PX800X2]

Screen

height

Screen width

4:3 screen size

(diagonal)

Size(inches) Screenwidth Screenheight

(inches) (cm) (inches) (cm)

40 32 81.3 24 61.0

60 48 121.9 36 91.4

80 64 162.6 48 121.9

100 80 203.2 60 152.4

120 96 243.8 72 182.9

150 120 304.8 90 228.6

200 160 406.4 120 304.8

240 192 487.7 144 365.8

300 240 609.6 180 457.2

400 320 812.8 240 609.6

500 400 1016.0 300 762.0

213

9. Appendix

Lens types and throw distance

unit=m

[PX750U2]

Screensize Lensmodelname

NP16FL NP17ZL NP18ZL NP19ZL NP20ZL NP21ZL NP31ZL

40"

0.6–0.8

50" 0.8 1.3–1.9 1.8–2.4 2.4–4.0 3.8–5.8 5.6–8.9 0.8–1.0

60" 1.0 1.6–2.3 2.2–2.9 2.8–4.8 4.6–7.0 6.8–10.7 1.0–1.2

80" 1.3 2.2–3.1 3.0–3.9 3.8–6.4 6.2–9.3 9.1–14.4 1.3–1.6

100" 1.7 2.7–3.9 3.7–4.9 4.8–8.0 7.7–11.7 11.5–18.1 1.6–2.0

120" 2.0 3.3–4.7 4.5–5.9 5.8–9.6 9.3–14.1 13.8–21.7 2.0–2.5

150" 2.5 4.1–5.8 5.6–7.4 7.2–12.0 11.7–17.6 17.4–27.3 2.5–3.1

200" 3.4 5.5–7.8 7.5–9.9 9.7–16.1 15.6–23.5 23.3–36.4 3.3–4.1

240" 4.1 6.6–9.4 9.1–11.9 11.6–19.3 18.8–28.3 28.0–43.8 4.0–5.0

300" 5.1 8.2–11.7 11.3–14.9 14.5–24.1 23.5–35.4 35.0–54.8 5.0–6.2

350" 5.8–7.3

400" 6.6–8.3

450" 7.5–9.4

500" 8.3–10.4

TIP

Calculationofthethrowdistancefromthescreensize

NP16FLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×0.8:0.8m(min.)to5.1m(max.)

NP17ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×1.3toH×1.8:1.3m(min.)to11.7m(max.)

NP18ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×1.7toH×2.3:1.8m(min.)to14.9m(max.)

NP19ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×2.2toH×3.7:2.4m(min.)to24.1m(max.)

NP20ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×3.6toH×5.4:3.8m(min.)to35.4m(max.)

NP21ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×5.3toH×8.3:5.6m(min.)to54.8m(max.)

NP31ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×0.8toH×0.9:0.6m(min.)to10.4m(max.)

“H”(Horizontal)referstothescreenwidth.

*Figuresdifferbyseveral%withthetableabovebecausethecalculationisapproximate.

Ex.:ThrowdistancewhenusingthePX750U2toprojectona150"screenusingtheNP18ZLlens:

Accordingtothe“ScreenSize(forreference)”table(→ page 212),H(screenwidth)=323.1cm.

Thethrowdistanceis323.1cm×1.7to323.1cm×2.3=549.3cmto743.13cm(becauseofthezoomlens).

Projection range for the different lenses

[PX750U2]

50-300"

40-500"

50-300"

50-300" 50-300" 50-300"

0.8–5.1 m

NP16FL :

NP17ZL: 1.3–11.7 m

NP31ZL: 0.6–10.4 m

NP18ZL: 1.8–14.9 m

NP19ZL: 2.4–24.1 m

NP20ZL: 3.8–35.4 m

NP21ZL: 5.6–54.8 m

50-300"

214

9. Appendix

[PX700W2]

Screensize Lensmodelname

NP06FL NP07ZL NP08ZL NP09ZL NP10ZL NP31ZL

40"

1.1–1.6 1.5–2.0 1.9–3.9 3.8–7.3 0.7–0.8

50" 0.8 1.4–2.0 1.9–2.6 2.4–4.9 4.8–9.1 0.8–1.1

60" 1.0 1.7–2.4 2.3–3.1 2.9–5.9 5.8–11.0 1.0–1.3

80" 1.4 2.3–3.1 3.1–4.1 3.9–7.9 7.8–14.7 1.4–1.7

100" 1.7 2.9–3.9 3.9–5.2 4.9–9.9 9.7–18.4 1.7–2.1

120" 2.1 3.5–4.7 4.7–6.2 5.9–11.9 11.7–22.1 2.1–2.6

150" 2.6 4.4–5.9 5.9–7.8 7.4–14.9 14.7–27.7 2.6–3.2

200" 3.5 5.9–7.9 7.9–10.4 9.9–19.9 19.6–36.9 3.5–4.3

240" 7.1–9.5 9.5–12.5 11.9–23.9 23.5–44.3 4.2–5.2

300" 8.9–11.9 11.9–15.7 14.9–29.9 29.5–55.5 5.2–6.5

350" 10.3–13.9 13.8–18.3 17.4–34.9 34.4–64.7 6.1–7.6

400" 11.8–15.9 15.8–20.9 20.0–39.9 39.3–74.0 7.0–8.7

450" 13.3–17.9 17.8–23.5 22.5–44.9 44.3–83.3 7.8–9.8

500" 14.8–19.9 19.8–26.2 25.0–49.9 49.2–92.5 8.7–10.9

TIP

Calculationofthethrowdistancefromthescreensize

NP06FLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×0.8:0.8m(min.)to3.5m(max.)

NP07ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×1.4toH×1.8:1.1m(min.)to19.9m(max.)

NP08ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×1.8toH×2.4:1.5m(min.)to26.2m(max.)

NP09ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×2.3toH×4.6:1.9m(min.)to49.9m(max.)

NP10ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×4.6toH×8.6:3.8m(min.)to92.5m(max.)

NP31ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×0.8toH×1.0:0.7m(min.)to10.9m(max.)

“H”(Horizontal)referstothescreenwidth.

*Figuresdifferbyseveral%withthetableabovebecausethecalculationisapproximate.

Projection range for the different lenses

[PX700W2]

50-200"

NP06FL: 0.8–3.5 m

40-500"

NP07ZL: 1.1–19.9 m

NP08ZL: 1.5–26.2 m

40-500" 40-500"

NP09ZL: 1.9–49.9 m

NP10ZL: 3.8–92.5 m

NP31ZL: 0.7–10.9 m

215

9. Appendix

[PX800X2]

Screensize Lensmodelname

NP06FL NP07ZL NP08ZL NP09ZL NP10ZL NP31ZL

40"

1.1–1.4 1.4–1.9 1.8–3.6 3.5–6.8 0.6–0.8

50" 0.8 1.3–1.8 1.8–2.4 2.2–4.5 4.5–8.5 0.8–1.0

60" 0.9 1.6–2.2 2.2–2.9 2.7–5.5 5.4–10.2 0.9–1.2

80" 1.3 2.2–2.9 2.9–3.8 3.6–7.3 7.2–13.7 1.3–1.6

100" 1.6 2.7–3.7 3.6–4.8 4.6–9.2 9.0–17.2 1.6–2.0

120" 1.9 3.3–4.4 4.4–5.8 5.5–11.1 10.9–20.6 1.9–2.4

150" 2.4 4.1–5.5 5.5–7.3 6.9–13.8 13.6–25.8 2.4–3.0

200" 3.2 5.5–7.4 7.3–9.7 9.2–18.5 18.2–34.5 3.2–4.0

240" 6.6–8.9 8.8–11.7 11.1–22.2 21.9–41.4 3.9–4.9

300" 8.2–11.1 11.0–14.6 13.9–27.8 27.4–51.8 4.8–6.1

350" 9.6–13.0 12.9–17.0 16.2–32.5 32.0–60.4 5.7–7.1

400" 11.0–14.8 14.8–19.5 18.6–37.1 36.6–69.1 6.5–8.1

450" 12.4–16.7 16.6–21.9 20.9–41.8 41.2–77.7 7.3–9.1

500" 13.8–18.6 18.5–24.4 23.2–46.4 45.7–86.4 8.1–10.2

TIP

Calculationofthethrowdistancefromthescreensize

NP06FLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×0.8:0.8m(min.)to3.2m(max.)

NP07ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×1.4toH×1.8:1.1m(min.)to18.6m(max.)

NP08ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×1.8toH×2.4:1.4m(min.)to24.4m(max.)

NP09ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×2.3toH×4.6:1.8m(min.)to46.4m(max.)

NP10ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×4.5toH×8.5:3.5m(min.)to86.4m(max.)

NP31ZLlensthrowdistance(m)=H×0.8toH×1.0:0.6m(min.)to10.2m(max.)

“H”(Horizontal)referstothescreenwidth.

*Figuresdifferbyseveral%withthetableabovebecausethecalculationisapproximate.

Projection range for the different lenses

[PX800X2]

50-200"

NP06FL: 0.8–3.2 m

40-500"

NP07ZL: 1.1–18.6 m

NP08ZL: 1.4–24.4 m

40-500"

NP09ZL: 1.8–46.4 m

NP10ZL: 3.5–86.4 m

NP31ZL: 0.6–10.2 m

216

9. Appendix

Lens shifting range

ThisprojectorisequippedwithalensshiftfunctionforadjustingthepositionoftheprojectedimagebyusingtheLENS

SHIFT▼▲◀▶buttons.Thelenscanbeshiftedwithintherangeshownbelow.

Descriptionofsymbols:Vindicatesvertical(heightoftheprojectedimage),Hindicateshorizontal(widthofthepro-

jectedimage).

NOTE:ThelensshiftfunctioncannotbeusedwhenusingtheNP16FL(PX750U2)andNP06FL(PX700W2/PX800X2)lens.

Desk/frontprojection

0.1H 0.1H

0.5V*

Height of projected image

Width of projected image

Ceiling/frontprojector

0.1H 0.1H

0.5V*

Height of projected image

Width of projected image

* ForPX800X2,thevalueshouldbe0.43VontheNP31ZLlens.

Ex.:WhenusingthePX750U2toprojectona150"screen

Accordingtothetablesofscreensizesanddimensionsfor16:10(→page212),H=323.1cm,V=201.9cm.

Adjustmentrangeintheverticaldirection:Theprojectedimagecanbemovedupwards0.5×201.9cm≈101cm,

(whenthelensisatthecenterposition).Foraceiling/frontinstallation,theaboveguresareinverted.

Adjustmentrangeinthehorizontaldirection:Theprojectedimagecanbemovedtotheleft0.1×323.1cm≈32cm,

totheright0.1×323.1cm≈32cm.

*Figuresdifferbyseveral%becausethecalculationisapproximate.

217

9. Appendix

❷ Replacing the Color Wheel (included)

Theprojectorcomeswithacolorwheel(6-segmentWhite)installed.Anadditionalcolorwheel(6-segmentColor)is

includedwiththeaccessoriesthatcomewiththebox.

TIP:

Youcanreplacethepre-installed6-segmentWhitecolorwheelwiththeincluded6-segmentcolorwheeltocreateimageswithmore

brilliant colors to match the source.

Toreplacethecolorwheel,refertothefollowingguide.

CAUTION:

Beforereplacingthecolorwheel,besuretoturnofftheprojector,waituntilthecoolingfansstop,andturnoffthemain

powerswitch.Allow1hourbeforereplacingthecolorwheel.

• Donottouchthediskofthecolorwheel.Doingsomayscratchthediskorleavengerprints,causingtheimage

qualitytodegrade.

• Donotremovescrewsexceptwhenspeciedinthefollowinginstructions

• Heedthefollowinginformationifyouowntwoormoreprojectors:

 Whenreplacingorre-installingthecolorwheel,theoriginalcolorwheelpreinstalledorsuppliedasanaccessory

mustgobacktoitsoriginalprojector.Yourcolorwheelandprojectorcolorwheelcoveraregivenanidentication

number.Besuretousethecolorwheelpre-installedorsuppliedwithyourprojectortomatchitsidentication

number.

 Ifyouremoveacolorwheelfromoneprojectorandre-installitintoanotherprojector,performancemaybecom-

promised.

• Besureturnoffthemainpowerswitchbeforereplacingthecolorwheel.Failuretodosomayresultinelectrical

shockordamagetotheprojector,andcauseanirregularcoloroftheprojectedimage.

Toolneeded:Phillipsscrewdriver(plus-head)

1. Remove the color wheel cover

• Loosenthescrewonthecolorwheelcover.

 • Thescrewiscaptiveandnotremovable.

(shown from the rear side of the projector)

• Slideandremovethecolorwheelcover.

218

9. Appendix

2. Remove the color wheel (6-segment white).

• Loosenthefourscrewsonthecolorwheel.

 • Thescrewsarecaptiveandnotremovable.

• Liftupthecolorwheel(6-segmentwhite)

3. Install the supplied color wheel (6-segement color).

• Insertthesuppliedcolorwheel.

• Tightenthefourscrewstosecurethecolorwheel.

 • Besuretotightenthescrews.

219

9. Appendix

4. Replace the color wheel cover.

• Insertthetwotabsofthecolorwheelintothetwogroovesofthecabinet.

Tabs

Grooves

• Tightenthescrew.

 • Besuretotightenthescrew.

NOTE:

Improper(loose)installationofthecolorwheelpreventsanimagefrombeingdisplayed.

Storing Unused Color Wheel:

Keeptheunusedcolorwheelinthezipperbaginwhichthesupplied6-segmentcolorwheelwaspackaged.Thisbag

preventsdustfromfallingorcollectingonthecolorwheel.

220

9. Appendix

❸ Mounting the Optional Board (sold separately)

CAUTION

Beforemountingorremovingtheoptionalboard,besuretoturnofftheprojector,waitforthefanstostopandturn

offthemainpowerswitch.

Toolneeded:Phillipsscrewdriver(plus-head)

TheSB-01HCboardisusedasanexample.

1. Turnoffthemainpowerswitchoftheprojector.

2. Loosenthetwoscrewsontheslotcoveroftheterminalpanel.

Remove the two screws and the slot cover.

NOTE:Keepthetwoscrewsandtheslotcover.

3. Insert the optional board into the slot.

Make sure that the board is inserted into the slot in the correct orientation.

 Incorrectorientationmaycausemiscommunicationbetweentheoptionalboardandprojector.

221

9. Appendix

4. Tightenthetwoscrewsonbothsidesoftheslot.

• Besuretotightenthescrews.

This will complete installation of the optional board.

Refer to the user’s manual included with the board for source selection.

NOTE:

• Mountingtheoptionalboardmaycausethefanstoruninthestandbymodeforthepurposeofcoolingdependingontheoptional

board.Thefanspeedmayalsoincreaseinordertocooltheprojectorproperly.Bothoftheseinstancesareconsiderednormal

and not a malfunction of the projector.

222

9. Appendix

❹ Compatible Input Signal List

Analog RGB

Signal Resolution(dots) AspectRatio RefreshRate(Hz)

VGA 640 × 480 4 : 3 60/72/75/85/iMac

SVGA 800 × 600 4 : 3 56/60/72/75/85/iMac

XGA 1024 × 768 4 : 3 60/70/75/85/iMac

XGA+ 1152 × 864 4 : 3 60/70/75/85

WXGA 1280 × 768 15 : 9 60

1280 × 800 16 : 10 60

1360 × 768 *

16 : 9 60

1366 × 768 *

16 : 9 60

Quad-VGA 1280 × 960 4 : 3 60/75/85

SXGA 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 60/75/85

SXGA+ 1400 × 1050 4 : 3 60/75

WXGA+ 1440 × 900 16 : 10 60

WXGA++ 1600 × 900 16 : 9 60

UXGA 1600 × 1200 4 : 3 60/65/70/75

WSXGA+ 1680 × 1050 16 : 10 60

WUXGA 1920 × 1200 16 : 10

60(ReducedBlanking)

HD 1280 × 720 16 : 9 60

FullHD 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 60

MAC13" 640 × 480 4 : 3 67

MAC16" 832 × 624 4 : 3 75

MAC19" 1024 × 768 4 : 3 75

MAC21" 1152 × 870 *

4 : 3 75

MAC23" 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 65

HDMI

Signal Resolution(dots) AspectRatio RefreshRate(Hz)

VGA 640 × 480 4 : 3 60

SVGA 800 × 600 4 : 3 60

XGA 1024 × 768 4 : 3 60

HD 1280 × 720 16 : 9 60

WXGA 1280 × 768 15 : 9 60

1280 × 800 16 : 10 60

1366 × 768 *

16 : 9 60

Quad-VGA 1280 × 960 4 : 3 60

SXGA 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 60

SXGA+ 1400 × 1050 4 : 3 60

WXGA+ 1440 × 900 16 : 10 60

WXGA++ 1600 × 900 16 : 9 60

WSXGA+ 1680 × 1050 16 : 10 60

UXGA 1600 × 1200 4 : 3 60

FullHD 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 60

WUXGA 1920 × 1200 16 : 10

60(ReducedBlanking)

HDTV(1080p) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(1080i) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(720p) 1280 × 720 16 : 9 50/60

SDTV(480p) 720 × 480 4:3/16:9 60

SDTV(576p) 720 × 576 4:3/16:9 50

SDTV(480i) 1440 × 480

4:3/16:9 60

SDTV(576i) 1440 × 576

4:3/16:9 50

223

9. Appendix

DisplayPort

Signal Resolution(dots) AspectRatio RefreshRate(Hz)

VGA 640 × 480 4 : 3 60

SVGA 800 × 600 4 : 3 60

XGA 1024 × 768 4 : 3 60

HD 1280 × 720 16 : 9 60

WXGA 1280 × 768 15 : 9 60

1280 × 800 16 : 10 60

1366 × 768 *

16 : 9 60

Quad-VGA 1280 × 960 4 : 3 60

SXGA 1280 × 1024 5 : 4 60

SXGA+ 1400 × 1050 4 : 3 60

WXGA+ 1440 × 900 16 : 10 60

WXGA++ 1600 × 900 16 : 9 60

WSXGA+ 1680 × 1050 16 : 10 60

UXGA 1600 × 1200 4 : 3 60

FullHD 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 60

WUXGA 1920 × 1200 16 : 10

60(ReducedBlanking)

HDTV(1080p) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(720p) 1280 × 720 16 : 9 50/60

SDTV(480p) 720 × 480 4:3/16:9 60

SDTV(576p) 720 × 576 4:3/16:9 50

Component

Signal Resolution(dots) AspectRatio RefreshRate(Hz)

HDTV(1080p) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(1080i) 1920 × 1080 16 : 9 50/60

HDTV(720p) 1280 × 720 16 : 9 50/60

SDTV(480p) 720 × 480 4:3/16:9 60

SDTV(576p) 720 × 576 4:3/16:9 50

SDTV(480i) 720 × 480

4:3/16:9 60

SDTV(576i) 720 × 576

4:3/16:9 50

CompositeVideo/S-Video

Signal AspectRatio RefreshRate(Hz)

NTSC 4 : 3 60

PAL 4 : 3 50

PAL60 4 : 3 60

SECAM 4 : 3 50

*1Theprojectormayfailtodisplaythesesignalscorrectlywhen[AUTO]isselectedfor[ASPECTRATIO]intheon-screenmenu.

 Thefactorydefaultis[AUTO]for[ASPECTRATIO].Todisplaythesesignals,select[16:9]for[ASPECTRATIO].

*2Theprojectormayfailtodisplaythesesignalscorrectlywhen[AUTO]isselectedfor[ASPECTRATIO]intheon-screenmenu.

 Thefactorydefaultis[AUTO]for[ASPECTRATIO].Todisplaythesesignals,select[4:3]for[ASPECTRATIO].

• Signalsexceedingtheprojector’sresolutionarehandledwithscalingtechnology.

• Withscalingtechnology,thesizeofcharactersandruledlinesmaybeunevenandcolorsmaybeblurred.

• Uponshipment,theprojectorissetforsignalswithstandarddisplayresolutionsandfrequencies,butadjustments

mayberequireddependingonthetypeofcomputer.

224

9. Appendix

❺ Specifications

Thissectionprovidestechnicalinformationaboutprojector’sperformance.

Optical

ModelName PX750U2/PX700W2/PX800X2 PX750UG2/PX700WG2/PX800XG2

ProjectionSystem PX750U2/PX750UG2:SingleDLP

chip(0.67",aspectratio16:10)

PX700W2/PX700WG2:SingleDLP

chip(0.65",aspectratio16:10)

PX800X2/PX800XG2:SingleDLP

chip(0.7",aspectratio4:3)

Resolution*

PX750U2/PX750UG2:1920×1200pixels(WUXGA)

PX700W2/PX700WG2:1280×800pixels(WXGA)

PX800X2/PX800XG2:1024×768pixels(XGA)

Lens Option(seepage226)

PX750U2/PX750UG2 PX700W2/PX700WG2/PX800X2/PX800XG2

NP16FL NP06FL

NP17ZL NP07ZL

NP18ZL NP08ZL

NP19ZL NP09ZL

NP20ZL NP10ZL

NP21ZL NP31ZL

NP31ZL

PowerLensShift PX750U2/PX750UG2:+0.5V,+/−0.1H(NP17ZL,NP18ZL,NP19ZL,NP20ZL,NP21ZL,

NP31ZL)

PX700W2/PX700WG2:+0.5V,+/−0.1H(NP07ZL,NP08ZL,NP09ZL,NP10ZL,NP31ZL)

PX800X2/PX800XG2:+0.5V,+/−0.1H(NP17ZL,NP18ZL,NP19ZL,NP20ZL,NP21ZL)

+0.43V,+/−0.1H(NP31ZL)

Lamp 400WAC(320WinECO)

LightOutput*

2

PX750U2/PX750UG2:7,500lumens

PX700W2/PX700WG2:7,000lumens

PX800X2/PX800XG2:8,000lumens

ECO:80%

ContrastRatio*

(fullwhite:fullblack)

1000:1(2100:1withDYNAMICCONTRASTON)

ImageSize(Diagonal) PX750U2/PX750UG2:50-300"

PX700W2/PX700WG2:40-500"

PX800X2/PX800XG2:40-500"

ProjectionDistance

(Min.-Max.)

(dependingonthelens→page213, 214, 215)

*1 Effectivepixelsaremorethan99.99%.

*2 Thisisthelightoutputvalue(lumens)whenthe[PRESET]modeissetto[HIGH-BRIGHT]andthepre-installed6-segmentWhite

colorwheelisusedandwhentheoptionallensesNP18ZL(forPX750U2)andNP08ZL(forPX700W2/PX800X2)areused.Ifany

othermodeisselectedasthe[PRESET]mode,thelightoutputvaluemaydropslightly.

*3 CompliancewithISO21118-2005

Electrical

ModelName PX750U2 PX700W2 PX800X2 PX750UG2 PX700WG2 PX800XG2

Inputs

2×RGB/Component(miniD-Sub15P),5×BNC,

1×HDMITypeA(HDMI

Connector)HDCPsupported*

1×DisplayPort(20pinconnecter)HDCPsupported*

1×S-Video(DIN4P),1×Video(BNC)

1×OptionSlot

Outputs 1×RGB(D-Sub15P)

PCControl 1×PCControlPort(D-Sub9P)

WiredRemote 1×StereominiJack

WiredLANPort 1×RJ-45(10BASE-T/100BASE-TX)

WirelessLANPort(Optional) IEEE802.11b/g/n(optionalWirelessLANUnit[NP02LMSeries]required)

USBPort 1×TypeA

ColorReproduction 10-bitsignalprocessing(1.07billioncolors)(VIEWER,NETWORK:Colors,16.7million

colors)

CompatibleSignals*

Analog:VGA/SVGA/XGA/XGA+/WXGA/WXGA+/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA/WUXGA/480i/480p

/576i/576p/720p/1080i/1080p

HDMI:VGA/SVGA/XGA/WXGA/SXGA/SXGA+/UXGA/WUXGA/480p/576p/720p/1080i/108

0p(Refreshrate:60Hzonly)

VideoBandwidth RGB:165MHz(Max.)

225

9. Appendix

ModelName PX750U2 PX700W2 PX800X2 PX750UG2 PX700WG2 PX800XG2

HorizontalResolution 540TVlines:NTSC/NTSC4.43/PAL/PAL-M/PAL-N/PAL60

300TVlines:SECAM

ScanRate Horizontal:15kHzto108kHz(RGB:24kHzorover)

Vertical:48Hzto120Hz(HDMI:50Hzto85Hz)

SyncCompatibility SeparateSync/CompositeSync/SynconGreen

PowerRequirement/InputCurrent 100-240VAC,50/60Hz,10.8-4.3A 200-240VAC,50/60Hz,5.2A

PowerCon-

sumption

ECO

MODE

OFF

(NORMAL)

Duallamp 1006W(100-

130V)/958W

(200-240V)

969W(100-

130V)/931W

(200-240V)

963W(100-

130V)/927W

(200-240V)

958W(200-

240V)

931W(200-

240V)

927W(200-

240V)

Single

lamp

530W(100-

130V)/515W

(200-240V)

506W(100-

130V)/494W

(200-240V)

500W(100-

130V)/489W

(200-240V)

515W(200-

240V)

494W(200-

240V)

489W(200-

240V)

ECO

MODEON

Duallamp 810W(100-

130V)/777W

(200-240V)

778W(100-

130V)/753W

(200-240V)

777W(100-

130V)/752W

(200-240V)

777W(200-

240V)

753W(200-

240V)

752W(200-

240V)

Single

lamp

439W(100-

130V)/429W

(200-240V)

413W(100-

130V)/405W

(200-240V)

412W(100-

130V)/404W

(200-240V)

429W(200-

240V)

405W(200-

240V)

404W(200-

240V)

STANDBY(NORMAL) 33W(100-

130V)/34W

(200-240V)

27W(100-

130V)/27W

(200-240V)

28W(100-

130V)/28W

(200-240V)

34W(200-

240V)

27W(200-

240V)

28W(200-

240V)

NORMAL2

23W(100-

130V)/23W

(200-240V)

17W(100-

130V)/18W

(200-240V)

19W(100-

130V)/18W

(200-240V)

23W(200-

240V)

18W(200-240V)

STANDBY(POWER-

SAVING)

0.2W(100-130V)

0.4W(200-240V)

*4 HDMI

(DeepColor,LipSync)/DisplayPortwithHDCP

 WhatisHDCP/HDCPtechnology?

 HDCPisanacronymforHigh-bandwidthDigitalContentProtection.HighbandwidthDigitalContentProtection(HDCP)isasystem

forpreventingillegalcopyingofvideodatasentoveraHigh-DenitionMultimediaInterface(HDMI).

 IfyouareunabletoviewmaterialviatheHDMIandDisplayPortinput,thisdoesnotnecessarilymeantheprojectorisnotfunction-

ingproperly.WiththeimplementationofHDCP,theremaybecasesinwhichcertaincontentisprotectedwithHDCPandmight

notbedisplayedduetothedecision/intentionoftheHDCPcommunity(DigitalContentProtection,LLC).

 Video:DeepColor;8/10/12-bit,LipSync

 Audio:LPCM;upto2ch,samplerate32/44.1/48KHz,samplebit;16/20/24-bit

*5 Animagewithhigherorlowerresolutionthantheprojector’snativeresolution(1920×1200)willbedisplayedwithscalingtech-

nology.

Mechanical

ModelName PX750U2/PX700W2/PX800X2 PX750UG2/PX700WG2/PX800XG2

Installation

Orientation

Desktop/Front,Desktop/Rear,Ceiling/Front,Ceiling/Rear

Dimensions 19.8"(W)×7.6"(H)×20.3"(D)/504mm(W)×192mm(H)×516mm(D)(notincludingprotrusions)

Weight 43.4lbs/19.7kg(notincludingthelens)

Environmental

Considerations

OperationalTemperatures:32°to104°F(0°to40°C),

StorageTemperatures:14°to122°F(−10°to50°C),

20%to80%humidity(non-condensing)

Operatingaltitude:0to2600m/8500feet(1600to2600m/5500to8500feet:Set[FANMODE]to[HIGH

ALUTITUDE])

Regulations

For United States:

ULApproved(UL60950-1)

MeetsFCCClassBrequirements

For Canada:

ULApproved(CSA60950-1)

MeetsDOCCanadaClassBrequirements

ForAustralia/NewZealand:

MeetsAS/NZSCISPR.22ClassB

For Europe:

MeetsEMCDirective(EN55022,EN55024,EN61000-3-2,EN61000-3-3)

MeetsLowVoltageDirective(EN60950-1,TÜVGSApproved)

226

9. Appendix

Foradditionalinformationvisit:

US:http://www.necdisplay.com/

Europe:http://www.nec-display-solutions.com/

Global:http://www.nec-display.com/global/index.html

Forinformationonouroptionalaccessories,visitourwebsiteorseeourbrochure.

Thespecicationsaresubjecttochangewithoutnotice.

Option lens

[PX750U2]

NP16FL Powerfocus

throwratio0.76:1,F1.85,f=11.6mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–300inches/1.27–7.62m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):0.81–5.08m

NP17ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio1.25–1.79:1,F1.85–2.5,f=18.7–26.5mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–300inches/1.27–7.62m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):1.33–11.74m

NP18ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio1.73–2.27:1,F1.64–1.86,f=25.7–33.7mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–300inches/1.27–7.62m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):1.83–14.88m

NP19ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio2.22–3.67:1,F1.86–2.48,f=32.91–54.23mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–300inches/1.27–7.62m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):2.36–24.13m

NP20ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio3.6–5.4:1,F1.85–2.41,f=52.8–79.1mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–300inches/1.27–7.62m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):3.80–35.36m

NP21ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio5.3–8.3:1,F1.85–2.48,f=78.5–121.9mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–300inches/1.27–7.62m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):5.60–54.81m

NP31ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio0.75–0.93:1,F1.96–2.3,f=11.3–14.1mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):40–500inches/1.02–12.7m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):0.62–10.41m

[PX700W2/PX800X2]

NP06FL Powerfocus

throwratio0.77:1,F2.0,f=11.4mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):50–200inches/1.27–5.08m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):0.84–3.48m(PX700W2)/0.78–3.24m(PX800X2)

NP07ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio1.33–1.79:1,F1.8–2.3,f=19.3–25.8mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):40–500inches/1.02–12.7m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):1.14–19.92m(PX700W2)/1.06–18.56m(PX800X2)

NP08ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio1.78–2.35:1,F1.7–1.9,f=26–34mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):40–500inches/1.02–12.7m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):1.53–26.16m(PX700W2)/1.42–24.35m(PX800X2)

NP09ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio2.22–4.43:1,F2.1–2.9,f=32–63mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):40–500inches/1.02–12.7m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):1.90–49.85m(PX700W2)/1.76–46.42m(PX800X2)

NP10ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio4.43–8.3:1,F2.2–3.1,f=63.5–117.4mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):40–500inches/1.02–12.7m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):3.81–92.53m(PX700W2)/3.54–86.36m(PX800X2)

NP31ZL Powerzoomandfocus

throwratio0.79–0.98:1,F1.96–2.3,f=11.3–14.1mm

ImageSize(Diagonal):40–500inches/1.02–12.7m

ProjectionDistance(Min.–Max.):0.66–10.91m(PX700W2)/0.61–10.16m(PX800X2)

• Thesespecicationsandtheproduct’sdesignaresubjecttochangewithoutnotice.

227

9. Appendix

504 (19.8)

252 (9.9)

150 (5.9) 150 (5.9)

192 (7.6)

220 (8.7)

117.4 (4.62)

109 (4.3)150 (5.9)150 (5.9)

516 (20.3)

❻ Cabinet Dimensions

Lens center

Holes for ceiling mount

Unit:mm(inch)

228

9. Appendix

❼ Pin Assignments of D-Sub COMPUTER Input Connector

Mini D-Sub 15 Pin Connector

SignalLevel

Videosignal:0.7Vp-p(Analog)

Syncsignal:TTLlevel

51423

11 12 13 14 15

6978

Pin No. RGB Signal (Analog) YCbCr Signal

1 Red Cr

GreenorSynconGreen Y

3 Blue Cb

4 Ground

5 Ground

RedGround CrGround

7 GreenGround YGround

8 BlueGround CbGround

9 NoConnection

10 SyncSignalGround

11 NoConnection

12 Bi-directionalDATA(SDA)

13 HorizontalSyncorComposite

Sync

VerticalSync

15 DataClock

229

9. Appendix

❽ Troubleshooting

Thissectionhelpsyouresolveproblemsyoumayencounterwhilesettinguporusingtheprojector.

Indicator Messages

POWER Indicator

Indicatordisplay Projectorstatus Procedure

Off Powerisoff. –

Flashing

Blue(shortashes) Preparingtoturnpoweron Waitawhile.

Blue(longashes) Offtimer(enabled)

Programtimer(offtimeenabled)

–

Orange(short

ashes)

Projectorcooling Waitawhile.

Orange(longashes) Programtimer(ontimeenabled)

Lit Blue Poweron –

Orange

Standbymode(NORMALorNORMAL2) –

Red Standbymode(POWER-SAVING) –

STATUS Indicator

Indicatordisplay Projectorstatus Procedure

Off

Noproblem,or

standbymode

(POWER-SAVINGor

NORMAL2)

–

Flashing

Red(cycles

of1)

Coverproblem Thelampcoverisnotproperlymounted.Mountitproperly.(→

Page184)

Red(cycles

of4)

Fanproblem Thecoolingfanhasstoppedturning.ContactanNECprojector

customersupportcenterforrepairs.

Flashing Orange Networkconict Itisnotpossible to connecttheprojector’s built-inLANand

wirelessLANsimultaneouslytothesamenetwork.Toconnect

theprojector’sbuilt-inLANandwirelessLANsimultaneously,

connectthemtodifferentnetworks.

Lit Green Standbymode

(NORMAL)

–

Orange

Buttonhasbeen

pressedwhile

projectorisinkeylock

mode

Theprojector’skeysarelocked.Thesettingmustbecanceled

tooperatetheprojector.(→Page126)

Projector’sIDnumber

andremotecontrol’s

IDnumberdonot

match

CheckthecontrolIDs.(→Pages126and127)

230

9. Appendix

LAMP 1/LAMP 2 Indicator

Indicatordisplay Projectorstatus Procedure

Off

Thelampisturnedoff. –

Flashing Green

Preparingtorelightlampafter

lightinghasfailed

Waitawhile.

Red Lampreplacementgrace

period

Thelamphas reachedtheendofitsservice lifeand

isnowin thereplacementgraceperiod (100 hours).

Replacethelampassoonaspossible.(→page182)

Red(cycles

of6)

Lampdoesnotlight Thelamphasnotturnedon.Waitatleast1minute,then

turnthepowerbackon.Ifthelampstilldoesnotlight,

contactanNECprojectorcustomersupportcenter.

Lit Red Lampusagetimeexceeded Thelamphasexceededitsusagetime.Theprojector’s

powercannotbeturnedonuntilthelampisreplaced.

(→page182)

Green

Lamplit –

TEMP. Indicator

Indicatordisplay Projectorstatus Procedure

Off

Noproblem

Flashing Red Temperatureproblem Thetemperatureprotectorhasbeen activated. If the

roomtemperatureishigh,movetheprojectortoacool

place.IftheTEMP.indicatorstillbeashingwhenthe

projectorisusedatoperatingtemperatures,contactan

NECprojectorcustomersupportcenter.

Orange Warmingup Theusageenvironmenttemperatureislowerthanthe

projector’s operating temperature(0°C).Inthatcase,

raisetheusageenvironmenttemperaturetoa0°Cor

higherandturnontheprojector.Iftheprojectoristurned

onataround0°C,itmaytake5minutestowarmupthe

projector.Duringthiswarm-upperiodtheTEMP.indicator

willash.Whenthewarm-upiscompleted,theTEMP.

indicatorwillgooff.

SHUTTER Indicator

Indicatordisplay Projectorstatus Procedure

Off Light –

Flashing Green

Lenscalibrationisinprocess. –

On Green

Lightshuttered –

If the temperature protector is activated

Iftheprojector’sinternaltemperaturerisesabnormally,thelampturnsoffandthetemperatureindicatorashes(re-

peatedlyincyclesof2).

Itmayhappenthattheprojector’stemperatureprotectorissimultaneouslyactivatedandtheprojector’spowerturnsoff.

Ifthishappens,dothefollowing:

- Unplugthepowercordfromthepoweroutlet.

- Ifusinginaplacewherethesurroundingtemperatureishigh,movetheprojectortoadifferent,coolplace.

- Ifthereisdustintheventilationholes,clean.(→pages179and181)

- Waitassuchabout1hourfortheprojector’sinternaltemperaturetolower.

231

9. Appendix

Common Problems & Solutions

(→“Power/Status/LampIndicator”onpage229.)

Problem CheckTheseItems

Does not turn on or

shut down

• Checkthatthepowercordispluggedinandthatthepowerbuttonontheprojectorcabinetortheremotecontrol

is on� (→ pages 14, 17, 18)

• Ensurethatthelampcoverisinstalledcorrectly.(→ page 184)

• Checktoseeiftheprojectorhasoverheated.Ifthereisinsufcientventilationaroundtheprojectororiftheroom

where you are presenting is particularly warm, move the projector to a cooler location�

• Checktoseeifyoucontinuetousetheprojectorforanother100hoursafterthelamphasreachedtheendofits

life� If so, replace the lamp� After replacing the lamp, reset the lamp hours used� (→ page 137)

• Thelampmayfailtolight.Waitafullminuteandthenturnonthepoweragain.

• Set[FANMODE]to[HIGHALTITUDE]whenusingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600meters

orhigher.Usingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500feet/1600metersorhigherwithoutsettingto[HIGH

ALTITUDE] can cause the projector to overheat and the projector could shut down� If this happens, wait a couple

minutes and turn on the projector� (→ page 128)

If you turn on the projector immediately after the lamp is turned off, the fans run without displaying an image for

some time and then the projector will display the image� Wait for a moment�

Will turn off • Ensurethatthe[OFFTIMER],[AUTOPOWEROFF]or[PROGRAMTIMER]isoff.(→ page 120, 131)

No picture

• Checkiftheappropriateinputisselected.(→ page 21) If there is still no picture, press the SOURCE button or one

of the input buttons again�

• Ensureyourcablesareconnectedproperly.

• Usemenustoadjustthebrightnessandcontrast.(→ page 110)

• Ensurethatthelenscoverisopen.(→ page 17)

• Resetthesettingsoradjustmentstofactorypresetlevelsusingthe[RESET]intheMenu.(→ page 137)

• EnteryourregisteredkeywordiftheSecurityfunctionisenabled.(→ page 44)

• IftheHDMIinputortheDisplayPortsignalcannotbedisplayed,trythefollowing.

- Reinstall your driver for the graphics card built in your computer, or use the updated driver�

For reinstalling or updating your driver, refer to the user guide accompanied with your computer or graphics

card, or contact the support center for your computer manufacturer�

Install the updated driver or OS on your own responsibility�

We are not liable for any trouble and failure caused by this installation�

• BesuretoconnecttheprojectorandnotebookPCwhiletheprojectorisinstandbymodeandbeforeturningon

the power to the notebook PC�

In most cases the output signal from the notebook PC is not turned on unless connected to the projector before

being powered up�

* If the screen goes blank while using your remote control, it may be the result of the computer’s screen-saver

or power management software�

• Seealsothepage233�

Color tone or hue is

unusual

• Checkifanappropriatecolorisselectedin[WALLCOLOR].Ifso,selectanappropriateoption.(→ page 118)

• Adjust[HUE]in[PICTURE].(→ page 110)

Image isn’t square to

the screen

• Repositiontheprojectortoimproveitsangletothescreen.(→ page 22)

• UsetheKeystonecorrectionfunctiontocorrectthetrapezoiddistortion.(→ page 30)

Picture is blurred

• Adjustthefocus.(→ page 25)

• Repositiontheprojectortoimproveitsangletothescreen.(→ page 22)

• Ensurethatthe distance between the projector and screen is within the adjustment range of the lens.

(→ page 213, 214, 215)

• Hasthelensbeenshiftedbyanamountexceedingtheguaranteedrange?(→ page 216)

• Condensationmayformonthelensiftheprojectoriscold,broughtintoawarmplaceandisthenturnedon.

Should this happen, let the projector stand until there is no condensation on the lens�

Flicker appears on

screen

• Set[FANMODE]tootherthan[HIGHALTITUDE]modewhenusingtheprojectorataltitudesapproximately5500

feet/1600metersorlower.Usingtheprojectorataltitudeslessthanapproximately5500feet/1600metersand

setting to [HIGH ALTITUDE] can cause the lamp to overcool, causing the image to ﬂicker� Switch [FAN MODE] to

[AUTO]� (→ page 128)

Image is scrolling

vertically, horizontally

or both

• Checkthecomputer’sresolutionandfrequency.Makesurethattheresolutionyouaretryingtodisplayissupported

by the projector� (→ page 222)

• AdjustthecomputerimagemanuallywiththeHorizontal/Verticalinthe[IMAGEOPTIONS].(→ page 112)

232

9. Appendix

Remote control does

not work

• Installnewbatteries.(→ page 9)

• Makesuretherearenoobstaclesbetweenyouandtheprojector.

• Standwithin22feet(7m)oftheprojector.(→ page 9)

• IftheremotecontrolcableplugisinsertedintotheREMOTEjack,theremotecontroldoesnotfunctionwirelessly.

(→ page 10)

• Makesurethattheremotecontrol’sIDcorrespondswiththeprojector’sID.(→ page 126, 127)

Indicator is lit or

blinking

• SeethePOWER/STATUS/LAMPIndicator.(→ page 229)

Cross color in RGB

mode

• PresstheAUTOADJ.buttonontheprojectorcabinetortheremotecontrol.(→ page 32)

• Adjustthecomputerimagemanuallywith[CLOCK]/[PHASE]in[IMAGEOPTIONS]inthemenu.(→ page 111)

No on-screen display

• Checkiftheon-screenmuteisturnedon.Toturnofftheon-screenmute,presstheON-SCREENbuttononthe

remotecontrolorholddowntheMENUbuttonontheprojectorcabinetforatleast10seconds.(→ page 35)

Formoreinformationcontactyourdealer.

233

9. Appendix

If there is no picture, or the picture is not displayed correctly.

• PoweronprocessfortheprojectorandthePC.

 BesuretoconnecttheprojectorandnotebookPCwhiletheprojectorisinstandbymodeandbeforeturningon

thepowertothenotebookPC.

 InmostcasestheoutputsignalfromthenotebookPCisnotturnedonunlessconnectedtotheprojectorbefore

beingpoweredup.

NOTE:Youcancheckthehorizontalfrequencyofthecurrentsignalintheprojector’smenuunderInformation.Ifitreads“0kHz”,

thismeansthereisnosignalbeingoutputfromthecomputer.(→ page 134 or go to next step)

• Enablingthecomputer’sexternaldisplay.

 DisplayinganimageonthenotebookPC’sscreendoesnotnecessarilymeanitoutputsasignaltotheprojector.

WhenusingaPCcompatiblelaptop,acombinationoffunctionkeyswillenable/disabletheexternaldisplay.Usu-

ally,thecombinationofthe“Fn”keyalongwithoneofthe12functionkeysgetstheexternaldisplaytocomeon

oroff.Forexample,NEClaptopsuseFn+F3,whileDelllaptopsuseFn+F8keycombinationstotogglethrough

externaldisplayselections.

• Non-standardsignaloutputfromthecomputer

 IftheoutputsignalfromanotebookPCisnotanindustrystandard,theprojectedimagemaynotbedisplayed

correctly.Shouldthishappen,deactivatethenotebookPC’sLCDscreenwhentheprojectordisplayisinuse.Each

notebookPChasadifferentwayofdeactivate/reactivatethelocalLCDscreensasdescribedinthepreviousstep.

Refertoyourcomputer’sdocumentationfordetailedinformation.

• ImagedisplayedisincorrectwhenusingaMacintosh

 WhenusingaMacintoshwiththeprojector,settheDIPswitchoftheMacadapter(notsuppliedwiththeprojector)

accordingtoyourresolution.Aftersetting,restartyourMacintoshforthechangestotakeaffect.

 ForsettingdisplaymodesotherthanthosesupportedbyyourMacintoshandtheprojector,changingtheDIPswitch

onaMacadaptermaybounceanimageslightlyormaydisplaynothing.Shouldthishappen,settheDIPswitch

tothe13"xedmodeandthenrestartyourMacintosh.Afterthat,restoretheDIPswitchestoadisplayablemode

andthenrestarttheMacintoshagain.

NOTE:AVideoAdaptercablemanufacturedbyAppleComputerisneededforaPowerBookwhichdoesnothaveaminiD-Sub

15-pinconnector.

• MirroringonaPowerBook

* WhenusingtheprojectorwithaMacintoshPowerBook,outputmaynotbesetto1024×768unless“mirroring”

isoffonyourPowerBook.Refertoowner’smanualsuppliedwithyourMacintoshcomputerformirroring.

• FoldersoriconsarehiddenontheMacintoshscreen

 Foldersoriconsmaynotbeseenonthescreen.Shouldthishappen,select[View]→[Arrange]fromtheApple

menuandarrangeicons.

234

9. Appendix

❾ PC Control Codes and Cable Connection

PC Control Codes

Function Code Data

POWERON 02H 00H 00H 00H 00H 02H

POWEROFF 02H 01H 00H 00H 00H 03H

INPUTSELECTCOMPUTER1 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 01H 09H

INPUTSELECTCOMPUTER2 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 02H 0AH

INPUTSELECTCOMPUTER3 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 03H 0BH

INPUTSELECTHDMI 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1AH 22H

INPUTSELECTDisplayPort 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1BH 23H

INPUTSELECTVIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 06H 0EH

INPUTSELECTS-VIDEO 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 0BH 13H

INPUTSELECTVIEWER 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 1FH 27H

INPUTSELECTNETWORK 02H 03H 00H 00H 02H 01H 20H 28H

PICTUREMUTEON 02H 10H 00H 00H 00H 12H

PICTUREMUTEOFF 02H 11H 00H 00H 00H 13H

NOTE:ContactyourlocaldealerforafulllistofthePCControlCodesifneeded.

Cable Connection

CommunicationProtocol

Baud rate �� 38400bps

Data length �� 8bits

Parity �� No parity

Stop bit

�� One bit

X on/off

�� None

Communications procedure

�� Full duplex

NOTE: Depending on the equipment, a lower baud rate may be recommended for long cable runs.

PC Control Connector (D-SUB 9P)

NOTE1:Pins1,4,6and9arenoused.

NOTE2:Jumper“RequesttoSend”and“CleartoSend”togetheronbothendsofthecabletosimplifycableconnection.

NOTE3:Forlongcablerunsitisrecommendedtosetcommunicationspeedwithinprojectormenusto9600bps.

15243

67 98

ToGNDofPC

To RxD of PC

To TxD of PC

To RTS of PC

To CTS of PC

235

9. Appendix

No image is displayed from your PC or video equipment to the

projector�

Still no image even though you connect the projector to the PC

ﬁrst, then start the PC�

Enabling your notebook PC’s signal output to the projector�

• Acombinationoffunctionkeyswillenable/disabletheexter-

naldisplay.Usually,thecombinationofthe“Fn”keyalong

with one of the 12 function keys turns the external display

on or off.

No image (blue or black background, no display)�

Still no image even though you press the AUTO ADJUST button�

Still no image even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu�

Signal cable’s plug is fully inserted into the input connector

A message appears on the screen�

( _____________________________________________ )

The source connected to the projector is active and available�

Still no image even though you adjust the brightness and/or

the contrast�

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector�

❿ Troubleshooting Check List

Beforecontactingyourdealerorservicepersonnel,checkthefollowinglisttobesurerepairsareneededalsoby

referringtothe“Troubleshooting”sectioninyouruser’smanual.Thischecklistbelowwillhelpussolveyourproblem

moreefciently.

*Printthispageandthenextpageforyourcheck.

Frequency of occurrence □ always □sometimes(Howoften?_____________________) □ other (__________________)

Power

No power (POWER indicator does not light blue) See also “Status

Indicator (STATUS)”�

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet�

Main power switch is pressed to the ON position�

Lamp cover is installed correctly�

Lamp Hours Used (lamp operation hours) was cleared after

lamp replacement�

No power even though you press and hold the POWER button

for 1 second�

Shut down during operation�

Power cord’s plug is fully inserted into the wall outlet�

Lamp cover is installed correctly�

[AUTO POWER OFF] is turned off (only models with the [AUTO

POWER OFF] function)�

[OFF TIMER] is turned off (only models with the [OFF TIMER]

function)�

Video and Audio

Image is too dark�

Remains unchanged even though you adjust the brightness

and/or the contrast�

Image is distorted�

Image appears to be trapezoidal (unchanged even though you

carry out the [KEYSTONE] adjustment)�

Parts of the image are lost�

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button�

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu�

Image is shifted in the vertical or horizontal direction�

Horizontal and vertical positions are correctly adjusted on a

computer signal�

Input source’s resolution and frequency are supported by the

projector�

Some pixels are lost�

Image is ﬂickering�

Still unchanged even though you press the AUTO ADJUST

button�

Still unchanged even though you carry out [RESET] in the

projector’s menu�

Image shows ﬂickering or color drift on a computer signal�

Still unchanged even though you change [FAN MODE] from

[HIGH ALTITUDE] to [AUTO]�

Image appears blurry or out of focus�

Still unchanged even though you checked the signal’s resolution

on PC and changed it to projector’s native resolution�

Still unchanged even though you adjusted the focus�

Other

Remote control does not work�

No obstacles between the sensor of the projector and the

remote control�

Projector is placed near a ﬂuorescent light that can disturb the

infrared remote controls�

Batteries are new and are not reversed in installation�

Buttons on the projector cabinet do not work (only models with the

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] function)

[CONTROL PANEL LOCK] is not turned on or is disabled in

the menu�

Still unchanged even though you press and hold the EXIT button

foraminimumof10seconds.

236

9. Appendix

In the space below please describe your problem in detail.

Information on application and environment where your projector is used

Projector

Model number:

Serial No�:

Date of purchase:

Lamp operating time (hours):

Eco Mode: □ OFF □ ON

Information on input signal:

Horizontal synch frequency [ ] kHz

Vertical synch frequency [ ] Hz

Synch polarity H □ (+) □ (−)

V □ (+) □ (−)

Synch type □ Separate □ Composite

□ Sync on Green

STATUS Indicator:

Steady light □ Orange □ Green

Flashing light [ ] cycles

Remote control model number:

Signal cable

NECstandardorothermanufacturer’scable?

Model number: Length: inch/m

Distribution ampliﬁer

Model number:

Switcher

Model number:

Adapter

Model number:

Projector

DVD player

Installation environment

Screen size: inch

Screen type: □ White matte □ Beads □ Polarization

□ Wide angle □ High contrast

Throw distance: feet/inch/m

Orientation: □ Ceiling mount □ Desktop

Power outlet connection:

□

Connected directly to wall outlet

□ Connected to power cord extender or other (the

number of connected equipment______________)

□

Connected to a power cord reel or other (the number

of connected equipment______________)

Computer

Manufacturer:

Model number:

Notebook PC □ / Desktop □

Native resolution:

Refresh rate:

Video adapter:

Other:

Videoequipment

VCR, DVD player, Video camera, Video game or other

Manufacturer:

Model number:

237

9. Appendix

⓫ REGISTER YOUR PROJECTOR! (for residents in the United

States, Canada, and Mexico)

Pleasetaketimetoregisteryournewprojector.ThiswillactivateyourlimitedpartsandlaborwarrantyandInstaCare

serviceprogram.

Visitourwebsiteatwww.necdisplay.com,clickonsupportcenter/registerproductandsubmityourcompletedformonline.

Uponreceipt,wewillsendaconrmationletterwithallthedetailsyouwillneedtotakeadvantageoffast,reliable

warrantyandserviceprogramsfromtheindustryleader,NECDisplaySolutionsofAmerica,Inc.

NEC NP-PX800X2 REPLACED BY NP-PX803UL-BK 8000-lumen Professional Installation Projector

Product's Documents

User ’s Manual

Specifications

NEC NP-PX800X2 REPLACED BY NP-PX803UL-BK Questions and Answers